INDIAN ARMY WEAPON PRECI HAND BOOK PART 2 INFANTRY SCHOOL MHOW .

VISHAY SUCHI

KRAMSANKHYA VISHAY PAGE NO

1. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle 2-82

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG 83-199

3. 84mm Rocket Launcher MK-II 200-258

4. 84mm Rocket Launcher MK-III 259-318

5. 84mm Rocket Launcher MK-IV 319-325

6. 7.62mm SIG Sauer Rifle 326-353

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE

LESSON-1

5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE

CHHOTE KUTAR KA VIKAS AUR INSAS SE PARICHAY

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Parichay

1. Sena ko majbut rakhne ke liye duniya mein ho rahi tabdiliyon ke sath kadam se kadam milakar chalne ki zarurat parti hai. Pichhle chand ek varshon se adhiktar desh ke small arms mein chhote kutar(calibre) ko apna rahe hain. Yeh jang mein hue anubhav aur vivekshil soch vichar ka natija hai. Hamare desh ne bhi 5.56mm calibre ke chhote kutar ke hathiyaron ko apnane ka faisla kiya hai.

Uddesh

2. Duniya ke chhote hathiyaron ke kutar mein badli aur INSAS ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Bhag

3. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Duniya ke chhote hathiyaron ke kutar mein badli.

(b) 7.62 mm ke hathiyaron mein kamiyan aur INSAS project.

BHAG-1 : DUNIYA KE CHHOTE HATHIYAR KE KUTAR MEIN BADLI

4. Unnisawin sadi (19th Century) ke baad 11mm se 12mm kutar ke hathiyar istemal hote the. Uske baad 7mm se 8mm kutar kaafi der tak istemal hue lekin dwitiya vishwa yudh (2nd World War) ke baad yeh yakin ho gaya ki chhote hathiyaron ka larai mein effective range zyada se zyada 400 mtr tak hi hai jahan ki target ki pahchan ki ja sakti hai. Is liye yeh saaf ho gaya hai ki 7.62mm kutar ke hathiyar, zarurat se zyada takatwar ammunition fire karte hain aur zyada wazandar aur zyada recoil force dete hain.

5. Rifle Fire Ke Vishleshan.Dwitiya Vishwa Yudh, Korea ki larai, Vietnam ki larai ke Rifle fire ki visheshtaein is prakar hain:-

(a) 30% Engagement - 100 Mtr se kam rg Par.

(b) 70% Engagement - 200 Mtr se kam rg Par.

(d) 95% Engagement - 400 Mtr se kam rg Par.

6. Dwitiya vishwa yudh ke baad, Russia ne 7.62mm x 39mm ke AK-47 hathiyar apnaye. Yeh hathiyar 7.62mm x 54mm ke hathiyaron ke banishpat halke aur kam recoil wale the.Vietnam ki larai mein America ke 7.62mmx51mm wale M-14 hathiyar, AK-47 ke ammunition se achha pradarshan nahin kar paye. AK-47 ke halke wazan, kam recoil energy hone ke karan, zyada rapid fire karne se percentage hit (PH) kafi achha tha.

7. Larai ke baad America aur baki desh milkar badi research karne ke baad FN Belgium SS 109 ko apna ammunition mana.Is ammunition ka kutar 5.56mm hai.

8. Is tarah se yeh yakin ho gaya hai ki chhote kutar ke ammunition ki muzzle velocity (MV) zyada aur ballistics achha hone ke karan tgt hit hone ka chance bare kutar ke ammunition ke banishpat zyada hai.

9. Chhote kutar ke ammunition ke kuch faide:-

(a) Halka Hathiyar. Hathiyar ki handling asan hoti hai aur carry karne main asan.

(b) Halka Ammunition. Kam load hota hai ya usi load mein jiada ammunition ata hai.

(d) Recoil Energy Kam. Firer ko dhakka kam lagta hai jis ke karan accuracy zaida hai.

(e) Ziada Lethality. Ballistic Stability achha hone ke karan lethality ziada hota hai.

BHAG-II : 7.62MM HATHIYARON MEIN KAMIYAN AUR INSAS PROJECT

10. Abhi Infantry section mein teen prakar ke hathiyar hain joki do prakar ke ammunition ka istemal karte hain. Iske karan hamari trg, logistics, maint mein bahut asuvidhayen hoti hain. Iski kamiyan is prakar hain :-

(a) Infantry section ke hathiyaron mein farak aur chal ke sidhant mein farak.

(b) Hathiyar ke banane mein kathinayi aur zyada samay lagna.

(d) Maint mein kathinayi.

(e) Wazandar hathiyar.

11. Inhi kamiyon ko dur karne ke liye ARDE mein Nov 1979 mein ek conference hua. Is conference mein niche likhe points ke upar naya weapon system banane ka prastav rakha gaya:-

(a) Bharatiya hathiyaron ka vikas.

(b) Adhiktam hisse purzon ka ek jaise hona.

(d) Rate of fire mein badhawa.

(e) Ammunition aur hathiyar ke wazan mein kami.

12. INSAS Project. Hamari sena ki zaruraton ko dhyan mein rakhte hue aise hathiyaron ko banane ki zarurat thi jo zarurat sudha rg par manzur sudha prabhav hasil kar sake. Isliye INSAS ammunition ko pahle banakar INSAS hathiyaron ko phir banaya gaya.

13. INSAS Ammunition. INSAS Ammunition ki ek hi sarv pratham zarurat rakhi gayi thi. Yeh zarurat thi ki LMG 800 Mtr par prabhav shali fire dal sake. Is ke liye avashyak tha ki aisa ammunition banaya jae jismein kam se kam 488 joules ka terminal energy ho. Kyon ki kisi bhi unprotected tgt ko na kabil banane ke liye 81 joules ka energy hona zaruri hai. Agar target protected hai to protective item mein ghusav hasil karne ke liye 407 joules energy ki zarurat hai.

14. Design. Ammunition aur hathiyar ka design tafsil mein agle lesson mein diya gaya hai.

15. Sankshep. INSAS Parivar ke hathiyar aur ammunition hamare hi desh mein banaye ja rahe hain. Yeh hamare liye garv ki baat hai. Is project mein kafi mehnat aur anusandhan kiya gaya hai. Is liye chand ek krantikari aur adhunik tabdiliyan karke INSAS ka rup pradan kiya gaya hai.

LESSON-1

CHHOTE KUTAR KA VIKAS AUR INSAS SE PARICHAY

Q1. Hathiyar ke kutar mein kya kya badli hui hai aur iski zarurat kya hai?

Q 2. Chhote hathiyaron ka larai mein zyada se zyada engagement kis range tak hota hai? Q 3. AK 47 ke ammunitionn ka naap x hai jabki M 14 hathiyar ki naapxhai.

Q 4. Chhote kutar ki muzzle velocity bare kutar se hoti hai. Q 5. Chhote kutar ke ammunition ke faide likho?

Q 6. Infantry section mein teen prakar ke hathiyar hain is se kya asuvidhaen hoti hain likho? Q 7. Naye hathiyar banane ke prastav mein kya baaten shamil hainlikho?

Q 8. Suraksha kavach aur bina kavach ke target ko marne ke liye kitni energy (takat) zaruri hai?

LESSON-2

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE AUR ACCESSORIES SE WAQFIAT

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Assault Rifle ya Rifle 5.56mm INSAS IA, INSAS parivar ka mul hathiyar hai. Maujuda

7.62mm Rifle ki tulna mein yeh hathiyar halka, zyada compact aur ismen kam recoil hone ke karan ise chalana aur fire karna zyada aramdeh ho gaya hai. Is Rifle ke foldable butt rupantar ko viksit kar, iski lambai ghata di gayi hai taki chhatadhari sainik bhi ise asani se istemal kar saken.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle aur iski accessories ke bare mein sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Sling, Magazine, Bayonet, safai ka saman aur ground sheet.

Bhagon Mein Baant

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai.

(a) Bhag-I - 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ka zaruri tech data.

(b) Bhag-II - INSAS Rifle ke hisse purzon ke naam aur kam.

Bhag-I - INSAS Rifle Ka Zaruri Tech Data

5. Tech Data.

(a) Bina magazine kewal Rifle - 4.018 Kg

(b) Khali Magazine ka wazan - 90 gms

(d) Bhari magazine ka wazan - 347 gm

(e) Folded butt ke sath - 3.2 Kg

(f) Bhari magazine ke sath Rifle - 4.365 Kg

(g) Bayonet ka wazan - 305 gm

(h) Bhari mag aur Bayonet ke sath - 4.670kg

(j) Fix butt ke sath lambai - 960mm

(k) Bayonet ki lambai - 285mm

(l) Bayonet ke sath lambai - 1110mm

(m) Barrel ki lambai - 464mm

(n) Sight radius - 470mm

(o) Folded butt ke sath lambai - 750mm

(p) Folded butt ki lambai - 200mm

(q) MV - 900m/sec

(r) Grooves - 06(RH) 200mm

(s) Penetration - 3mm at 700m MSP

(Mild Steel Plate)

(t) Muzzle energy - 1685 joule

(u) Recoil energy - 4.43 joule

(v) Type of Gas regulator - Exhaust Type

(w) Barrel aur Chamber - Chromium Plated

(x) Type of chamber - Tapered

(y) Type of Gren Sight - Collapsible

(z) Trigger Pull - 2.1 Kg

(aa) Bayonet ke kaam - Multi Purpose

(ab) Chalne ka siddhant - Gas Operated

(ac) Mechanical safety - Lock, Unlock, Safety

Sear aur Stem

(ad) Rate of fire :-

(i) Normal

(ii) Control Burst

(iii) Intense

(iv) Cyclic

60 RPM

90 RPM

150 RPM

600-650 RPM

(ae) Fire kiye jane wala ammunition:-

(i) Ball Rounds

(ii) Tracer Rounds

(iii) Blank Rounds

(iv) HD Cart

5.56mm x 45mm

-do-

BHAG-II - INSAS RIFLE KE HISSE PURZON KE NAAM AUR KAAM

6. INSAS Rifle ki banawat mein chand ek adhunik tabdilian ki gayi hain. Is Rifle se ham teen round ka burst bhi fire kar sakte hain. Ek jawan Insas Rifle ko assani se khol aur jor sakta hain. Iske purje INSAS parivaar ke hathiyar se badli kar sakte hain.

INSAS RIFLE KE HISSE PURZE

7. Yeh Rifle mote taur par 12 Assembly ki bani hui hai. Yeh assembly is prakar se hain:-

(a) Body Housing Assembly.

(b) Barrel Assembly.

(d) Piston Extension Assembly.

(e) Rotating Bolt Assembly.

(f) Recoil Spring Assembly.

(g) Trigger Mechanism.

(h) Cover Assembly.

(j) Butt Assembly.

(k) Pistol Grip.

(l) Hand Guard Assembly.

(m) Magazine Assembly.

8. Body Housing Assembly. Yeh sheet metal ki bani hui hai. Ismen ek piece guide hai jo ki rotating bolt ki rotation ko arambh karata hai. Iske hisse purze ke naam nimnlikhit hai:-

(a) Body Housing

(b) Barrel extension

(d) Spacer

(e) Block Rear

Body Housing Assembly

Body Housing

(a) Body Housing. Yeh 1mm mota sheet metal ka bana hua hai. Iske niche magazine, trigger aur pistol grip fit kiye gaye hain.

(b) Barrel Extension. Yeh body mein rivet fitted hoti hai. Piece guide bhi ismein hi fit kiya gaya hai. Iske pichhle hisse mein do locking surfaces diye gaye hain jahan breech block lock hota hai.

Barrel Extension

(c) Guard Trigger and Catch Magazine. Trigger guard body housing ke niche rivet fit hai.Iske sath ek spring loaded catch Magazine fitted hai.

(d) Block Rear. Yeh body housing par rivetted hai aur yeh piston extension ki peechhe ki harkat ko rokta hai.

(e) Channel right and Channel left. Channel right safety sear aur channel left ejector ko accomodate karta hai.

Block Rear

Right Channel

Left Channel

(f) Spacer. Yeh ek cylinderical akar ka hota hai aur yeh body ko bulge hone se rokta hai.

9. Barrel Assembly. Ismen nimnlikhit hisse purze shamil hain:-

(a) Barrel

(b) Hand Guard

(d) Lug Bayonet

(e) Loop Slip Front

(f) Fore Sight

(g) Flash Eliminator

Barrel Assembly

(a) Barrel. Goli ko sahi disha mein jane mein madad deta hai. Iske ander bane grooves aur land Goli ko spin deta hai jisse use stability milti hai.

Barrel

(b) Guard Hand wa Cup Hand Guard. Rifle ko age se pakarne mein madad deta hai aur uske sir par ek Cup laga hua hai.

Guard Hand wa Cup Hand Guard

(c) Block Gas wa Plug Gas. Gas vent ke upar lagi puri assembly ko block gas kahte hain. Gas Block ke ander gas plug ko fit kiya gaya hai. Gas plug ke ander gas passage hole hota hai jisse gas cylinderinder mein dakhil hoti hai.

Block Gas wa Plug Gas

(d) Gas Regulator wa Gas Escape hole. Ismein exhaust type ka gas regulator hota hai. Gas regulator gas ki matra ko control karta hai iski do position hoti hai (Low & High). Isko low par karne se gas escape hole khul jata hai aur high par karne se escape hole band ho jata hai jisse piston head par gas ka dabav badh jata hai.

(i) Lug Bayonet. Bayonet fit karne ke kam ata hai.

(ii) Loop Sling Front. Sling lagane ke liye hota hai.

(III) Fore Sight. Gas Block ke upar fit hota hai. Yeh pole type ki hoti hai.

(iv) Flash Eliminator.Paida hone wale shole ki tivrata ko kam karta hai wa Gren Projector ka kam bhi karta hai.

Flash Eliminator

(j) Gas Plug Operating Handle (Gren Sight). 60 degree par Gas plug ke hole wa gas vent ko saaf karne ke liye aur 90 degree par gren fire karne ke liye istemal kiya jata hai.

10. Handle Cocking Assembly . Cocking Handle Hathiyar ko cock karne mein madad deta hai. Slide ke agle hisse par ander ki taraf ek lug hota hai. Jo piston ko pichhe dhakelta hai. Iske hisse purze is parkar se hain:-

(a) Slide cocking handle.

(b) Catch cocking handle/Cocking lug.

(d) Pin cocking handle.

(e) Cocking handle/Piece.

Assembly

Handle Cocking

11. Piston Extension Assembly. Chal Wale purjon ko gas ke dabav se unlock wa pichhe ki harkat mein madad deta hai.Iske hisse purzon ke naam is prakar hain:-

(a) Piston.

(b) Piston Extension.

Piston Extension Assembly

12. Rotating Bolt Assembly. Yeh Assembly nimn hisse purzon se milkar bani hai.

(a) Rotating bolt.

(b) Extractor.

(d) Pin Extractor.

(e) Pin firing.

(f) Pin locking pin firing.

(g) Cam.

(h) Locking lug.

(j) Feed Piece

Breech Block Assembly

13. Recoil Spring Assembly. Recoil spring ke do guide hote hain. Dono

siron par stopper laga hota hai, guide piece ka agla sira stopper front se aur pichla sira stopper rear se laga hota hai.Is Assembly mein nimnlikhit hisse purze hote hain:-

(a) Spring recoil.

(b) Guide recoil spring.

(d) Stopper.

Recoil Spring Assembly

14. Trigger Mechanism. Trigger mech ko niminlikhat hisson mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Safety Sear.

(b) Spring safety sear.

(d) Hammer.

(e) Spring hammer.

(f) Pawl hammer.

(g) Spring pawl hammer.

(h) Pin pawl hammer.

(j) Pin axis hammer.

(k) Trigger.

(l) Sear auxiliary.

(m) Spring sear auxiliary.

(n) Pin trigger sear.

(o) Wheel.

(p) Plunger.

(q) Spring plunger.

(r) Stud lever change.

Trigger Mechanism

15. Cover Assembly. Yeh nimnlikhit hisse purzon ki bani hui hai:-

(a) Cover.

(b) Housing rear sight.

(d) Leaf sping.

(e) Screw axis rear sight.

(f) Wheel.

(g) Plunger.

(h) Spring Plunger.

(j) Hinge.

Cover Assembly.

16. Butt Assembly. Butt Assembly ke parts is prakar hain:-

(a) Butt.

(b) Butt Plate.

(d) Butt Trap.

Fixed Butt Assembly

17. INSAS mein folding butt bhi ata hai. Uske hisse purze is prakar hain:-

(a) Tube Upper.

(b) Tube Lower.

(d) Piece Hinge.

(e) Piece Strengthening.

Foldable Butt Assembly

18. Pistol Grip wa Block Firing Pistol Grip. Yeh plastic ka bana hota hai aur ek screw aur block ki madad se body housing ke sath butt aur trigger guard ke beech laga hota hai.

Pistol Grip

19. Hand Guard. Hand guard plastic ka bana hota hai. Yeh cup hand guard aur grooves ki madad se hathiyar ke upar fit kiya hua hai. Iske hisse purze is prakar se hain:-

(a) Handguard.

(b) Reflector.

Hand Guard Assemly

Upper Hand Guard

20. Magazine Assembly wa Magazine Catch Magazine Assembly ke parts is prakar hain :-

(a) Magazine casing.

(b) Plate form.

(d) Bottom plate.

(e) Spring.

Magazine Assemly

BHAG-III - ACCESSORIES

21. Is hathiyar ke sath nimnlikhit accessories di gai hain:-

(a) Sling Carrying.

(b) BFA (Blank Firing Attachment).

(d) Bayonet.

(e) Passive Night Sight(PNS) (Optional).

(f) Day Light Telescope(TDLS) (Optional).

22. Sling Carrying. Is Rifle ke sath nylon sling diya gaya hai.

Sling Carrying

23. Blank Firing Attachment. Is ki madad se hum blank round se automatic fire kar sakte hain.

Blank Firing Attachment

24. Muzzle Cover. Ek sadharan plastic muzzle cover is Rifle ke sath diya hai. Yeh muzzle par slide fit ho jata hai. Yeh barrel mein dhool wa pani jane se rokta hai.

25. Bayonet. Isse nimn kamon mein istemal mein laya jata hai:-

(a) Dagger.

(b) Wire cutter.

(d) Hammer.

(e) Saw.

(f) Bottle Opener.

Bayonet and Scabbard

26. Passive Night Sight (Optional). Iska vivaran Appendix 'A' mein diya hai.

27. Day Light Telescope (Optional). Iska vivaran Appendix 'B' mein diya hai.

28. Tulanatmak Data. 7.62 mm SLR aur 5.56 mm INSAS Rifle ka tulanatmak data Appendix 'C' mein diya hai.

LESSON- 2 : EK NAZAR

1. Zaruri technical data: -

(a) Wazan - 4.018 Kg.

(b) M/V - 900 m/s

(d) 4 Prakar ka Ammunition fire hota hai.

(e) Bayonet multi purpose.

2. Yeh Rifle mote taur par 12 Assembly ki bani hui hai. Yeh is prakar se hain:-

(a) Body Housing Assembly.

(b) Barrel Assembly.

(d) Piston Extension Assembly.

(e) Rotating Bolt Assembly.

(f) Recoil Spring Assembly.

(g) Trigger Mechanism Assembly.

(h) Cover Assembly.

(j) Butt Assembly.

(k) Pistol Grip Assembly.

(l) Hand Guard Assembly.

(m) Magazine Assembly.

3. Is hathiyar ke saath niminalikhit accessories di gai hain:-

(a) Sling Carrying.

(b) Blank Firing attachment.

(d) Bayonet.

(e) Passive Night Sight (Optional).

(f) Day Light Telescope (Optional).

LESSON 2

INSAS RIFLE AUR ACCESSORIES SE PARICHAY

Q 1. 7.62 mm SLR aur 5.56 mm INSAS ke mukhya Farq likho? Q 2. INSAS Rifle ke vibhinn assemblies aur hisse likho ?

Q 3. Nimnlikhit assemblies ke hisse aur unke kaam lilkho ?

(a) Body housing Assembly.

(b) Barrel Assembly.

(d) Piston aur piston extension Assembly.

(e) Rotating Bolt Assembly.

(f) Recoil spring Assembly.

(g) Trigger Mech.

(h) Cover Assembly.

(j) Butt Assembly.

(k) Piston grip/Block firing piston grip.

(l) Hand Guard.

(m) Magazine Assembly.

Q 4. INSAS Rifle ke saath mein kya accessories aate hain? Q 5. INSAS Rifle ke multi purpose bayonet ke kaam likho? Q 6. Passive night sight ki vishestaen likho?

Q 7. Day light telescopic sight ki vishestaen likho?

Q 8. Under trial INSAS tracer amn ka ek chitra banao? Q 9. 5.56 mm INSAS cartridge ka kul wazan likho?

LESSON - 3

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KE AMMUNITION SE WAQFIAT

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A)

Aam Bayan

1. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, LMG aur Carbine se ek hi kism ka ammunition fire hota hai. INSAS Rifle se 4 kism ka ammunition fire hote hai. INSAS mein Ball, Tracer, Blank, Ballistic/ HD Carts(High Density Carts) fire kar sakte hain.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm ammunition ke bare mein jankari dena.

3. Ball Ammunition. Iska istemal tgt ko barbad karne ke liye kiya jata hai. 5.56mm INSAS ke liye ball ammunition ka mudda hai ki Rifle se fire karne par 400mtr tak kargar fire dalen. Yeh mudda hasil karne ke liye ball ammunition mein NATO ammunition ke banishpat yeh sudhar kiya hai:-

(a) Bullet ka ballistic shape zyada achha hai.

(b) Bullet ka mass zyada hai.

4. Ball ammunition ka technical data :-

Round 5.56 x 45 MM 5.56 x 45MM

INSAS MK I FNSS109 NATO

(a) Calibre 5.56 x 45mm 5.56 x 45mm

(b) Cartridge ki Lambai 60mm 57.3mm

Case 5.56 x 45 MM INSAS MK I 5.56 x 45MM FNSS109 NATO

(a) Type Rimless bottle necked Rimless bottlenecked

(b) Lambai 45mm 45mm

Bullet.

(a) Type Boat Tailed Boat Talied

(b) Wazan 4.16gm 4.00gm

(d) Envelope Gilding Metal Gilding Metal

(e) Core Lead With Steel tip Lead With Steel tip

Cap.

(a) Type Boxer Berdan

(b) Composition FA 956 FA 956

Propellent.

(a) Type Ball Powder Ball powder

(b) Charge ka wt 1.61gm 1.65gm

Ballistic Data.

(a) MV 900 m/s 945 m/s

(b) Mean Pressure 335MPa 330 MPa

(d) Max Kargar rg 1000m 500m

Blank Cartridge

5. Blank round trg ke dauran firing ki awaz ko darshane ke liye banaya gaya hai. Iska technical data is prakar hain:-

(a) Cartridge.

(i) Wazan

(ii) Lambai -

- 8.1gm

57.5mm

(b) Case.

(i) Wazan

(ii) Lambai -

- 7.53gm

57.5mm

(d) Propellant.

(i) Type

(ii) Wazan -

- SPA-II

0.480gm

(e) Primer.

(i) Type

(ii) Composition -

- Boxer

Lead Styphnate FA 956

(f) Sound Level - 95db

(g) Safety Distance - 3m

(h) Auto Firing - Blank Firing attachment muzzle ke age fit

6. HD/Ballistics Carts. Istemal Rifle gren ko fire karne ke liye kiya jata hai. Iski banawat Blank round ki tarah hoti hai, lekin ismen propellant adhik hota hai.

7. Tracer Round.Tracer Round mar trajectory ko darshane aur firer ki accuracy ko dekhne ke liye banaya gaya hai. Iska safety distance 25 mtr.

Gen Purpose Anti Personnel Grenade.

8. INSAS 5.56 mm Rifle se gen purpose anti personnel gren bhi fire kiya jata hai. Yeh gren offensive aur defensive type ka hai. Offensive gren mein splinters nahi hote, jabki defensive gren mein splinters ek fragmentation sleeve mein hote hain. Yeh gren Rifle ya hath se launch kar sakte hain.

9. Technical data is prakar hai:-

(a) Modes. Offensive, Defensive aur Rifle modes, ek hi kism ka fuze aur HD carts se launch hota hai.

(b) Wazan.

(i) Offensive Gren - 270 g

(ii) Defensive Gren - 500 g

(iii) Rifle Gren - 675 g

(i) Lambai - 235mm with Tube Launching

(ii) Max Diameter - 60mm

(d) Lethality. 4500 fragments hote hai. Ek fragment ka wazan 32-40 mg aur 8mtr tak maar sakta hai.

(e) Safety.20 m se dur koi khatra nahin hain. Prime karne se pahle para dropping ke liye istemal kar sakte hain.

(f) Explosive.100 gm RDX/TNT (60:40).

10. Offensive Gren. Offensive gren tab fire kiya jata hai jab Kam ilake mein nuksan karna chahte hain. e.g. Def mein dushman ke upar assault karte samay.

11. Defensive Gren. Defensive gren ka istemal tab kiya jata hai jab dushman ka phailav jiada ho aur hum nuksan jiada ilake ke upar karna chahte hain.

12. Safety.

(a) Para drop karna munasif hai.

(b) Fuze ko kitni bar bhi laga kar nikal sakte hain.

(d) - 50 degree se 75 degree Celsius tak istemal kar sakte hain.

(e) Humidity ka koi asar nahin hota hai.

(f) 15 saal tak life hai.

Grenade Rifle No 36 & Tube Launcher 1A

Grenade Firing Position

Grenade Rifle No 36 Assembled on Rifle

Rifle 5.56mm (INSAS) & Rifle Grenade No 36

LESSON 3 : EK NAZAR

Ball Ammunition.

1. 5.56mm INSAS ke liye ball ammunition ka mudda hai ki Rifle se fire karne par 400m tak kargar fire dalen. Yeh muddahasil karne ke liye ball ammunition mein NATO ammunition ke banishpatyeh sudhar kiya hai:-

(a) Bullet ka ballistic shape zyada achha hai.

(b) Bullet ka mass zyada hai.

Gen Purpose Anti Personnel Grenade

2. INSAS 5.56mm Rifle se gen purpose anti personnel gren bhi fire kiya jata hai. Yeh Gren offensive aur defensive type ka hai. Offensive gren mein splinters nahi hote, jabki defensive gren main splinters ek fragmentation sleeve mein hote hain. Yeh gren Rifle ya hath se launch kar sakte hain.

3. Offensive Gren. Offensive gren tab fire kiya jata hai jab hum kam ilaqe mein nuksan karna chahte hon. e.g Def mein dusham apne ammunition ke upar assault karte samay.

4. Defensive Gren. Defensive gren ka istemal tab kiya jata hai jab dushman ka phailav ziada ho aur hum nuksan ziada ilake mein karna chahte hain.

5. Safety.

(a) Para drop karna munasif hai.

(b) Fuze ko kitni bar bhi laga kar nikal sakte hain.

(d) -50 degree se 75 degree C tak istemal kar sakte hain.

(e) Humidity ka koi asar nahin hota hai.

(f) 15 sal tak life hai.

LESSON 3

INSAS KA AMMUNITION

Q1. INSAS Ammunition ki kismein likho?

Q2. INSAS ammunition ka peak pressure kya hai?

Q3. INSAS ammunition ka figure of merit kya hai aur kaise nikala jata hai?

Q4. INSAS ammunition charge ki banawat likho?

Q5. INSAS ammunition ke tracer Round ka chitra banao?

Q6. INSAS am ki 7.62mm ammunition se tulna karen?

Q7. INSAS ammunition ke cartridge ka kul wazan likho?

Q8. INSAS ballistics Cart ka data likho?

Q9. Blank cart ka technical data likho?

LESSON - 4

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KA KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Assault Rifle ya Rifle 5.56mm INSAS, ek jawan ka jaati hathiyar hai. Iski dekhbhal karna jawan ki apni jawabdari hai. Iski maint kaafi aasan hai. Isko asani se khola aur joda ja sakta hai. Islie takih yeh hathiyar samay parne par kaam aa sake aur dhokha na de, iski safai karana bahut hi jaruri hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ko kholna, safai aur jorne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, Magazine, safai ka saman aur ground sheet.

Bhagon Mein Baant

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag I - 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ko kholna.

(b) Bhag II - INSAS Rifle ka jorna.

BHAG-I - INSAS RIFLE KA KHOLNA

5. Rifle ko Kholne ka tarika is prakar se hai:-

(a) Magazine kholna. Magazine ko bayen hath se pakre aur magazine catch ko anguthe se age ki aur dabate hue nikalen.

(b) Assembly cover kholna. Rifle ko cock karen. Safety catch ki position “S” par karen. Lever locking retainer ko bayen hath ki madad se dabayen aur dahine hath ke anguthe se retainer ko age ki aur dabayen. Jab retainer age aa jaye to locking retainer se dabav hata len, taki pichhe ka opening cover retainer se ajad ho jaye, Ab assembly cover ko upar ki taraf uthae aur age ki taraf kar len.

(c) Recoil Spring Assembly ko Nikalna. Retainer ko dabate hue recoil spring assembly ko bahar nikale aur spring aur guide ko alag karen.

(d) Piston Extension Assembly ko Nikalna. Piston extension ke pichhle hisse ko pakren aur upar ki taraf uthate hue bahar nikalen.

Piston Extension ko nikaalna

(e) Rotating Bolt ko Nikalna. Is ke liye piston extension ko bayen hath se ulta pakren. Dahine hath se rotating bolt ko is ke recess se juda karen.

(f) Firing pin ko kholna. Locking pin ko drift ki madad se nikalen. Aise karne se firing pin bahar aa jaega.

(g) Gas plug aur Gren Sight ko Nikalna. Drift ki madad se pin fixing gas plug ko nikale aur gas plug ko dabate hue gas block ko bahar nikalen. Ab gren sight bhi alag karen.

(h) Hand Guard kholna. Hand guard ka agla kinara gas block ke pass cup hota hai. Pin locking ko sidha khara karen aur drift ki madad se isse bahar nikalen. Cup ko gas block ki taraf khiskate hue hand guard ko bahar nikalen.

(j) Magazine Kholna. Retainer dimple ko dabate hue bottom plate ko nikalen. Retainer spring aur plate form ko bhi bahar nikalen.

Magazine Assembly

BHAG-II : JORNA

6. Rifle ke hisse purje jis tarah khole jate hain thik uske vipreet jore jate hain. Iske liye karwai is prakar karen:-

(a) Magazine ko jorna (Agar khola gaya hai to).

(b) Extractor aur firing pin ko jorna (Agar khola gaya hai to).

(d) Gas tube catch ko 900 main khada karen aur gas tube ko lagaye.

(e) Piston extension aur rotating bolt ko jorna.

(f) Piston extension assembly ko gas cylinder mein dakhil karen.

(g) Recoil spring assembly ko housing way mein dakhil karen.

(h) Cover Assembly ko band karna aur retainer ko lock karna.

(j) Magazine ko lagana.

Magazine Kholna (Ref Para 5(a))

Assembly Cover Kholna (Ref Para 5(b))

Breech Block Assembly Kholna (Ref Para 5(e))

Recoil Spring Assembly Kholna (Ref Para 5 (c))

Firing Pin Kholna (Ref Para 5 (f))

Extractor Nikalna (Ref Para 5(g))

Cover Assembly Kholna (Ref Para 5 (h)

7. Rifle ke hisse purjon ko jorne ke baad Rifle ki janch is prakar karo.

(a) Magazine ko nikalen.

(b) Safety catch ko “R” par karen.

(d) Yakin karen ki piston extension puri tarah age gaya hai ya nahi.

(e) Safety catch ko “S” par karen.

(f) Trigger ko dabane ki koshish karen woh nahi dabega.

BHAG-III - SAFAI

8. Yeh jaruri hai ki Rifle ki thik tarah se saaf safai ki jaye aur usmein thik se tel lagaya jaye taki woh bina rukawat ke asani se chalai ja sake. Iski safai ke liye nimin likhit chijon ki jarurat paregi:-

(a) Oil “A” with oil bottle.

(b) Brush cleaning bore.

(d) Pullthrough.

(e) Rod cleaning barrel.

(f) Tool adjusting fore sight/rear sight .

(g) Tool removing Separated case.

(h) Chindi.

(j) Drift.

Note. Rifle ki safai wa rakh rakhao mein kisi ghisne ya ragarne wali samagri ka istemal nahi karna chahiye.

9. Safai ke Parkar.

(a) Aam Safai.

(b) Firing ke lihaz se.

(i) Aam Safai

(aa) Rojana ki safai (ab) Weekly safai (ac) Monthly safai

(ii) Firing ke lihaj se

(aa) Firing se pahle (ab) Firing ke dauran (ac) firing ke baad

(iii) Mausam ke lihaj se (aa) High altitude

(ab) Desert

Aam Safai.

10. Firing se pahle ki safai. Rifle ko field strip karke sabhi purjon ki safai karne ke sath sath unki tut fut ki janch karni hogi. Yeh Armourer ka kaam hai ki woh tut fut wale purjon ko badli kar den. Magazine aur ammunition ko bhi saaf karna chahiye aur uski tut fut ki janch karna. Niminlikhit ke anusar kuchh purjon mein tel diya jayega aur kuchh mein nahi diya jayega.

Purjon ko Tel Lagana Purjon ko Tel Nahi Lagana

Breach block face ko chor kar pure breech block. Barrel

Magazine catch. Cylinder Gas

Trigger Mech Plug Gas

Recoil spring Assembly. Piston extension Assembly.

Rifle ke bahar.

Magazine plate form Sight.

10. Firing ke baad. Rifle ko field strip kar uski safai karen aur pullthrough aur chindi ki madad se bore ko is prakar saaf karen ki usmen gilapan na rahe. Ab bore mein tel laga den. Brush cleaning cylinder mein tel lagakar usse cylinder gas ko saaf karen. Chindi aur pullthrough ki madad se cylinder ko is prakar saaf karen ki is mein gilapan na rahe. Jab safai ka kaam samapat ho jaye to Rifle ke andurni bhagon mein tel laga den. Gas se prabhavit purje jaise rotating bolt, gas plug, piston, piston extension aur firing pin ko savdhani se saaf kare taki unmein se gas fouling dur ki ja sake. Purjon ko saaf karne ke bad us mein tel lagana chahiye. Is ke alawa Rifle ke dusre hisse purjon ko kapra ya sutar ki madad se saaf karna chahiye. Rifle ki bahri satah ko tel wale kapre dwara jor se nahi ragarna chahiye. In jaghon se dhool jharne ke liye kapre ka istemal karna chahiye. Yadi Rifle nami ya dhul wale mausam mein pari rahi ho to uski magazine ko khol kar saaf karna chahiye. Agar magazine saaf dikhai deti hai to use bar bar kholne ki jarurat nahi hai.

11. Asamanya Mausami Avastha. Jyada thande mausam mein istemal karne ke liye Rifle ko karger banane ke liye uske sabhi purjon ko K/Oil aur OX 13 ke misran ko istemal karna chahiye. Iske atrikat Rifle se fire karne se pahle ek do bar cock kar lena chahiye.

12. Lubrication. Niminlikhit Tapman mein prayog karne wale lubricant ki suchi is prakar hai:-

Istemal Tapman Lubricant

Body aur trigger mech ke sabhi purje 4 degree C se adhik tapmaan 4 degree C se -18 degree C

-18 degree C se -40 degree C

-40 degree C se -50 degree C Oil OX 52

Oil OX 13

Oil OX 13 + Superior quality K/Oil 1:1

Oil OX 13 + Superior quality K/Oil 2:3

Chindi ka size.

(a) Safai ke lie - 4" x 1.5"

(b) Oil - 4" x 1"

13. Instructor Note.

(a) Sabak ke dauran Rifle ke jis hisse purje ka aap istemal karen usi hisse purje ka naam aur kaam sath-sath batate jao.

(b) Jawan ko batao ki Rifle ko cock karne ke liye cocking handle ko pura pichhe khinche aur pure taur par chhor den. Kabi bhi cocking handle ko pakre pakre purjon ko age na jane den.

LESSON-4 : EK NAZAR

Rifle ko kholne ka tarika

Magazine

¦ Assembly Cover

¦ Recoil Spring

Piston Extension

¦ Rotating Bolt

¦ Firing Pin

Gas Cylinder tube

¦ Hand Guard

¦ Magazine

Rifle ko Jorna

Rifle ko jis kram mein khola gaya hai uske ulte kram mein jora jae.

Safai

** Firing se pahle ki safai

** Firing ke bad ki safai

** Bhin bhin mausam ki safai

LESSON-5

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KE MAGAZINE KA BHARNA, KHALI KARNA, RIFLE KA BHARNA, SIGHT LAGANA, MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Ek jawan ko 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ko kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tariqa seekh lena hi kafi nahin hai. Balki tezi aur durusti se dushman par kargar kamyabi pane ke liye magazine bharna, sight lagana ana chahiye,taki Sighton ka sahi istemal karte hue fire kar sake. Sath hi trg ke dauran ya test fire ke dauran samne koi jandar bastu nikal aye to unko bachane ke liye make safe ka tariqa bhi ana chahiye. Is Rifle se bagair rim wala ammunition fire kiya jata hai. Ek carton mein 20 round ate hai. Kyonki yeh ammunition carton mein ata hai is liye is ammunition ko filler se nahi bhara jata hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ke magazine ka bharna, INSAS Rifle ka bharna, khali karna, sight lagana aur make safe karne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Samaan

3. INSAS Rifle, Magazine, drill carts, 1'x1' target, small pointer aur ground sheet.

Bhagon Mein Baant

4. (a) Bhag-I - INSAS magazine ko bharna aur khali karna.

(b) Bhag-II - Sight lagana aur range hasil Karna.

BHAG I - INSAS RIFLE KI MAGAZINE KA BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

5. Ammunition ki Safai. Round ko le aur samay hai to kisi saf kapare se ek-ek karke saf karen. Agar jaldi hai to kai roundon ki ek saath safai ki ja sakti hai lekin dhyan rahe ki ek dusare round mein gharshan nahi hona chahiye. Ammunition ko saaf karke ground sheet ya kisi saaf jagah par rakhe.

6. Magazine ka Bharna. INSAS Rifle ke magazine ka bharna aur khali karna huba-hu

7.62mm LMG ke tarah hai farq sirf itna hai ki 7.62mm LMG ka Magazine lohe ka bana hua hai aur yeh fiber glass ka bana hone ke karan round bahar se dikhai deta hai. Iske round carton ke andar hone ke karan filler ka istemal nahi kiya jata hai(Namuna bayan ke sath aur class sath sath naqal karega). Magazine ko len aur check karen. Magazine kahin se tuta hua to nahi hai, uske platform sahi aur spring thik kaam kar raha hai, agar in sabhi bataye gaye baton mein koi

nuks hai to us magazine ka istemal na kiya jae. Agar sahi hai to use kisi saaf jagah par rakhen. Magazine ko len aur magazine ka chhotta mehrov apne taraf aur bara mehrov bahar ki taraf rakhte hue ground sheet, Raan ya boot ke toe ke upar rakhte hue donon hathon ke anguli aur angutha ke sahare se ek-ek kar ke round bharen. Bharte samay agar koi round gir jae to use bad mein saf kar ke magazine mein bharen. Yeh yakin karen ki round ka pichhla hissa magazine ke diwar ke andar wale bhag se laga hua hai. Is prakar ek magazine mein 20 rounds bhare ja sakte hai.

7. Magazine ka khali karna. (Namuna Bayan se) Magazine ko len bayen hath ki charo unguli bahar se angutha andar se grip karte hue chhote mehrov ko zamin ke taraf rakh kar ek round ke barkhilaf kisi nukili chiz se madhya mein dabayen round ko nikale. Khali karane ke liye agar round ka istemal kar rahe ho to ek do round ke baad badli kiya jae. Rounds ka girao saaf jagah par hona chahiye.

BHAG-II SIGHT LAGANA

8. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ke upar teen prakar ki sight system ki suvidha di gai hai.

(a) Open Sight.

(b) Telescopic Day Light Sight.

9. Open Sight. (Class close karo aur sight sambandhi hisse purjon ke naam batao).

(a) Front Open Sight.

(i) Fore sight tip.

(ii) Locking nut.

(iii) Fore sight protector.

(b) Rear Open Sight.

(i) Housing rear sight.

(ii) Rear sight.

(iii) Leaf spring.

(iv) Screw axis rear sight. DOVETAIL ON COVER

(v) Plunger.

(vi) Rivet

10. Rear Open Sight. Rear open sight par do lips bane hue hain, pahle par 2 likha hua hai jo 200m ke range ko zahir karta hai. Dusra jismen 4 likha hua hai woh 400m ke range ko zahir karta hai. Agar 300m Range aur 100 mtr rg hasil karna ho to shist mein Tabdili karna parta hai. Yah agle lesson mein cover kia gaya hai.

11. Telescopic Day Light Sight (TDLS). Iske saath din ke samay durust, asan aur prabharshali tariqe se din ke samay fire kiya ja sakta hai. visheshtaen is prakar hain:-

TELESCOPIC DAY LIGHT SIGHT

(a) Size - 255mm lamba aur 65mm dia

(b) Weight - 485gm

(d) Field of View

- 15 degree

(e) Engagement - Adj in Zeroing graticul provided

(f) Engagement Range

- 400mtr

(g) Principle - Line of Sight

(h) Exit Pupil Dia

- 6mm

(j) Eye Clearance - 40mm

(k) Objective glass - Refractive

(l) Eye Piece - Fixed focus Monocular Pattern

(m) Temp :-

(i) Operating -

(ii) Storage -

-40 degree C se +55 degree C

-40 degree C se + 70 degree C

12. Passive Night Sight. (Optional). Iski visheshtaen yeh hain:-

(a) Weight - 1.65kg

(b) Size - 281mm long & 70mm dia

(d) Field of view - 10 degree

(e) Magnification - 4x

(f) Range recognition - 200mtr

(g) Detection - 300mtr

(h) Bore sighting/zeroing - Adjustment of the graticule for bore sighting/zeroing provided

(j) Exit pupil dia - 6mm

(k) Eye Clearance - 22mm

(l) Eye Piece - Monocular variable focus

(m) Temp:-

(i) Operating -

(ii) Storage -

-30 degree C se +45 degree C

-30 degree C se + 65 degree C

13. Abhyaas. Sabhi prakar ke sight ke dwara range hasil karne par abhyas liya jaega.

BHAG-III - RIFLE KO BHARNA, READY, MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNA

14. Jab Rifle par bhari magazine ho aur Safety catch “S” par ho to Rifle bhari mani jati hai. Jab Rifle cock ho aur chamber ke ander round ho aur Safety catch “R” ya “B” par ho kalme wali unguli trigger per ho to Rifle ready mani jati hai. Jab chamber mein round na ho, magazine khali ho aur Safety catch ki position “S” par ho to Rifle khali mani jati hai.

15. Bhar ke Hukam par Karwai. Jab Firer ko tgt dikhai de ya trg ke dauran adesh mile bhar to karwai is prakar karen (Namuna Bayan se) Safety catch ke position ko “S” par karen, Magazine catch dabate hue khali magazine ko utaren,pouch mein rakhen. Pouch se bhari magazine le mulazia karte hue magazine way mein dakhil karen. Yekin karen magazine thik baith gaya hai aur bayan hath fore hand guard par.

16. Ready. Ready us waqt kiya jata hai, jab firer fire karne ka irada rakhta ho, tgt dikhai de ya adesh mile ready toh ready ki karwai ki jati hai. (namuna bayan se) Ready ke adesh par Safety catch ka position ko ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par karen, Rifle ko cock karen, butt kandhe ka milap karen, kalme wali ungli trigger par aur agle hukum ka intzaar karen.

17. Make safe.

(a) Kalme wali ungli ko trigger se alag karen, butt kandhe ka milap tode, mag catch ko dabate hue bhari mag ko utare aur pouch main band karen.

(b) Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue cock karen aur chal wale purjo ko aage jane den aur butt kandhe ka milap Karen aur trigger press karen.

(d) Bhari hui magazine ka mulahija karte hue Rifle par charha den.

(e) Zamin par gire hue rounds ko uthaen, saaf karen aur dusre magazine mein bhar den,magazine ko pouch mein band karen.

18. Khali Karna. Khali kar ke hukam par make safe ki tarah karwai karen akhir mein bhari magazine ki jagah khali magazine charha den.

19. (a) Class se swal-aur-jawab se.

(b) Class ko khas taur par yeh baten batai jayen:-

(i) Ammunition ki safai.

(ii) Teji aur durusti se Rifle ka bharna aur khali karna. Teji ke bajae durusti par jyada jor diya jae.

LESSON 5 : EK NAZAR

SIGHTS INSAS RIFLE

Open Sight TDLS PNS

INSAS Rifle ki magazine Filler se nahin bhari jati hai

Make safe ki karwai ke ant mein bhari magazine charhai jati hai Khali kar ki karwai ke ant mein khali magazine charhai jati hai

INSAS RIFLE KE MAGAZINE KO BHARNA, KHALI KARNA, RIFLE KO BHARNA, KHALI KARNA, SIGHT LAGANA, READY MAKE SAFEAUR KHALI KARNA

Q.1 INSAS Rifle aur SLR ki magazine mein vibhinntaen likho ?

Q.2 INSAS Rifle ke upar kitne prakar ke sight lagayi ja sakti hai ?

Q.3 Open sight ke hisse purjon ke naam likho ?

Q.4 Bhar ke adesh par kya karwai ki jati hai ?

Q.5 Ready ke adesh par kya karwai ki jati hai ?

Q.6 Make safe ki karwai kab aur kaise ki jati hai ?

Q.7 Make safe aur khali kar mein kya antar hai ?

LESSON-6

BHIN-BHIN POSITIONS SE 5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE KI DURUST PAKAR HASIL KARNA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Rifle ko kai position se fire kiya jata hai lekin position aisa hona chahiye ki asani se ikhtiyar kiya ja sake aur hathiyar par majbut pakar hasil kar sake. Larai ke maidan mein kis position ka istemal kiya jae woh banawati aur kudrati arh par nirbhar karega. Isliye har ek jawan ko arh ka istemal karte hue durust position lena aur har ek position mein hathiyar par durust pakar hasil karna ana chahiye.

Uddesh

2. Bhinn bhinn positions se 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ki durust pakar hasil karne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Saman

3. Rifle 5.56mm INSAS, Magazine,Sling, Sand Bags, 1’x 1' tgts, fig 11 Tgts, trenches, ground sheet.

4. Bhagon Mein Bant.

(a) Bhag-I : Lying Position.

(b) Bhag-II : Kneeling aur Sitting Position.

5. Lying Position. (Namuna bayan se aur naqal) Kisi bhi position ke teen buniyadi usul hai :-

(a) Bone Support.

(b) Relax Muscles.

Lying Position asani se ikhtiyar kiya jane wala aramdeh aur buniyadi position hai. Is position mein badan ka khaka chhota aur kafi niche banta hai jisse larai ke maidan mein nichi se nichi arh ke piche position lekar bhi dushman ke nazar aur goli se bachte hue apne hathiyar se dushman par kargar fire kar sakte hain.

6. Position Lene ka Tarika. Sabse pahle target ke sidh mein tgt ko dhyan mein rakhte hue khare ho jayen. Chalti halat mein bayen paon ko thora age aur bayen len sath hi Rifle ko bayen hath se badan ke samne is prakar uchhalen ki barrel takriban 45 degree ke angle par ho aur bayen hath se hand guard par pakren. Iske baad dahine hath se zamin ka sahara lete hue let jaen. Is position mein dekhne wali baaten is prakar hain:-

(a) Flash Eliminator zamin se upar ho.

(b) Badan tgt se tirchha ho.

(d) Paon kad ke mutabiq khule hon.

(e) ho sake to eriyan zamin par lagi hui ho.

(f) Tgt, firer ka dahina kandha aur dahina paon ek sidh mein ho.

7. Kudrati Sidhai. Rifle ko dahine rakhen aur bayen hath ki kohni ko tab tak harkat den jab tak ki tgt bayen kohni aur dahina kandha aur tang ek line mein na aa jayen. Abhi dahini kohni ko lag bhag us jagah par rakhen jahan par ki kohni thora dahine aur dahina kanda ke niche rahe. Donon hathon ki hatheli ko thudi ke niche lagakar ankhen band karen aur badan ke tanav ko mehsoos karen yadi badan mein tanav hai to kohni usi jagah par rakhte hue badan aage ya piche ki harkat dekar tanav ko dur kiya jaye aur kohniyon ki jagah ko mark kar diya jae.

8. Durust Pakar. Rifle par pakar hasil karne ke liye Rifle ko kandhe mein jamayen aur bayen hath ki kalme wali ungli aur anguthe ke bich jo V banta hai wahan par use rakhe ki hand guard hatheli ke niche wali haddi par aa jae charon ungliyan bahar se aur angutha ander se sath hi magazine kalai se laga hona chahiye.

(a) Bayen Hath. Bayan hath Rifle ko niche jaane se rokta hai aur hand guard ke niche support ka kaam karta hai.

(b) Dayen Hath. Dayen hath se pistol grip par is prakar pakare ki teenon unguliyan bahar se aur angutha andar se ho aur kalme wali unguli trigger guard ke aar par ho. Dayen hath ki unguliyan aur angutha ke beech ka hissa Rifle ke pistol grip par laga hona chahiye. Dayen hath se Rifle ko kandhe ki taraf khinch kar rakha jayen aur sath hi Rifle ko mazbuti se pakra jae.

(c) Sir. Sir ko butt par is prakar rakhen ki gal ka naram bhag butt par tik jaye. Sir se butt ko na dabaya jaye balki kewal sahara dene ke liye butt par rakha jaye. Yeh position butt par hamesha ek jaisa aur ek hi jagah hona chahiye.

(d) Kandha. Kandha butt ko tikane ke liye jagah deta hai aur Rifle ko pichhe jane se rokta hai. Kandhe mein jo gada banta hai wahan par butt ko rakha jaye naki haddi (bone) ke uper.

(e) Dahini kohni. Dahini kohni badan se dahine aur thora age ki taraf ho. Is prakar se donon kandhe taqriban barabari par honge aur firer ki position balanced rahti hai.

(f) Saans. Agar ham firing ke dauran aam tariqe se sans lete rahen to chhati ke upar niche hone ki wajah se Rifle hilegi. Is liye fire karne se pahle ek lambi sans lo, thora sans chhoro aur phir sans ko rok do. Is ke bad shist lo aur fire karo. Lekin dhyan rahe ki sans ko zyada na roka jae aur isi dauran goli fire ho jani chahiye.

(g) Puri Pakar ko Majboot karna. Puri pakar mazboot karne ke liye bayen kohni ka loose maans ko kabu karne ke liye kohni ko zamin par jamate hue thora aage push karen. Dahine kohni ke loose maans ko kabu karne ke liye kohni ko apni taraf ya pichhe khinche abhi, agar Rifle upar ki taraf point karti to bayen hath ke kohni ko piche laye agar niche point kar rahi ho aage karen. Agar rifle dahine point kar rahi ho to dahine paon ko thora dahine karen aur bayen point kar rahi hai to bayen paon ko bayen karen. Khara hone ke liye bayen hath se Rifle ko dahine bagal mein layen sath hi bayen paon ko close karen. Dahine hath se zamin ko push karte hue khare ho jaen.

9. Lying Supported Position. Range par fire karte samay jawan ko pahle unsupported position lena chahiye uske baad hi badan ki unchai ke anusar arh lagaya jae. Support lagate samay dhyan rahe ki kudrati sidhai na bigre, sath hi agar support naram mitti ka hai to bayen hath ki kalai ko support ke sath lagaya jae aur agar support sakhat mitti ka hai to support par hand guard ko rakha jaye. Dhyan rahe ki support ke saath magazine na lage.

10. Kewal Kohni Ka Support Dena. Yadi Rifle ko unsupport position se zero kar liya jata hai aur uske baad usi Rifle se arh ka istemal karte hue fire kiya jae to goli POA ki jagah se upar lagti hai. Agar arh ke sath zero kiya jaye to unsupported fire karne se goli nishane ki jagah se niche lagti hai is liye Rifle ko elbow support se zero karna chahiye taki kisi bhi position par fire karne se goli POA ki jagah par hi lage. Kohni ko support dene ke lie karwai is prakar karen, pahle unsupport position ikthiyar karen uske baad bayan kohni ke aage ek char inch mottai tak ret ya mitti se bhare bag laga den jisse firer ko fg ke dauran kafi sthirta milegi lekin is position mein magazine support se nahi laga hona chahiye.

Instructor Note

(a) Agar jawan ka bayen hath “master hand” aur baen ankh “master eye” ho tojawan ko bayen kandhe se fire karne diya jaye.

(b) Abhyas ke dauran shist lene aur fire karne ki koshish na ki jaye.

(c) Agar jawan ki erhiyan zamin par puri tarah na jamayen ya jamne mein taklif ho to weh apni position mein badli kar sakta hai.

BHAG-II : KNEELING AUR SITTING POSITION.

11. Samtal aur apne samne upar uthi hui zamin ki satah par nikalne wale tgt par fire karne ke liye, kneeling position sabse achhi position hai. Is position se hathiyar ke line of fire ki unchai ko badla ja sakta hai. Is position mein ilake mein darkhton, makanon ke kinaron aur motor gariyon ki madad se, hathiyar ko tham kar asani se fire kiya ja sakta hai.

12. Kneeling Unsupported Position. (Namuna bayan se aur naqal) Kneeling position ikhtiar karne ke liye tgt ki taraf face karo, bayen paon ko tgt ki sidhai mein karo, sath hi Rifle ko age uchhalte hue bayen hath main tol wali jagah se pakro, muzzle age aur uper ki taraf ho, ab dahine ghutne ko kafi dahine rakhte hue dahine ghutne par baith jao. Agar mumkin ho to badan ka bojh erhi par tikao. Bayen kohni ko bayen ghutne par is prakar tikao ki kohni ki haddi ghutne ki haddi se alag ho. Dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakro aur butt ko dahine kandhe ke gadde mein jamaon. Dahini kohini ko upar aur zamin ke samanantar rakho. Aisa karne se butt ko kandhe mein jamane ke liye kafi jagah milegi. Is position mein firer apni suvidha anusar dahine paon ki erhi ya pure paon par baith sakta hai.

13. Kneeling Supported Position. (Namuna bayan se aur naqal) Kneeling supported position ikhtiar karne ke liye sabse pahle kneeling position ikhtiar karo. Ab itna age harkat karo ki bayan hath aur baen tang support ke sath mil jaye. Rifle ka koi bhi hissa support ke sath nahi lagna chahiye, nahi to firer ko jaldi jaldi POA badli karne mein dikkat hogi.

14. Sitting Position. (Namuna bayan se aur naqal) Jab ki arh kneeling position se chhota ho aur dhalwandar zamin par position lena ho to aise mein sitting position ka asaani se istemal kar sakte hain. Dhalwandar zamin par position lete samay donon eriyon ko zamin par jama diya jae jisse badan ko sthirta mile. Position is prakar len, tgt ko dekhen, Baen paon ko tgt ke seedh mein karen, dahine paon ko dahine aur age se bayen hath se Rifle pakaren aur dahine hath se zamin par sahara lete hue baith jaen, bayen hath ki pakar ko durust karen aur uske baad dahine ghutne ko dahine kohni ke niche lagayen.

BHAG-III : STANDING POSITION AUR FIRE TRENCH KA ISTEMAL

15. Standing position se ham tgt par us waqt fire karte hai, jab kisi dusri position se fire karna munasib na ho ya harkat ke dauran jab achanak tgt samne aye tabhi is standing position ka istemal kiya jata hai.

16. Standing Position. (Namuna bayan se aur naqal) Standing position ikhtiar karne ke liye tgt ki taraf face karo, adha dahine muro, sath hi Rifle ko uchhalte hue bayen hath se is prakar pakro ki muzzle asman ki taraf aur butt Kandhe ke samne ho. Paon qad ke mutabik khule hon. Ab dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakrte hue, butt ko dahine kandhe ke gadde mein tikao. Dahini kohni ko zamin ke sammantar upar uthao, taki kandhe mein butt ke liye achhi jagah bane aur Rifle ko majbuti se pakra ja sake. Is prakar Rifle ka jyada se jyada wajan dahine hath par hoga, bayen hath se Rifle ko baki positions ki tulna mein age se pakro. Aisa karne se Rifle ko sahara milega aur Rifle jyada nahi hilegi. Position ko akhri taur par thik karne ke liye, paon ko us waqat tak harkat do jab tak ki kudrati taur par nisana na le saken. Badan ka boj donon tangon par barabar hona chahiye.

17. Standing in Fire Trench. Morche main khara hokar apni kad ke anusar morche ko set karen, iske bad badan ke bayen hisse ko morche ki agli diwar se lagayen. Dahine paon ko thora pichhe lete hue badan ko thora age dhakelen. Dono kohniyan trench se bahar zamin par jamaya hua aur chest ke wajan se kohnion ko daba kar rakhen. Is position mein hathiar ki pakar aur support lying position ki tarah hi hai.

Instructor Note

18. Wobble area. Shist lete samay, Rifle ki harkat ki had ke bich jo ilaqa banta hai, use wobble area kahte hain. Yeh harkat kudrati hai jis ko puri tarah dur nahin kiya ja sakta. Jitna zyada Rifle ko sahara milega, utna hi wobble area kam banega. Agar unsupported position se fire kiya jae, toh wobble area zyada banega, khas taur par us waqt jab standing position se fire kiya jaye. Firer ka trigger ke dabane par pura control hona chahiye, taki woh unhi chand second mein fire kare, jab ki Rifle sabse kam harkat kare. Agar Rifle zyada harkat kare toh firer ko trigger ke dabao ko hataen, dobara shist len aur Rifle par kabu rakhte huye trigger par dabao dalen.wobble area banta hathiyar per hai aur mahsus tgt per hota hai.

EK NAZAR : LESSON - 6

Lying Position

** Aram deh aur bunyadi

** Kudrati sidhai

** Durust pakar

** Sans lene ka tarika

** Muscle relax

EK GOLI : EK DUSHMAN

** Kneeling supported position

** Standing in Fire Trench

LESSON-7

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE SE SHIST LENA AUR FIRE KARNA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Achook nishane baji ka dusra usul hai durust shist. Agar ek firer, durust position aur pakar hasil karne ke bad durust shist lekar fire karta hai to woh, ek goli ek dushman, ka mudha hasil kar sakta hai. Agar ek jawan squad post par durust shist lene ki sikhlai achhi tarah paya huwa hai to woh yeh mudda asani se hasil kar sakta hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle se shist lena aur fire karne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Saman

3. Rifle,Magazine, Aiming Rest, Aiming Box, Aiming disc, Aiming corrector, Sight picture ka board, Shist ki galti ka board, sahi shist ka board, Pencil, Rubber, Easal, Black board, Chalk, Duster, Pointer, 1’x1' Target, Sheet ground.

Bhagon mein Bant

4. (a) Bhag-I - Durust Shist Lena.

(b) Bhag-II - Shist lete samay hone wali galtiyan aur sudharak exercise.

BHAG-I : SHIST LENA

5. Firer apne ankh aur dimag ka sahi talmel karke, Rifle ki sighton ka sahi istemal karte huyeshist ko POA par milane ki karwai ko shist lena kahte hai.

6. Durust Shist ka Qaida. Muqarar shudha position ikhtiyar karen, Rifle ko mazboot wa sidha pakaren, tgt ko dekhen aur tgt ka khaka apne dimag mein bithayen, koi ek ankh band karen. Aperture ke madhya se Fore sight tip ko POA par milayen, trigger ko press karne se pahle wapis nigah fore sight tip par jamayen. Jab firer shist leta hai to do karwai ko amal mein lata hai:-

(a) Sight Alignment. Jab ek firer back sight aperture ke Madhya mein fore sight tip ko milata hai, yani ki firer ki ankh, back sight aperture ka madhya aur fore sight tip ko ek line mein milane ki karwahi ko sight alignment kahte hain. (Sight alignment and sight picture model par).

(b) Sight Picture. Durust align ki gayi sight ko POA par milane ke karwahi ko sight picture kahte hain, yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight aperture ka Madhya, fore sight tip aur POA tak jo farziya line banti hai use sight picture kahte hain (Sight alignment aur sight picture model par).

BHAG-II : SHIST LETE SAMAY HONE WALI GALTIYAN AUR SUDHARAK EXERCISES

7. Jab ek firer sahi shist lekar fire karta hai, kabhi kabhi uski goli uske POA se hatkar lagti hai. Iska karan anya takniki karanon ke sath sath firer ki ankh ki khasusiyat bhi hai. Har ek insan ki ankh mein yeh kamzori hai ki, ankh ek hi samay mein do nishanon ko joki alag alag fasle par ho, focus nahin kar sakta hai. Isi ko mahsoos karne ke liye aap apne bayen hath ke anguthe ko khara rakhte huyesamne koi bhi ek Nishan chune jab Nishan ko dekhne mein jor dete hain to anghutha dhundla dikhai dega, jab anghuthe ko dekhne mein jor dete hain to Nishan dhundla dikhai dega.

8. Isi prakar jab jawan POA ko dhyan se dekhta hai to use fore sight tip dhundla nazar aata hai, jisse woh tip ko aperture ke madhya mein na rakh pane ki galti kar deta hai, ise sight alignment ki galti kahte hai. Lekin jawan jab fore sight tip ko aperture ke madhya mein rakhne par jor deta hai to use POA dhundla dikhai deta hai. Is halat mein jawan POA ke chunao ki galti kar deta hai.Ise sight picture ki galti kahte hai.

9. Dono galtion se goli POA se hatkar lagti hai, ab yeh jan lena zaruri hai ki achhe fire ke liye kis ki ahmiyat jiada di jaye.

10. Larai ke maidan mein agar ek jawan sight picture ki galti karta hai toh bhi goli target par hit hogi kyonki yeh galti har range par ek jaisi hi hoti hai. Lekin sight alignment ki galti karne se goli target bhi chhor sakti hai. Kyonki yeh galti badhte range ke sath sath badhti chali jati hai, is liye sight picture ke banispat sight alignment ki ahmiyat jiada hai.

Sudharak Exercises

11. Aiming Box Exercise.Sight alignment ki galti karne wale firer ko aiming box exercise diya jata hai. Is exercise mein firer short aiming rest ke pichhe position leta hai aur rifle short aiming per fit hoti hai, muzzle end se 10mtr ki duri per aiming box rakha jata hai aur box per lage safed kagaz ka size 6” x 6”hota hai. Firer ke ishare ke mutabik coach aiming disc ko white kagaz per harkat deta hai. Jab aiming disc ka POA firer ki align ki gayi sight ke mutabik aa jata hai to firer stop kahta hai aur coach aiming disc ki surakh se nishan laga deta hai. Yeh karwai teen bar ki jati hai. Aisa karne par agar firer ka gp ka size 6mm ka banta hai to sight alignment ki karwai sahi hai.

12. Aiming Corrector Exercise.Sight picture ki galti karne wale firer ko aiming corrector exercisediya jata hai. Is ex mein Rifle ki back sight ke pichhe aiming corrector lagaya jata hai. Iske bad coach firer dwara li gai shist ko check karta hai aur zarurat sudha correction dekar durust karwata hai.

BHAG-III : FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA

13. Trigger Operation. Yeh Rifle SLR ke banispat chota hone ke karan trigger dabate samay zyada control ki zarurat padti hai. Is rifle se single shot aur teen rds control burst fire kiya jata hai.Trigger ke do khichav hain pahla halka aur dusra sakhat khichav. Jyon hi firer ko tgt dikhai deta hai to pahle khichav ko hasil karta hai. Jyon hi shist tgt ke madhya mein mil jati hai to dusre khichav ko hasil karta hai (dekhen is parkar). Trigger dabate samay barrel harkat nahin karni chahiye. Is prakar trigger par 2.1kg ka dabav aane par trigger press ho jata hai. Jis prakar se trigger ko dabaya gaya hai usi prakar aram se trigger ko release bhi kiya jaye (dekhen is parkar) is karwai ko short release ki karwai kahte hain.Galat trigger operation ki karwai karne wale firer ko Tin disc exercise di jati hai. Firer lying posn ikhtiyar karne ke baad bhar aur ready ki karwai karta hai. Coach barrel ke upar tin disc rakhta hai aur firer se trigger press karne ko kahta hai. Firer dawara trigger press karne par agar tin disc nahi girta hai toh firer ke trigger operation ki karwai sahi mani jati hai. Yeh karwai bhi teen baar karai jati hai. Agar do baar tin disc nahi girta hai to trigger operation ki karwai sahi mani jati hai. Tin disc ka dia 10mm aur wt 2.5gm hota hai.

Fire Karna

14. Alag alag halaton mein nikalne wale target par kargar fire dalne ki kabiliyat ke lihaj se is Rifle ko banaya gaya hai. Is Rifle se do kisam ka fire kiya jata hai:-

(a) Single shot.

(b) Three Rds Control Burst.

15. Single Shot Fire. (Namuna bayan se sath).

(a) Sahi position ikhtiyar karen.

(b) Natural alignment check karen.

(d) Dimagi taur par sharir ke un angon ko check karen jo Rifle ko pakrne mein madad karte hain. Jaise bayen hath, dayen hath, kandha, aur sir.

(e) Ab sans ko normal halat mein chalne do taki yeh pata chal jaye ki position thik hai. Back sight aperture ke madhya se fore sight tip ko POA par milao. Fore sight tip POA ke 12 baje aur 6 baje harkat karni chahiye.

(f) Trigger ka pahla khichav hasil karen aur kuch samay ke liye sans rokenaur trigger ke dusre khichav ko bhi hasil Karen. Goli fire hone ke baad, usi position, pakar aur shist ko kayam rakhte hue foresight tip ki movement ko check karen. Foresight tip jahan point kar raha hoga goli takriban usi jagah par lagi hogi.Ab sans ko chhor den aur maar ko pukaren. Goli fire hone se maar pukarane tak ki karwai ko follow through kahte hain. Is parkar se single shot mein 1 min mein 60 rds ke hisab se fire kiya ja sake.

16. Stop. Fire ke dauran tgt wale ilake mein achanak koi jandar vastu nikal aye ya trg ke dauran aadesh mile stop to karwai is parkar Karen:-

(a) Kalme wali ungli ko trigger se bahar nikale.

(b) Rifle ko kandhe se niche layen aur Safety catch ki position ko “S” par karen.

(c) Iska magazine ardh pardarshi hone ke karan mag utarane ki jarurat nahi padti. Agar mag khali hone wala hai toh mag ki badli karen aur agle hukam ka intezar karen.

17. Go On. Agar tgt ilake se jandar vastu hat jae ya trg ke dauran aadesh mile ‘GO ON’ to Safety catch ki posn ko pahle wali posn mein karen aur butt kandhe ka milap karen aur Rif ko fire mein shamil karen.

18. Three Round Control Burst. Control burst fire mein ek baar trigger dabane se teen rds fire hote hain aur agla burst fire karne ke liye trigger ko release karne parta hai. Burst fire mein ‘Stop’ aur ‘Go on’ ki karwai single shot ki tarah hi hoti hai, ismen har ek rd ka follow through nahin kiya ja sakta hai. Cont burst fire mein ek minute mein 90 rounds fire kiya ja sakta hai.

19. Point 3 sling support position se le jana bahut hi behtar hai, is position mein donon hath free hote hain, saath hi zarurat parne par teji se fire kar sakta hai.

LESSON-7 : EK NAZAR

Durust Shist

SIGHT ALIGNMENT SIGHT PICTURE SHIST KA QAIDA

SUDHARAK EXERCISE

SATS

AIMING BOX EXERCISES

AIMING CORRECTOR EXERCISES

TIN DISC

FIRE KE PARKAR

SINGLE SHOT

THREE ROUND CONTROL BURST

INSAS RIFLE SE SHISHT LENA AUR FIRE KARNA

Q1. Shist ka quaida likho?

Q2. Nimnlikhit ki paribhasha likho:-

(a) Sight Alignment

(b) Sight Picture

Q3. Manav ankh ki critical focus aur finge of vision se aap kya samajhte hain?

Q4. Ek firer firing ke dauran kya galtian kar sakta hai?

Q5. Sight alignment aur sight picture ki galti ki sudharak ex kya hain?

Q6. INSAS Rifle ke trigger operation ka tariqa likho?

Q7. INSAS Rifle se kitne prakar ka fire kiya jata hai?

Q8. Rifle se single shot aur TRB firekarne ki tartib likho?

LESSON 8

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KI CHAL AUR ROKEN

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle gas ke dabav aur recoil spring ki taqat se chalne wala hathiyar hai. Larai ke maidan mein is hathiyar se bhari tadad mein single shot aur burst fire karke dushman ko barbad kiya ja sakta hai. Lekin hathiyar ek machine hai isliye is mein firing ke dauran chand ek roken pad sakti hain. Isliye zaruri hai ke is hathiyar ka pura faida uthane ke liye jawan ko is hathiyar ke bare mein puri jankari ho, taaki rokon ko asani se dur kar saken.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ki chal, padne wali roken aur unhen dur karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle service, 5.56mm INSAS Rifle sectionised,Mag, Drill Carts, Accessories pouch,1'x1’ Target, Board, Chalk, Duster aur Ground sheets.

Bhagmein Bant

4. Yeh sabak char bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

5. (a) Bhag-I. INSAS Rifle ki chal.

(b) Bhag-II. Fouri ilaj ki karwai aur sakhat khichav ki rok.

(d) Bhag IV. Anya roken.

BHAG-I : 5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KI CHAL

5.56mm INSAS Rifle ki Chal 2 bhagon mein puri hoti hai. (Ustad ke dwara board ki madad se bataya jaye).

6. Rifle ki chal mein kaam karne wale hisse purzon ke naam. Safety catch, Trigger, Ejector, Gas vent, Gas Plug, Gas cylinder, Hammer, Hammer vent, Safety sear, Sefety sear ki notch, Rotating bolt, Extractor, Feed piece, Firing pin, Cam, Locking lug, Piston extension, Piston head, Cam way, Stem, Bottom surface,housing way, Piston Extension ka dahina, pichla aur nichla wala pehlu, Recoil spring, Barrel extension locking surface, Chamber, Magazine aur Magazine ke upar wala round.

(a) Fire. Jab firer Safety catch ki position ko ‘S’ se 'R' par karke trigger ko press karta hai toh hammer azad ho jata hai. Hammer azad hokar firing pin ke pichhe wale bhag par thokar marta hai, jisse firing pin apne hole se nikalkar chamber wale round ke primer par thokar marta hai aur round fire ho jata hai.Is karwai ko fire ki karwai kahte hain.

(b) Unlock.Fire huye round se gas paida hoti hai, joki bullet ko barrel mein aage dhakelti hai. Jab bullet gas vent ke pass se gujarta hai to kuch gas, gas vent, gas plug se hokar gas cylinder mein dakhil hoti hai. Kuch gas bullet ko target tak pahuchane mein madad karta hai. Gas cylinder mein dakhil hui gas piston head par dabav dalti hai jisse piston extension piche ki harkat karta hai. Jab piston extension piche ki harkat karta hai to rotating bolt ka cam, cam way ki madad se dayen se bayen ko itna ghumta hai ki rotating bolt ka locking lug barrel extension locking surface se alag ho jata hai. Is karwai ko unlock ki karwai kahte hain.

(c) Extract. Unlock hone ke baad rotating bolt aur piston extension ek saath piche ki harkat karte hain, isi dauran extractor fired case ko piche lata hai, is karwai ko extract ki karwai kahte hain.

(d) Cock. Chal wale purzon ke pichhe ki harkat jari rahti hai.Is harkat ke dauran piston extension ka stem shuru shuru mein hammer ko thora niche dabata hai baad mein piston extension ka bottom surface hammer ko pura niche daba deta hai, jisse safety sear ki notch ka milap hammer ke vent se ho jata hai. Is karwai ko cock ki karwai kehte hain.

(h) Eject.Chal wale purje ki isiharkat ke dauran fired case ejector se takrakar ejection slot ke raste dahine aur niche gir jata hai, is karwai ko eject ki karwai kehte hain.

(a) Feed. Recoil spring apne housing mein sikur jata hai aur recoil spring guide over lap ho jate hain. Jab recoil spring apne tanav ko pura karta hai to chal wale purzon ko aage ki taraf dhakelta hai, aage ki harkat ke dauran Rotating bolt ka feed piece magazine ke upar wale round ko chamber mein dakhil kar dete hai. Is karwai ko feed ki karwai kahte hain.

(b) Load. Extractor chamber wale round ke pende par sawar ho jata hai, Is karwai ko load ki karwai kahte hain. Yahan par Rotating bolt ki aage ki harkat samapt ho jati hai lekin Piston extension ki aage ki harkat baki rahti hai.

(c) Lock. Piston extension ki aage ki harkat ke dauran rotating bolt ka cam, cam way ki madad se bayen se dayen itna ghumata hai kirotating bolt ka locking lug, barrel extensionlockingsurface ke sath lock ho jata hai. Is karwai ko lock ki karwai kahtehain. Lock hone ke baad bhi piston extension ka kuch harkat baki rahta hai. Is akhiri harkat ke dauran piston extension ka dahina, pichla aur nichla wala pehlu safety sear par dabav dalta hai, jisse safety sear ka notch, hammer ke vent se alag ho jata hai aur rifledubara fire ke liye taiyar ho jata hai.

7. Abhyas puri class ko den.

BHAG-II : FOURI ILAJ KI KARWAI AUR SAKHAT KHICHAV KI ROK

8. 5.56mm Insas rif ki samay samay par saaf safai ki jaye aur amn ko saaf karke bhara jaye to bahut hi kam roken parti hain lagatar firing ke duran agar chand ek roken par bhi jayen to ek firer rokon ko kis parkar se door karta hai issi karwai ka namuna hathiyar par bayan ke saath doonga aap dekhenthatha samjhen, lying posn, bhar, rg 200, ready, samne Fig-11tgt, fire.

9. Sune is prakar trigger press karne par rifle fire karte-karte ruk jaye to fouri ilaj ki karwai ki jayegi.

(a) Karne ka tarika. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se bahar karen. Butt aur kandhe ka milap toden. Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue cock karen aur holding opening device ko lagayen. Magazine catch ko dabate hue magazine ko utaren aur pouch mein band karen. Pouch se bhara hua magazine len, mulaiza karte huye magazine way mein fit karen, yakin karen magazine lag gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. Butt aur kandhe ka milap karen. Rifle ko fire mein shamil karen. Rifle thik fire karega. Is prakar rifle ko ek bar cock karke, holding opening device lagakar, khali magazine ki badli karne se teen prakar ki roken dur ki jati hain:-

(i) Khali Magazine.

(ii) Misfire.

(iii) Body mein atka hua round ya fired case.

(b) Sakhat khichav ki rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par rifle fire karte-karte chal wale purje aage hi ruk jayen to rok ko pehchane. Pehchane ka tariqa, sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se alag karen. Butt aur kandhe ka milap toden. Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue cock karen,Rifle asani se cock nahi toh sakhat khichav ki rok samajkar dur karen.

(c) Karne ka tarika. Rifle ko niche rakhen. Kneeling position ikhtayar karen. Rifle ko bayen hath se uthayen. Is position mein dekhne wali baten. Rifle takriban 45 degree ke angle par barrel aasman ko point karta huwa. Bayen hath ki pakar fore hand guard par charon anguli niche se angutha upar se barrel ko point karta huwa. Ejection slot zamin ke taraf point karnta hua. Rifle ka butt dahine ghutne ke sath laga hua.Dahina ghutna butt ko pichhe jane se rokta hai. Dahine hath ki madad se cocking handle ko upar uthayen. Charon angulion ka hook banate huye rifle ko ek hi jhatke mein cock karen. Yakin karen ki sakhat khichav ki rok dur ho gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. Rifle ko niche rakhen. Pahle wala firing position ikhtiyar karen. Butt aur kandhe ka milap karen. Rifle ko fire mein shamil karen rifle thik fire karega. Sakhat khichav ki rok padne ke karan:-

(i) Ganda chamber.

(ii) Maila Ammunition.

Yeh tha fouri ilaz aur sakhat khinchav ki rok ko dur karne ka tariqa yahan tak kiye gaye bayan aur karwai main kisi bhi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh yeh tha namuna abhi hoga isi ka abhyas, Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar honge. Rifle thik fire karta rukta ke aadesh par fouri ilaj mein rifle ko cock karke holding opening device lagane tak ka karwai kiya jayega. Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dawara rok ko dur kiya jayega. Jaise ki :-

(i) Khali Magazine ke adesh par magazine ko badli kiya jayega.

(ii) Eject hua round ke adesh par round ke primer ko check kiya jayega.

(iii) Body mein atka hua round ya fired case ke adesh par body ko clear kiya jayega.

(iv) Cock nahin ke adesh par sakhht khichav ki rok samajkar dur kiya jayega.

BHAG-III : GAS KI KAMI KI ROK

10. Gas ki kami ki rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par rifle fire karte-karte ek do round ke baad ruk jaye to gas ki kami ki rok samajkar dur karen.

(a) Karne ka Tarika. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se alag karen butt aur kandhe ka milap toden, Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue cock karen. Safety catch ki position ko 'S' par karen. Rifle ko dahen bagal mein pichhe layen. Gas regulator ki position ko check karen, agar gas regulator ki position low par ho to chindi ya saaf kapre ki madad se low se high par karen dhyan rahe gas regulator ki posn ki badly karte samay hath ka koi bhi hissa barrel ke sath touch nahi hona chaiya. Low se high per kiya agar gas regulator ki position pehle se high par ho toh kisi chindi ya saaf kapre ki madad se grenade sight ko 60 degree ke angle par khara karen. Drift ki madad se gas vent ki safai karen,

wapis grenade sight ko niche baitha den. Gas regulator ki position ko chindi ya kapre ki madad se high se low par karen. Safety catch ki position ko fire par karen butt aur kandhe ka milap karen aur rifle ko fire mein shamil karen. Rifle thik fire karega. Gas ki kami ki rok padne ka karan gas ka adhik matra mein fouling hone se gas vent ka band ho jana hai. Gas ki kami ki rok main kisi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh yeh tha namuna abhi hoga isi ka abhyas. Abhyas ke liye adesh is prakar honge. Rifle thik fire karta ek do round ke baad rukta ke adesh par aap gas ki kami ki rok samajh kar dur kiya jayega. (Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dwara rok ko dur kiya jayega).

BHAG-IV : ANYA ROKEN

11. Anya Roken. Is parkar trigger press karne par rifle fire karte ruk jaye ya body se alag si awaj aaye to anya rok samajkar dur karen.

Karne ka tariqa. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se bahar nikalen butt aur kandhe ka milap toden magazine catch ko dabate huye magazine ko utaren. Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue cock karen aur sikhe hue tarike se rifle ko khol den. Firing pin aur extractor ka mulaiza karen yadi koi purja tuta ho to badli karen. Agar firing pin extractor thik ho toh, ho sakta hai body aur chamber ki rok. Donon haathon se rifle ko pistol grip se pakden aur butt ko upar uthyen. Body aur chamber ka mulaiza karen.Yadi body clear aur chamber mein kata hua case nazar aaye to sikhe huye tarike se rifle ko jod den.Dhyan rahe body aur chamber ko check karte samay rifle ka barrel zamin par nahi lagna chahiye. Rifle ko cock karen. Holding opening device ko lagayen. Assy pouch se clearing plug ko len. Iske teen bhag Base, centre pin aur sleeve. Base aur centre pin ko tight karen. Chamber mein dakhil karen. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. Rifle ko cock karen aur holding opening device ko lagayen.Yakin karen clearing plug ke sath kata hua case bahar aa gaya hai. Yadi samay ho to unscrew ki karwai karen nahin to mauka milte hi unscrew ki karwai kiya jaye. Pouch se bhara hua magazine bahar nikalen aur mulaija karte huye magazine way mein fit karen yakin karen ki magazine lag gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. Butt aur kandhe ka milap karen. Rifle ko fire mein shamil karen. Rifle thik fire karega. Chamber mein case katne ke karan:-

(a) Chamber ka jyada garm ho jana.

(b) Cartridge case ke metal ka kamjor hona.

Anya rok ko dur karne main kisi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh rif thik fire karta khali kar. Kabhi kabhi clearing plug ke sath kata hua case bahar nahi aata hai, iske chand ek karan:-

(a) Base aur centre pin ka tight na hona.

(b) Sleeve ke head ka ghis jana.

(d) Clearing plug ke kisi hisse purje ka tut jana.

Abhyas ke liye adesh is prakar honge. Rifle thik fire karta, fire nahi ke adesh par anya rok samajh kar dur kiya jayega.Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dwara rok ko dur kiya jayega.

LESSON-8 : EK NAZAR

1. INSAS Rifle ki chal 8 action mein puri hoti hai. Fire, Unlock, Extract, Cock, Eject, Feed, Load aur Lock. INSAS Rifle mein kam hi roken padti hain. Phir bhi niminlikhit par dhyan den.

(a) Fouri ilaj ki karwai se dur hone wali roken.

(b) Sakhht khichav ki rok.

(d) Anya roken.

LESSON NO 8

5.56 INSAS RIFLE KI CHAL AUR ROKEN

Q1. INSAS Rifle ki chal mein kaam karne wale hisson purjon ke naam likho? Q2. INSAS Rifle ki chal likho?

Q3. INSAS Rifle mein kaun kaun si rok padti hain?

Q4. Rokon ko dur karne ke liye fouri ilaj ki karwai likho? Q5. Chamber mein case katne ke kya karan hain?

Q6. Sakhht khichav aur gas ki kami ki rok ko kis prakar dur kiya jata hai? Q7. INSAS Rifle ki mechanical safety kya hai?

Q8. TRB mode mein rifle 3 rounds kaise fire karti hai? Q9. Trigger mechanism ke hisse purje likho?

Q10. Three Round Burst mechanism ke faide likho?

LESSON-9

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KA TRIGGER MECHANISM

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle INSAS parivar ka mul hathiyar hai. Yeh hathiyar,

7.62 mm SLR Ke banishbat halka, jiada compact aur ismein kam recoil hone ke karan isse hum asani aur jaida durusti se istemal mein la sakte hain. Is hathiyar ki banawat mein chand ek adhunik tabdiliyan ki gayi hain, jaise ki chrome plated barrel, plastic furniture, teen prakar ke sighting system, transparent magazine aur rotating bolt type of locking mechanism. INSAS Rifle se hum teen round ka burst bhi fire kar sakte hain. Isse iski goliyon ka tgt mein lagne ka andesha badh gaya hai. Yeh nihayat zaruri hai ki aap sabhi is trigger mechanism se bakhubi jankari rakhte hon taki zarurat parne par ise asani se istemal mein laya ja sake.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle ke trigger mechanism ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Bhagmein Bant

3. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I. Trigger Mech ki chal mein istemal hone wale hisse purze.

(b) Bhag-II.TRB Assembly se waqfiat.

BHAG-I :TRIGGER MECH KI CHAL MEIN ISTEMAL HONE WALE HISSE PURZE

4. Trigger Mewch ki chal mein kaam ane wale hisse purze is prakar se hain:-

(a) Safety catch.

(i) Stem.

(ii) Rib.

(iii) Lug.

(b) Trigger.

(i) Claw.

(ii) Tail.

(d) Auxillary Sear.

(i) Sear claw.

(ii) Neck.

(iii) Arm.

(e) Hammer Assembly.

(i) Hammer.

(ii) Recess for safety Sear.

(iii) Platform.

(iv) Hammer return Spring.

(v) Pawl and pawl return spring.

(f) Safety Sear. Alag Axis Pin Par.

TRIGGER MECHANISM(REF PARA 4)

1. Safety sear 10. Trigger

2. Spring safety sear 11. Sear

3. Pin safety sear 12. Spring sear

4. Hammer 13. Pin trigger

5. Spring hammer 14. Wheel

6. Pawl hammer 15. Plunger

7. Spring pawl hammer 16. Spring plunger

8. Pin pawl hammer 17. Stud lever change

9. Pin axis hammer

UNIT BURST CONTROL ASSEMBLY

1. Box

2. Plate Selector

3. Ratchet Wheel

4. Spring

5. Ratchet Plate (Tripping

BHAG- II - TRB ASSEMBLY SE WAQFIAT

6. TRB Assembly ka matlab hai Three Round Burst Assembly. TRB Assembly ke Hisse Purze is prakar hain :-

(a) Box.

(b) Axis pin.

(d) Ratchet Plate.

(e) Tripping Plate.

(f) Spring.

BHAG-III - TRB MECHANISM

7. Teen round burst control karne ke liye jo bhi purza hai yeh Safety catch aur hammer ke beech mein fit kiya gaya hai. Yeh aapas mein nazdik nazdik sthit kiye gaye hain. Yeh purze hammer aur Safety catch ke beech trigger mechanism se jude hue hain.

(a) Jab Safety catch ki posn ko B par karte hain to Safety catch ka baye wale lug plate selector ke uppar dabav dalte hai jisse plate selector aage se uppar ki taraf harkat karte hai, plate selector ki aage wale projection ratchet wheel ko uppar utha deta hai aur ratchet wheel ko pawl hammer ke seed mein aajata hai.

Fire Ke Liye Taiyar

(b) Jab trigger ko dabaya jata hai to hammer trigger sear se azad ho jata hai aur firing pin ke pichhe wale hisse par thokar marta hai. Jisse round fire ho jata hai. Is dauran pawl ratchet wheel ki upar wale daant mein phas jata hai aur wheel ko spring ke barkhilaf ghuma deta hai. Is samay ratchet plate ka pichla aur nichla wale projection auxilliary sear arm ke uppar dabav dalta hai jisse auxilliary sear apne jagha se niche dab jata hai,yeh karwai us samay ka hota hai jab pahle rdfire hogaya ho aur hammer aage ho.

Pahla Round Fire Hone ke Bad

(c) Gas ki dabav se chaal wale purjo peeche ki harkat karte hai to trigger par dabav hone ka karan trigger sear apne jagah se niche hota hai aur auxilliary sear arm par dabav hone karan auxilliary sear bhi apne jagah se peeche aur niche hota hai jisse hammer ko na toh trigger sear rokta hai aur na hi auxilliary sear rok pata hai aur hammer spring ke karan aage harkat karta hai dusra rd bhi fire ho jata hai.

Teesra Round Fired

Is samay ratchet wheel ka dusra dant pawl ke sath phans jata hai aur ratchet wheel ko aur uppar utta deta hai jisse ratchet plate ka pichhla aur upar wala projecton auxillary sear ko aur pihche dabata hai. yeh karwai us samay ka hota hai jab dusre rd fire hogaya ho aur hammer aage ho. Gas ke dabav sechalwale purje pichhe ki harkat karte hain to hammer ko na trigger sear rokta hai aur na hi auxillary sear rok pata hai. Karwai usi prakar se hoti hai jaise dusre round ke fire hone ke bad hui thi. Is prakar teesra round bhi fire ho jata hai.

(d) Jab teesra round fire hone keliye hammer aage jate hai to pawl ratchet ke sabse niche aur teesre dant mein phans jata hai. Aisa hone se ratchet wheel pura upar uth jata hai jisse ratchet plate peeche se niche ki aur harkat karta hai rasta mein tripping plate ka neeche wale projection par dabav dalta hai jisse tripping plate niche ki harkat karta hai. Jisse tripping plate ka tail axillury sear arm ke uppar dabav dalta hai, auxillury sear aur piche ki harkat karte hai. Yeh karwai us samay ka hota hai jab teesra rd fire hogaya ho aur hammer aage ho

Teesra Round Fire Hone Ke Bad

(e) Jab chal wale purje pichhe ate hain to pawl aur ratchet wheel ka milap tut jata hai. Aisa hone se ratchet plate spring ke karanapne jagha par wapis aa jata hai rasta mein tripping plate ka uppar wale projection ke uppar dabav dalte hai aur tripping plate ko bhi wapis apne jagha leke aata hai, axillury sear ke uppar se dabav hat jata hai aur axillury sear apne spring ke karan apne jagha par wapis aajata hai jab teen rd fire hone ke baad hammer piche aata hai toh axillury sear hammer ko pakar leta hai, aur teen rd fire hone ke baad rif rok jate hai. Is prakar teen round fire hone ke baad agla round tab tak fire nahin hoga jab tak trigger ko release na kar diya jai.

8. TRB mechanism is hathiyar ki visheshta hai. Safety catch ki position R par hone se INSAS Rifle Single Shot fire karti hai aur agar Safety catch ki position S par ho to Rifle fire nahin karegi.

TRB MECHANISM

(Flow Chart)

Safety catch B par selector niche Rachet wheel pawl ke radial path mein aur wheel ka pichla dant sear par sawaar

First Round Fire (Jab trigger press)

Pawl rachet wheel ke pahle dant par sawar, rachet wheel ka pichhe aur dusre dant auxillary sear par sawar.

Weapon cock Trigger pahle se hi pressed hai Safety sear pressed

Dusra Round Fired

Pawl rachet wheel ke dusre dant par sawar, rechat plate ka pichla aur upar wala dant sear per sawar Weapon cock Trigger pahle se hi pressed hai

Safety sear pressed

Teesra Round Fired

Pawl rachet wheel se azad, sear ya trigger sear hammer par sawar

LESSON - 9 : EK NAZAR

1. Trigger ki chal mein kam ane wale hisse purje is prakar hain:-

(a) Safety catch.

(i) Stem.

(ii) Rib.

(iii) Lug.

(b) Trigger.

(i) Claw.

(ii) Tail. > Ek hi Axis pin par sawaar

(iii) Searclaw.

(iv) Neck.

(v) Arm.

(d) Hammer Assembly.

(i) Hammer

(ii) Recess for safety sear.

(iii) Plateform.

(iv) Hammer return spring.

(v) Pawl and pawl return spring.

(e) Safety Sear. Alag axis pin par.

(f) TRB Assembly ke Hisse Purze.

(i) Box.

(ii) Axis pin.

(iii) Plate selector.

(iv) Ratchet Plate.

(v) Tripping plate.

(vi) Spring

LESSON - 9

5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE KA TRIGGER MECHANISM

Q1. Rifle ko cock karne par breech block ki aage ki harkat ke dauran trigger sear ka kya kaam hai ?

Q2. TRB se fire karte waqt kaun se hisse kaam mein aate hain ? Q3. TRB ke faide likho ?

Q4. TRB mode mein ek baar trigger press karne par dusra round fire hone ke liye kis prakar taiyar ho jata hai ?

Q5. Dusre round fire karne ke bad wheel, pawl aur trigger sear ki kya position hoti hai ? Q6. Teesra round fire karne ke baad pawl aur trigger sear ki kya position hoti hai ?

Q7. INSAS Rifle ki R aur B position mein kya antar hai ?

Q8. TRB ki tulna mein auto fire ke kya faide aur nuksan hain ? Q9. TRB assly ka chitra banayen ?

Q10. Safety catch ki position S par hone par insas Rifle ko cock kiya ya nahin kiya ja sakta hai ?

LESSON-10

5.56MM INSAS RIFLE KA ZEROING KA TARIKA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Parichay

1. Zeroing, Rifle ki sighton mein elevation yah deflection ki galti ko dur kar, group ke MPI ko chune hue sthan par lane ke liye kiya jata hai. Is se Rifle se aam halaton mein bhi fire kiya jaye to uski goliyan usi jagah lagengi, jis jagah par hamne shist liya tha. Is Rifle ka zeroing kisi vayu rahit prakash din mein kiya jana chahiye. Zeroing ki karwai sight ko 200m par sthir kar, zamin par 30.5m ki range par karna hi uchit hoga. Aisa karte samay lying supported position hona zaruri hai.

Paribhasha

2. Hathiyar par diya gaya sighton ko upar niche dahine baye correction dekhar gp ka MPI ko sahi jagha par lena ki karwai ko zeroing kahte hain. Zeroing se line of sight aur trajectory ke beech ka farak samapat ya manjur sudha kiya jata hai.

Faide

3. Zeroing ke chand ek faide is prakar hain:-

(a) Rifle aur apne aap par bharosa.

(b) Shoot to kill ka mudha hasil hona.

Mauqe

4. Zeroing ke mauqe is prakar hain :-

(a) Accuracy par shak hone par.

(b) Jab Rifle naya issue ho.

(d) Classification fire karne se pahle/competition mein jane se pahle.

(e) Larai mein jane se pahle.

(f) Trn aur Mausam ke anusar.

(g) Bari repair ke baad.

Zeroing ke Waqt Zaruri Baten

5. Tuning Up.Rifle ko rojana istemal karne se aur kote mein rakha rakhne se bhi out of tune ho jati hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki zero karne se pahle Rifle ko armr se tuning up karwa lena chahiye. Bina tuning up hue, Rifle ka, fire par bahut bura asar parta hai.

6. Mausam. Zeriong par kharab mausum ka asar parta hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki liye saaf din aur kam hawa wala waqt hi chuna jaye.

7. Bayonet na laga ho.

8. Magazine zamin par na tika ho.

9. Barrel support ke sath na laga ho.

Zeroing

10. Durust rg lagakar hi zero kiya jaye. Sight par 200m rg laga hona chahiye aur ground rg 30.5m ho toh MPI, POA se 1.25 cms upar aur 2.5 cms ke circle mein banega.

11. Agar sight rg 200m ho aur ground rg 100m ho, MPI POA se 5 cm uppar aur 10 cm ka circle mein banega.

Correction

12. Rifle factory se hi zero hokar ata hai. Phir bhi thode adjustment ki zarurat hoti hai. Isko qualified personnel hi karen.

13. Elevation. Upar/niche ki galti ko dur karne ke liye fore sight ko rotate karen. Fore sight ko upar karne se MPI niche shift hoga. Aur agar MPI ko upar shift karna hai to fore sight ko niche kare. 100m range par foresight ko pura chakkar dene se MPI mein 4" shift hoga. Tool adjusting foresight se pahle lock nut ko dhila kar lena zaruri hai. Phir isi tool se foresight ko ghumaya jae. Zaruri correction dene ke bad lock nut ko kas dena chahiye.

Lateral Correction. Dahine/bayen ki galti ko dur karne ke liye rear sight par correction di jati hai. Agar back sight ko bayen le jaye toh MPI bayen shift hota hai. Back sight mein correction dene ke liye screw ko ghumana parta hai. Screw ko clock wise ghumane se sight right ko harkat karti hai.Agar MPI ko bayen le jana hai to sight ko ghari ke ulte rukh ghumana parega.100m back par sight screw ko ek pura chakkar diya jae to MPI POA se 4" shift hota hai.

Accuracy Specifications

14. Yeh Rifle factory mein nimnlikhit accuracy specifications par test hokar aati hai:-

Ser No Range (m) MPI Sight (M) No of Rds Accuracy (HxV)mm MPI (mm)

(a) 30.5 200 4 out of 5(SS) 25.5 x 38 12.5 up 12.5 L or R

(b) 200

64 L or R 200 6 out of 7 (SS) 168x168 0 to 250 up

1681

L or R 0 to 500

16. Dhyan mein rakhen ki :-

(a) Rifle ko zero karte samay sight hamesha 200 Mtr par hona chahiye.

(b) Bayonet lagakar zero nahi karna chahiye.

(c) 4' x 4' tgt ke beech 1' chauri kali patti, Khare rukh lagakar do hisson mein bant do. Donon hisson ke beech 9” x 9” ka kale kagaz ka tukara lagao. Inke niche aur beech wali point par 3”x 4.5” ka ek safed aiming mark lagao.

(d) Yeh zaruri hai ki zero ke liye thik position ikhtiyar kar li jae, yani ki baju ko sand bag par tikaya jae. Yeh Rifle ko sthir rakhta hai. Iske ilawa Rifle ko niche diye hue tarikon se zero karne se MPI mein farak parega:-

(i) Arh par barrel tikakar.

(ii) Rifle ko arh par tika kar.

(iii) Magazine ko zamin par tika kar.

(iv) Bayonet laga kar.

(v) Khule mein bina kisi kisam Ki arh se.

LESSON – 10

EK NAZAR

Sight Range Ground Range

200M 30.5M

MPI

1.25CM UPAR AUR 2.5CM CIRCLE

Sight Range Ground Range

200M

ONE CHAKKAR = 4" (100M)

5.56 MM INSAS Rifle KA ZEROING KA TARIKA PARICHAY

Q1. Zeroing ki paribhasha likhen. Q2. Zeroing ke mauqe likhen.

Q3. Stocking up aur tuning up se aap kya samajhte hain.

Q4. Zeroing se pahle aur dauran zaruri baaten kya hain Likhen. Q5. Zeroing ke liye kaun sa target hathiyar par taiyari aur range.

Q6. Ammuman zeroing kaun si range par ki jati hai. Zeroing ke liye foresight aur backsight par ek chakkar ghumane se target par kitna asar parta hai. Ek table dwara samjhaen.

LESSON - 11

5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE SE HATKAR SHIST LENE KA TARIKA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Pahunch

1. Larai ke maidan mein shayad hi jawan ko itna mauqa mile ya na mile ki woh hathiyar par dushman ka sahi rg lagakar fire kar sake. Ho sakta hai us samay tgt chal raha ho ya kudrati halat mein ho aur us samay hawa bhi asar dal sakti hai. Tamam halat mein dushman par hatkar shist lene ka tarika ana chahiye. INSAS Rifle mein 200m aur 400m ke range ki hi suvidha hai. Is liye bahut zaruri hai ki shist main tabdili karne ka tarika ek jawan ko achhi tarah ana chahiye.

Uddesh

2. Shist mein tabdili karna, shist ki jagah chunna,hawa ka hak rakhte hue POA chunne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS Rifle, long easal, short easel, black bd, chalk, duster, diagram, fig 11 tgt aur ground sheet.

Bhag

4. Is lesson ko char bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I - Shist mein tabdili karna.

(b) Bhag-II - Shist ki jagah chunna.

(d) Bhag-IV - Hawa ka fire par asar.

BHAG-I : SHIST MEIN TABDILI KARNA

5. Jab hathiyar par tgt ka sahi rg lagakar fire karte hain toh goli nishan ki jagah par lagti hai, lekin agar sight par tgt ke rg se kam rg laga ho to goli POA ki jagah se nichhe lagegi. Agar rg sight par jiada laga ho to goli POA ki jagah se upar lagegi. Goli POA ki jagah se kitna upar ya niche lagegi yeh tgt ke fasle par nirbhar karta hai. Sight rg kam ya jaida hone se goli POA ki jagah se kitna upar ya niche lagegi yeh Appx 'D' mein diya gaya hai. Alag alag range per goli kitna upar ya niche lagti hai yeh aap trajectory board ki madad se samajhen.

Ground Range Sight Range

200mtr per MPI ki Jagah 400mtr par MPI ki jagah

100 Mtr 7.12 CM (U) 24.41 CM (U)

200 Mtr 00.13 CM (N) 34.43 CM (U)

300 Mtr 24.55 CM (N) 27.30 CM (U)

400 Mtr 69.55 CM (N) 00.43 CM (N)

Isse yeh saf jahir hota hai ki agar tgt 300m par hai aur sight par 200m rg laga hai to firer ko thora upar shist lena parega aur agar sight rg 400m hai aur tgt 300m par hai to shist thora niche lena parega taki goli tgt ke POA mein lage.

BHAG-II : SHIST KI JAGAH CHUNNA

6. INSAS Rifle ko is prakar zero kiya jata hai ki 200m par goli POA ki jagah par lagti hai. Is tarah 100m se zero ki gai Rifle se jab ham 30.5m rg par fire karte hain toh goli 12.5mm shist ki jagah se upar lagti hai. Is lie 200m se kam rg ke tgt ko engage karne ke liye shist tgt ke madhya se thora niche aur 200m se jiada ke liye shist madhya se thora upar lena chahiye. Is prakar shist lekar 200m se kam rg par nikalte tgt ko engage karne ke liye do bare faide hain:-

(a) Agar goli zamin par takra kar ricochet hota hai to tgt hit ho sakta hai.

(b) Firer mar ko dekh kar dusri goli se correction dekar tgt barbad kar sakta hai.

BHAG-III : HARAKATI TGT PAR POA LENA

7. Harkati tgt ko hit karne ke liye zaruri hai ki shist age liya jae. Kitna age shist lena hai yani kitna lead lena hai tgt ke rg aur tgt ki raftar par nirbhar karta hai. Firing ke lihaz se tgt ki teen raftar mani gai hain:-

(a) Chalta tgt.

(b) Daurta tgt.

8. Teenon kism ke tgt par badalti rg mein lead bhi badalti hai. Kitne rg par kis kisam ke tgt par kitna lead liya jayega yeh tgt ki speed aur bullet ke time of flight par nirbhar karta hai. Is ko madhaya nazar rakhte hue sikhlai ko asan karne ke liye mote taur par lead table Appx "E" mein diya gaya hai.

NOTE:- (a) Ek insani tgt mein do lead hote hai.

(b) 01 Lead = 24 cm aur 02 Lead = 48cm

Tgt ka Lead Table

Range Tgt ki stage

Chalta Daurta Tgt Tej Daurta Tgt

100 M 01 02 03

200 M 02 04 06

300 M 03 06 09

400 M 04 08 12

Lead = Range x Stage

100

BHAG-IV : HAWA KA FIRE PAR ASAR

9. Firing ki lihaj se hawa ki teen raftaar hoti hai.

(a) Halki Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se chhoti jharion ki Pattiyan aur firing point par lega flag 22 degree ke angle par lehrata hai us ko halki hawa kahte hain.

(b) Tej Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se pattiyan hilti hain, chehre per mahsus kar sakte hain, firing point par laga hua flag 45 degree ke angle par lahrata hai us ko firing tej hawa kahte hain.

(c) Bahut Tej Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se bari bari tahniya hilti hain, dhul, garda urta hai aur firing point par laga flag 90 degree par lahrata hai usko bahut tej hawa kahte hain.

(d) Cross Wind. Jo hawa 3 se 9 baje ki line mein chalti hai use cross wind kahte hain.

(e) Tirchhi Hawa. Jo hawa 11 se 5 aur 1 se 7 baje ki line mein chalti hai usko tirchhi hawa kahte hain. Sikhlai ko asan karne ke liye mote taur par alag alag rg par alag alag hawa ke liye lead table appx "F" mein diya gaya hai. Tirchi hawa ke liye ek POA kam kar diya jata hai. POA lene ka tarika:-

Hawa ka Lead Table

Range Hawa ki stage

Halki Tej Hawa Bahut Tez Hawa

100 M - - -

200 M - 01 02

300 M 01 02 03

400 M 02 03 04

POA = Range x Stage+ Hawa

100

10. Agar tgt aur hawa donon ek taraf ki ho to tgt ki speed ke POA se hawa ek POA kam kar diya jae, agar donon vipreet disha mein ho to tgt ke POA mein hawa ka POA jor diya jae.

LESSON – 11 : EK NAZAR

Target ki Kism

Chalta Daurta Tej Daurta

Lead = Range x Tgt ki Speed

Hawa ki kism

Halki Tej Bahut Tej

SHIST MEIN TABDILI POA CHUNNA AUR HAT KAR SHIST LENA PARICHAY

Q1. INSAS ki open rear sight par kya nishan bane hain?

Q2. Alag alag range ke lie shist mein tabdili karna kyon zaruri hai?

Q3. Elevation table ki madad se alag alag rg par elevation mein antar dikhao?

Q4. Zeroing Ke Lie 100 mtr rg kyon chuna gaya hai?

Q5. Kisi tgt ko 200 mtr ke andar engage karne ke kya faida hain?

Q6. Harkati tgt ke lie POA ka table banao?

Q7. Alag alag rg par haw aka prabhav batao?

LESSON 13

SHURU KI SIKHLAI KI PARIKSHA (TsOET)

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume 1, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 3B Basic Marksmanship (The 5.56mm Insas Rifle) 2007)

Uddesh

1. Shuru ki sikhlai ke test isliye karae jate hain taki pata chal jaye ki jawan hathiyar chalane mein kitna yogya hai.

Grading

2. Jawan ka darja bandi is tarah kar sakte hai :-

(a) Sabse achha - 80 se 90 Number lene wala

(b) Ausat darje se upar - 70 se 79 -do-

(d) Ausat darje - 50 se 59 -do-

(e) Fail - 50 se kam -do-

Star Hasil Karna

3. Recruit ko aisi sikhlai di jae ki akhir mein woh ausat darje hasil karen. Sikhlai paya hua jawan jo ausat se achha kaam nahin kar sakta unhen aur abhyas diya jae.

Sanchalan

4. PWT lesson ke dauran mukable ke jariya yeh test karwaye ja sakte hain. Test se pahle jawano ko iski sharten achhi tarah samjhana zaruri hai. Test shuru hone ke bad jawan ko kuch batana nahin chahiye.

Record Rakhna

5. TsOET ke natije result form par likhkar use jawan ke pragati folder mein rakha jata hai. Is form ko dekhkar jawan ki sikhlai ka sthar malum ho sakta hai. Is form ka namuna Appx "G" mein diya gaya hai.

6. TsOET No-1. Hath se magazine bharna.

(a) Saman. 20 Rounds drill carts, magazine, watch progress folder.

(b) Sharten. "Magazine bhar" ke aadesh par jawan hath se 20 goliyan magazine mein bhare. Galat bharne par number na diya jae.

(i) 30 ya kam sec - 10 Number

(ii) 31 se 34 sec - 08 -do-

(iii) 35 se 38 sec - 06 -do-

(iv) 39 se jaida sec - 04 -do-

7. TsOET No- 2 Standing Position Se Rifle Bharna:-

(a) Saman: Khali magazine lagi Rifle. Ek bhari magazine, watch, progress folder

(b) Sharten Bhar ka adesh do, jawan ke bharne tak ruko.

(i) 12 sec se kam - 10

(ii) 13 sec se 16 sec - 08

(iii) 17 sec se 20 sec - 06

(iv) 21 sec se jyada - 04

8. TsOET No-3. Standing Position se khali karna

(a) Saman Test No 2 ki tarah.

(b) Sharten Khali kar ka adesh do, Jawan ke khali karne tak ruko.

(i) 15 ya kam sec - 10

(ii) 16 se 19 sec - 08

(iii) 20 se 23 sec - 06

(iv) 24 se jyada - 04

9. TsOET No-4. Kholna aur jorna

(a) Saman Rifle.

(b) Sharten. Jawan ko aadesh do ki woh Rifle saaf karne ke liye khole aur jorden. Jawan ko batao ki kholne aur jorne mein samay ki pabandi hai lekin woh teji se aur sahi kam kare.

(c) Number Dena. Har galti ke liye half number kato, agar galti security ke barkhilaf ho to 5 No kato. Subse zyada 15 number do.

10. TsOET No-5 Roken

(a) Saman. Rifle, Tgt, drill cart, Progressive folder.

(b) Sharten. Aadesh do "bhar", "Letkar position", "Fire". Jawan ko trigger dabate hi aadesh do Rifle thik fire karta rukhta. Is tarah pure rokon ko dur karne ka test liye jae.

(i) Bilkul sahi karwai par - 20 Number.

(ii) Agar galti security ke barkhilaf hai to 5 No kato.

(iii) Chhoti galti ke liye 1 Number kata jai.

11. TsOET No-6. Aiming Box Ex.

(a) Saman Rifle. Short Aiming Rest, Box, Rubber, Pencil aur Progressive Folder.

(b) Sharten. Aiming box ex 5 bar karo. Har bar gp 8 mm ka hona chahiye.

(i) Bilkul Sahi - 15 Number

(ii) 4 bar sahi - 12 Number

(iii) 3 bar sahi - 9 Number

(iv) 2 bar sahi - 6 Number

(v) 1 bar sahi - 3 Number

12. TsOET No-7. Hat kar shist lena.

(a) Saman. Fig 11 tgt.

(b) Sharten. Lead kis prakar se liya jata hai is ke bare mein jawan se 4 sawal puchho.

(i) har sahi jawab ke liye 2.5 Number.

(ii) Zyada se zyada 10 Number.

LESSON NO 13

SHURU KI SIKHLAI KI PARIKSHA

Q1. TsOET ki zarurat kya hai ?

Q2. TsOET Ke dauron anken ke mutabik darjabandi kis prakar ki jati hai? Table banaen.

Q3. Jo jawan sikhlai ke baad ausat se accha kam nahin kar pate unke liye kya karyawahi ki jati hai?

Q4. TsOET ke parinam ke record rakhne ki zarurat kyon hai?

Q5. TsOET No 1 test ka saman sarten aur ank dene ki tartib likhen.

TRAJECTORY HEIGHTS WHEN WEAPON IS ZEROED AT 200 M

RANGE

(m) TIME OFFLIGHT

(s) TRAJECTORYHT

(m) ENERGY

(j) WIND OFFSET

(M/mph)

50.00 0.0568 0.0521 1550.19 0.0005

75.00 0.0860 0.0660 1486.10 0.0012

100.00 0.568 0.0712 1423.79 0.0021

125.00 0.1465 0.0675 1363.33 0.0033

150.00 0.1777 0.0545 1304.93 0.0048

175.00 0.2096 0.0317 1238.41 0.0067

200.00 0.2422 -0.0013 1193.97 0.0088

225.00 0.2756 -0.0450 1140.92 0.0113

250.00 0.3098 -0.1000 1089.85 0.0141

275.00 0.3447 -01666 1040.71 0.0172

300.00 0.3805 -0.2455 993.25 0.0207

325.00 0.4171 -0.3372 947.61 0.0207

350.00 0.4545 -0.4422 903.78 0.0289

375.00 0.4929 -0.5615 861.54 0.0335

400.00 0.5322 -0.6955 821.00 0.0386

425.00 0.5725 -0.8452 782.08 0.0441

450.00 0.6138 -1.0113 744.77 0.0501

475.00 0.6561 -1.1943 709.07 0.0564

500.00 0.6994 -1.3952 674.96 0.0633

Appendix ‘A’

(Ref Para 25, lesson 2)

1. Passive Night Sight (Optional). Iski visheshtaen is prakar se hain:-

(a) Size 281mm long & 70mm dia.

(b) Principle of Op Imagazinee Intensification.

(d) Magnification 4 guna.

(e) Range recognition 200m.

(f) Range Detection 300m.

(g) Bore sighting/Zeroing Adjustment of the graticule

for boresighting/ zeroing provided.

(h) Weight 1.065 Kg.

Appendix ‘B’

(Ref Para 26, lesson 2)

2. Telescope Day Light. Is ke sath din ke samay durust, asan aur Prabhavshali tarique se din ke samay fire kiya ja sakta hai. Is ki visheshtaen is prakar hain:-

(a) Size - 255mm lamba aur 65mm dia

(b) Weight - 485gm.

(d) Field of View - 15 degree.

(e) Engagement Range - 400M.

(f) Boresighting/Zeroing - Adjustment in graticule provided.

Appendix ‘C’

TULANATMAK DATA (Ref Para 27, lesson 2)

Work 7.62mm SLR 5.56mm Rifle

Eff Rg 285 Mtr 400 Mtr

MV 815 M/S 900 M/S

Lambai S/B - 1125 mm Fixed butt 960 mm

N/B - 1140 mm Folded Butt 750 mm

L/B - 1150 mm Long Butt nahi hai

Wajan 5.1 Kg 4.018 Kg

Barrel 535 mm 464 mm

Grooves 6 6

Sight Iron (200 to 600) 200 m aur 400m

Rate Of Fire 60 Rounds/M 650 Rounds/M

Cart 7.62 x 51 mm 5.56 x 45 mm

Furniture ka Prakar Plastic, Lakdi Plastic

Gren Sight Wpn par nahi hota Collapsable Type

Appx "D"

(Ref para 5 of Lesson No 11)

TRAJECTORY HEIGHT WHEN WEAPON IS ZEROED AT 400 M

RANGE TIME OF TRAJECTORY HT ENERGY WIND

FLIGHT OFFSET

(M) (S) (M) (J) (M/mph)

50.00 0.0568 0.1386 1550.19 0.0005

100.00 0.1159 0.2441 1423.79 0.0021

150.00 0.1777 0.3138 1304.92 0.0048

200.00 0.2422 0.3443 1193.78 0.0088

250.00 0.3098 0.3321 1089.83 0.0141

300.00 0.3805 0.2730 993.24 0.0207

350.00 0.4545 0.1626 903.76 0.0289

400.00 0.5322 -0.0043 820.99 0.0386

450.00 0.6138 -0.2336 744.75 0.0501

500.00 0.6994 -0.5311 674.94 0.0633

Appx “E”

(Ref para 5 of Lesson No 11)

TARGET KE LIYE LEAD

Range Chalta Tgt Daurta Tgt Tez Daurta Tgt

100M 1 POA 2 POA 3 POA

200M 2 POA 4 POA 6 POA

300M 3 POA 6 POA 9 POA

400M 4 POA 8 POA 12 POA

Appx "F"

(Ref Para 11 of Lesson 11)

TARGET KE LIYE LEAD

Range Halki Hawa Tej Hawa Bahut Tez Hawa

100M - - -

200M - 1 2

300M 1 2 3

400M 2 3 4

Appx "G"

(Refer Para 5 of Lesson 13)

TsOET KA RECORD

No Rank Name Pl

TsOET No Highest No Date No Date No Date No

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

1. 10 1-3-18 6 10-3-18 8

5.56MM INSAS LMG

LESSON-1

INDIAN SMALL ARMS SYSTEM- INSAS AUR

5.56MM LMG KA VIKAS

Parichay

1. Sansar ke anya deshon ki sena ke chotte hathiyaron mein ho rahi tabdiliyon ke karan humari sena mein chhotte kutar ke hathiyaron ki jarurat mahsus ki gai. Is karanvash INSAS project ke tahat 5.56mm kutar hathiyaron ka vikas shuru kiya gaya. 5.56mm INSAS LMG Indian Small Arms System parivar ka ek mahatvapurn hathiyar hai.

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ek halka, accurate aur bhari tadad mein fire dalne wala automatic hathiyar hai. Zamini targets ke alawa ise kam raftar mein nichai par urne wale dushman ke hawai jahaj ke khilaf bhi istemal kiya jata hai .

Uddesh

3. Chotte kutar ke hathiyaron ka vikas, INSAS ka vikas aur 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ke bare mein jankari deina hai.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I.Chotte kutar ke hathiyaron ka itihas.

(b) Bhag-II. INSAS parivar ka vikas aur khubian.

Bhag-I : Chotte Kutar ke Hathiyaron ka Itihas

5. Duniya ki senaon ke itihas mein small arms ek mahatavpurn hissa raha hai. Anek desh jaise Korea, Vietnam/Indo China, South Asia, Middle East, Africa, Latin America aur anya chetriya (regional) larai aur Low Intensity conflicts ke dauran Infantry ne apne chhote hathiyaron ka mahatav sidh kar dikhaya hai. Effective, robust aur bharosemand small arms jawan ka hosla badhate hain, Infantry ke alawa small arms sena ke anya angon, Air force aur Navy dwara bhi istemal mein laye jate hain.

6. Varsh 1945 Dwitiya Vishwayudh ke parinam ke vishleshan ke dauran paya gaya ki larai ke maidan mein 95% dushman ka engagement 400m ki range tak kiya gaya. Yeh bhi paya gaya ki 7.62mm NATO round ka target par asar ‘Overkill’ (Zarurat se zyada) hone ke karan hathiyar aur amn bhari the. Isliye NATO desh jaise America, England aur France dwara 5.56x45mm NATO round (FNSS-109) apnaya gaya . Bhutpurv Soviet Union dwara bhi 7.62mm kutar wale AK-47, Kalashnikov parivar ki tulna mein 5.56mm kutar apnaya gaya.

7. Nai peedhhi ke 5.56mm kutar ke hathiyaron ki chand ek khasusiat hain:-

(a) Halka Amn.Amn halka hone ke karan isko le jane mein sahuliat hai aur zyada amn carry kiya ja sakta hai.

(b) Halka Hathiyar.Hathiyar halka hone ke karan iski handling asan hai aur troops ko kam thakawat hoti hai.

(d) Zyada Lethality.Acchi ballistics hone ke karan bullet ko zyada sthirtha milti hai jisse ki lethality badhti hai.

BHAG-II : INSAS PARIVAR KE HATHIYARON KA VIKAS AUR KHUBIAN

8. Is chhotte hathiyar ke kutar mein ho rahi badalti parampara ke saath rahne ki awashyakta ko Bharatiya sena dwara bhi mahsus kiya gaya. Chhotte hathiyaron ka vikas Infantry ke mukhya hathiyar hone ke karan nazar andaz nahin kiya ja sakta tha. Isliye Bharatiya sena dwara ARDE(Armament Research and Development Establishment)Pune ko GSQR dwara chhote hathiyaron ke vikas ke liye nirdesh diya gaya, ARDE Pune dwara chhotte hathiyaron ka vikas Nov 1979 mein INSAS (Indian Small Arms System) project ke tahat shuru kiya gaya.

9. DRDO(Defence Research and Development Organisation) ke samne yeh ek chunauti bhari baat thi ki aise chhotte hathiyaron ke parivar ka vikas kiya jae jo ki vishwa ke adhunik hathiyaron ka muqabla kar sake. Shuru se hi is baat par jor diya gaya ki behtar amn wale assault rif aur LMG ka vikas kiya jae jo ki NATO 5.56mm (SS109) ki 600m ke baad beasar range ki kami ko dur kar sake.

10. INSAS parivar mein nimn likhit hathiyar shamil hain:-

(a) Assualt Rif (AR). Iske do prakar hain:-

(i) Fixed Butt version.

(ii) Foldable Butt version.

(b) Light Machine Gun (LMG). Iske do prakar hain:-

(i) Fixed Butt version.

(ii) Foldable Butt Version.

5.56mm INSAS Hathiyaron ki Khubian

11. 5.56mm INSAS hathiyaron mein chandek khubian hain, jo ki is prakar se hain:-

(a) Purn Swadeshi. Yeh hathiyar 100% swadeshi saman se bana hai.

(b) Ek Prakar ka Amn. INSAS parivar ke teenon hathiyaron ke liye ek hi kism ka amn istemal mein laya jata hai.

(c) Hisse Purjon mein Samanta (commonality / Inter changeability). Teenon hathiyaron ke kafi had tak hisse purje aapas mein badle ja sakte hain.

(d) Training, Maintenance aur Logistics Asan. Hathiyaron mein samanta hone ke karan inke trg maintenance aur logistics ek saath kiya ja sakta hai.

(e) Economical. Ek kism ka amn aur hathiyaron mein samanta hone ke karan inke utpadan (production) mein bachat hai. Dusra ismen plastic ka istemal kiya gaya hai joki dubara istemal recycle kiya ja sakta hai aur kimti lakdi ki bachat hoti hai.

(f) Halke Amn aur Hathiyar. INSAS parivar ke hathiyar kafi halke hain.

(g) Behtar Hit Probability. Kam recoil, zyada muzzle velocity aur rifle mein three round burst ki suvidha ke karan tgt hit probability zyada hai.

(h) Flexibility. 5.56mm INSAS hathiyaron mein single shot, three round burst aur automatic burst fire karne ki suvidha hai. Yeh hathiyar NATO 5.56 mm SS 109 amn bhi fire kar sakte hain.

BHAG-III : 5.56MM INSAS LMG KI VISHESHTAEN

12. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ek mahatvpurn hathiyar hai, jiske fixed butt version Infantry aur foldable version mechanised Infantry aur special forces dwara istemal mein laya jata hai . Is hathiyar ki chand ek khasusiat hain.

(a) Halka Hathiyar. 5.56mm INSAS LMG 7.62mm LMG se takriban 45% halki hai .

(b) Kam Recoil. Kam recoil hone ki wazah se firer ko kam dhakka lagta hai aur accuracy badhti hai.

(c) Zyada Muzzle Velocity. Is hathiyar ki muzzle velocity zyada hone ke karan trajectory chapti banti hai isliye tgt hit probability bhi zyada hai.

(d) Lamba Range. Zyada muzzle velocity hone ke karan hathiyaron ki range bhi zyada hai.

(e) Automatic Fire. Yeh hathiyar automatic mode per bhi bhari tadad mein fire karta hai.

(f) Accurate. Acchi ballistics kam recoil aur sighting system (telescopic sight, PNVS aur beta light sight) hone ke karan kafi accurate hai.

(g) Lethality. Acchi ballistic hone ke karan bullet ko zyada stability milti hai aur lethality zyada hai.

Sankshep

13. 5.56mm INSAS hathiyar hamari sena ke zarurat ke mutabik banaya gaya adhunik hathiyar hai. Ane wale samay mein yeh hathiyar kafi bharosemand aur kamyab sidh honge.Yeh zaruri hai ki hum nirantar chhotte hathiyaron ki technology mein unnatti ki ore agrasar hote rahen, taki hamari Infantry hamesha ucch koti ki bani rahe.

LESSON-2

5.56MM INSAS LMG AUR ACCESSORIES SE WAQFIAT

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG Indian Small Arms System ke parivar ka lambi range ka automatic hathiyar hai. Is hathiyar se defence ke dauran ek Infantry sec ko bhari tadad mein fire power milti hai. Yeh hathiyar sec dwara hamle ke dauran support role mein istemal mein laya jata hai. Yeh hathiyar maujuda 7.62mm LMG se 30% halka aur 70% kam recoil hone ke karan chalane aur fire karne mein jiada aramdeh hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG aur accessories ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, mag, sling, Blank Firing Attachment (BFA), muzzle cover, safai ka saman aur ground sheet.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I - 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke zaruri Tech data.

(b) Bhag-II - 5.56mm INSAS LMG kokholna, hisse,purje ke naam, kaam aur jorne ka tariqa.

BHAG-I : 5.56MM INSAS LMG KA ZARURI TECH DATA

5. Tech Data.

Wazan

(a) Fixed butt LMG - 6.23kg

(b) Folded butt LMG - 5.87kg

(d) Bhari Mag - 0.50kg

(e) Bipod - 0.75kg

(f) Bhari LMG - 6.73kg

Lambai

(g) Fixed Butt - 1050mm

(h) Barrel (Fixed Butt) - 535mm

(j) Butt Extended - 1015mm

(k) Butt Folded - 750mm

(l) Barrel (Folded Butt) - 500mm

(m) Sight Radius - 475mm

Chaurai

(n) Bipod Extended (Low

Posn) - 241mm

(o) Bipod Extended (High

Posn) - 318mm

(p) Grooves - 06 RH

(q) Fixed Butt LMG - 925m/sec

(r) Folded Butt LMG - 915m/sec

(s) Pentration - (i) 3mm on 700m MSP

(Mild Steel Plate)

Rate of Fire

(t) Single Shot - 60 rds/min

(u) Automatic - 150 rds/min

(v) Cyclic - 600-650 rds.min

(w) Karger Range - 700mtr

(x) Recoil Energy - 4.43 joule

(y) Muzzle Energy - 1685 Joules

(z) Terminal Energy - 488 Joules

(aa) Protected Tgt - 407 Joules

(ab) Unprotected Tgt - 81 Joules

(ac) Trigger Pull - 2.1kg

(ad) Eye relief - 3 se 4 Inch

Ballistic Data

(a) Cartridge Head Space 37.15mm (Accept)

37.40mm (Reject)

(b) Mean Pressure 335 MPa

BHAG-II : 5.56MM INSAS LMG KO KHOLNA, HISSA PURJON KE NAAM, KAAM AUR JORNE KA TARIQA

Sabse pahle mag ko utaren, cock Karen, cover assy ko kholen, piston extension assy ko nikalen, rotating bolt ko alag karen, gas tube ko kholen, firing pin, extractor, mag ke plate form ko bhi khol sakte hai.

6. Hisse Purjon ke Naam. INSAS LMG 13 assy ka bana hua hai.

(a) Barrel Assy.

(b) Hand Guard Assy.

(d) Cocking Handle Assy.

(e) Cover Assy.

(f) Body Housing Assy.

(g) Trigger Mech Assy.

(h) Piston Extension Assy.

(i) Rotating Bolt Assy.

(j) Recoil Spring Assy.

(k) Butt Assy.

(l) Piston Grip Assy.

(m) Mag Assy.

(a) Barrel Assy.

(i) Flash Eliminator. Paida hone wale shole ki teevrta ko kamkarta hai. Isse flash kafi kaam ho jata hai.

(ii) Barrel. Goli ko sahi disha mein jaane mein madad karta hai.Ismein grooves aur land goli ko spin deta hai jisse goli ko sthirta milti hai.

(iii) Block Gas and Gas Plug. Gas vent ke upar lagi puri assy ko control karta hain gas block ke ander kati hui jhari ko gas plug kahte haijisse gas cylinder mein dakhil hoti hai.

(iv) Gas Regulator wa Gas Escape Hole.Gas regulator ki matra ko cont karta hai. Iski do posn hain. Low aur High.

(v) Loop Front Sling. Sling lagane ke kaam ata hai.

(vi) Fore Sight. Gas block ke upar fit hoti hai. Yeh pole type ki hoti hai.

(b) Hand Guard Assy. Hand Guard plastic ka bana hota hai. Jo ki LMG ko aage se pakdne ke kaam aata hai.

(i) Shoes. (ii) Catch. (iii) Legs.

(d) Cocking Handle Assy. Cocking handle hathiyar ko cock karne mein madad deta hai. Slide ke pichhle hisse laga hota hai. Iske purjon ke naam is prakar hain:-

(i) Slide cocking handle.

(ii) Catch locking handle.

(iii) Pin Cocking Handle.

(iv) Plunger Cocking Handle.

(v) Cocking Handle.

(e) Cover Assy. Nimnlikhit hisse purjon ki bani hui hai:-

(i) Cover.

(ii) Housing Rear Sight.

(iii) Leaf Spring.

(iv) Screw axis rear sight.

(v) Wheel.

(vi) Plunger.

(vii) Spring Plunger.

(viii) Hinge.

(ix) Sight Bracket (Male Dovetail)

(f) Body Housing Assy. Yeh sheet metal ki bani hui hai. Ismein ek piece guide hai jo ki breech block ki rotation ko shuru karta hai. Iske hisse purjen nimnlikhit hai :-

(i) Body Housing. Yeh 1.8mm sheet metal ki bani hui hai. Iske niche mag, trigger aur pistol grip fit kiye gaye hain.

(ii) Barrel Extension. Yeh body mein rivet fitted hota hai.Piece guide bhi ismein hi fit kiya gaya hai. Iske pichle hisse mein do locking surfaces diye gaye hai. Yahan breech block lock hota hai.

(iii) Guard Trigger aur Catch Mag. Trigger guard body housing ke niche rivet fit hai. Iske samne ek spring loaded catch mag fit hai.

(iv) Block Rear. Yeh body housing par rivet fit hai aur piston extension ke piche ki harkat ko rokta hai.

(v) Channel Right aur Channel Left. Yeh safety sear ko accomodate karne ke liye banaya gaya hai. Chanel Right mein ek projection hai. Ismein se khali khoke eject hote hai.

(vi) Spacer. Yeh ek cylindrical akar ka hota hai aur iski body ko buldge hone se bachata hai.

7. Trigger Mechanism. Isko detail mein trigger mechanism ke lesson mein cover kiya gaya hai. Iske hisse purjen nimnlikhit hai:-

(a) Safety sear assy.

(b) Hammer Assy.

(d) Wheel Assy.

(e) Safety catch Assy.

(f) Automatic Control Unit.

8. Piston Extension Assy. Chal wale purjon ko gas ke dabav se unlock wa picche harkat mein madad deta hai. Yeh piston extension ke saath juda hota hai. Iske hisse purjon ke naam is prakar se hai:-

(a) Piston.

(b) Piston extension.

9. Rotating Bolt Assy.Yeh assy nimnlikhit hisse purjon ki bani hui hai.

(a) Breech block.

(b) Extractor.

(d) Pin extractor.

(e) Pin firing.

(f) Pin locking pin firing.

10. Recoil Spring Assy. Recoil spring ke do guide hote hai. Dono siron par stopper laga hota hai guidepiece ka agla sira stopper front se aur dusra sira stopper rear se laga hota hai. Is assy mein nimnlikhit hisse purje ate hain:-

(a) Spring recoil.

(b) Guide recoil spring.

(d) Stopper.

11. Butt Assy (Fixed Butt Version). Butt assy ke hisse is prakar hain:-

(a) Butt.

(b) Butt plate.

(d) Butt trap.

(e) Pivot Butt Shoulder.

12. Butt Assy (Foldable Butt Version). INSAS LMG mein foldable butt bhi ata hai jo ki Mech Inf aur Special forces dwara istemal mein laya jata hai. Uske hisse purje is prakar hai:-

(a) Tube upper.

(b) Tube lower.

(d) Piece hinge.

(e) Piece strengthening.

13. Pistol Grip wa Block Firing Pistol Grip. Yeh plastic ka bana hota hai aur ek screw aur block ki madad se body housing ke saath butt aur trigger ke beech laga hota hai. Ismein nimnlikhit saman ata hai:-

(a) Oil bottle.

(b) Brush cleaning.

14. Mag Assy wa Mag Catch. Mag assy ke hisse purje is prakar hai:-

(a) Mag casing.

(b) Plate form.

(d) Bottom plate.

(e) Spring.

BHAG-III : 5.56 MM INSAS LMG KI ACCESSORIES

15. 5.56mm LMG ke saath nimnlikhit accessories aati hain:-

(a) Sling.

(b) BFA (Blank firing attachment).

(d) Monopod.

(e) Passive Night Sight (optional).

(f) Telescopic Day Light Sight (optional).

(g) Beta light sight (optional).

(a) Sling. Yeh LMG ko carry karne mein madad deti hai.

(b) BFA (Blank Firing Attachment). Yeh muzzle par lagaya jata hai aur blank rounds fire karne mein madad deta hai.

(d) Monopod. Yeh age lesson mein vistar meincover kiya gaya hai.

(e) TDLS (Telescopic Day Light Sight). Is sight ka istemal din ke samay lambe range per dushman ko barbad kar sakte hai.

(f) PNS (Passive Night Sight). Is sight ka istemal raat ke samayya kam roshini main bhi kiya ja sakta hai.

(g) Beta Light Sight. Is sight ka istemal raat ke samay shist lene keliye istemal kiya jata hai lekin target per roshini hona zaruri hai.Yeh do bhag main hota hai front beta light sight aur rear beta light sight, front beta light sight ko gas block par aur rear beta light sight ko hinge par fit kiya jata hai.

16. Sankshep. 5.56mm INSAS LMG 13 assy mein kholi jati hai jiske bare mein jankari awashyak hai taki samay padne par inko kholna jorna asan ho. Yadi hame inki assys ke bare mein jankari ho to iski sikhlai ke liye sahuliat ho jati hai.

LESSON 2 : EK NAZAR

5.56mm INSAS LMG, 7.62mm LMG se 30% halka aur 70% kam recoil wala hathiyar hai.

ZARURI TECHNICAL DATA

FIXED BUTTFOLDABLE BUTT

1. Wazan 6.23 KG 5.87 KG

2. Lambai 1050 mm

(Butt Folded) 1015 mm 790mm

3. Barrel ki Lambai 535 mm 500 mm

4. Sight Radius 475 mm 475 mm

5. Grooves 6 RH 6 RH

6. MV 925 m/sec

Rate of Fire 915 m/sec

7. Single Shot 60 rds/min

8. Automatic 150 rds/min

9. Cyclic 600-650 rds/min

LESSON-3

5.56MM INSAS LMG KE AMMUNITION SE WAQFIAT

Ref- (Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Aam Bayan

1. 5.56 mm amn banane ke baad INSAS hathiyar ka vikas kiya gaya.

5.56mm INSAS Rif, LMG aur Carbine se ek hi kism ke amn fire hota hai. INSAS Rif se 3 kism ka amn fire hota hai. Yeh hai Ball, Tracer,Blank amn. NATO ke 5.56mm INSAS Ball FNSS 109 amn se 5.56mm INSAS ball amn kafi acha hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm amn ke bare mein jankari deina hai.

5.56 5.56 7.62

SS 109 (NATO) INSAS NATO

Ball Amn

3. 5.56mm INSAS ke liye ball amn ka mudda hai ki LMG (Fixed Butt) se fire karne par 700m tak kargar fire dalen. Yeh mudda hasil karne ke liye ball amn mein NATO amn ke banishpat yeh sudhar kiya hai.

(a) Bullet ka ballistic shape zyada acha hai.

(b) Bullet ka mass zyada hai.

4. Ball Amn Ka Technical Data:-

Round 5.56 x 45mm

AS MK-I 5.56 x 45MM FNSS 109

NATO

Ball.

(a) Calibre 5.56 x 45 5.56 x 45

(b) Cartridge ki lambai 60mm 57.3mm

Case.

(a) Type Rimless bottle Necked Rimless bottle necked

(b) Lambai 45mm 45mm

Bullet.

(a) Type Baot Tailed Boat Tailed

(b) Wazan 4.16gm 4.00gm

(d) Envelope Gilding Metal Gilding Metal

(e) Core Lead with Steel tip Lead with steel tip

Cap.

(a) Type Boxer Berdan

(b) Composition FA-956 -

Propellant.

(a) Type Ball Powder Ball Powder

(b) Charge ka wazan 1.61gm 1.61gm

5. Blank Cartridge. Blank round trg ke liye firing ki awaz ko darshane ke liye banaya gaya hai. Iska technical data is parkar hai:-

(a) Cartridge.

(i) Wazan 8.1gm

(ii) Lambai 57.5mm

(b) Case.

(i) Wazan 7.53gm

(ii) Lambai 57.5mm

(d) Propellant.

(i) Type SPA-II

(ii) Wazan 0.480gms

(e) Primer.

(i) Type Boxer

(ii) Composition Lead Styphnate FA 956

(f) Sound level 95db

(g) Safety Distance 3m

BALL TRACER BLANK

6. Tracer Round.Tracer round trajectory ko darshane aur firer ki accuracyko dekhne ke liye banaya gaya hai.

Sankshep

7. 5.56mm INSAS amn ek behtar kism ka amn hai jiski ballastics achhi hai. Is amn ki range lambi hai aur lethality bhi jiada hai. Yadi ek jawan ko is amn ke bare mein jankari ho to woh hathiyar ke kaam karne ke bare mein achhi jankari hasil kar sakta hai.

LESSON 3 : EK NAZAR

5.56 MM AMN EK BEHTAR AMN

1. Halka Amn.

2. Zyada Muzzle Velocity.

3. Acchi Ballastics.

4. Zyada Lethality.

5. Lambi Range.

INSAS LMG Se Teen Kism Ke Round Fire Kiye Jate Hain

1. Ball

2. Tracer

3. Blank

4. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke liye ball amn ka mudha hai ki LMG (Fixed Butt) se fire karne per 700m tak karger fire dalen. Yeh mudha hasil karne ke liye ball amn mein NATO amn ke banishpat yeh sudhar kiya hai:-

(a) Bullet ka ballistic shape zyada acha hai.

(b) Bullet ka mass zyada hai.

LESSON-4

5.56MM INSAS LMG KO KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG lambi duri tak dushman ko engage karne ke liye Sec ka ek matra auto hathiyar hai. Iska pura pura faida uthane aur iski zindagi ko badhane ke liye safai ki jarurat parti hai, sath hi iske hisse purjon ki tut fut ki badli karne ke liye LMG ko kholne aur jorne ki zarurat parti hai, isliye Sec ke har ek jawan ko chahiye ki woh LMG ko kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tarika achi tarah janta ho .

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko kholna,jorna aur safai karne ka tarika sikhana hai .

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, mag,sling, muzzle cap,accessory bag,safai ka saman,sheet ground,oil bottle.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai .

(a) Bhag- I. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ka kholna.

(b) Bhag- II. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ka jorna.

BHAG-I : 5.56 MM INSAS LMG KA KHOLNA

5. LMG ko kholne ka tarika is prakar hai:-

(a) Mag Kholna.Mag ko bayen hath se pakren aur mag catch ko anguthe se age ki aur dabate hue mag ko nikalen, muzzle cap aur sling ko nikalen.

(b) Assy Cover Kholna.Safety catch ki posn ‘R’ ya ‘A’ par karen. aur LMG ko cock karen. Safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par karen. Retainer catch ko bayen hath ki madad se dabayen aur dayen hath ke anguthe se retainer ko age taraf dabayen jab retainer age aa jata

hai to locking retainer se dabao hata len takih peeche ka opening cover retainer se azad ho jae ab assy cover ko upar ki taraf uthaen aur age ki taraf lein.

(c) Recoil Spring Assy Ko Nikalna. Retainer ko dabate hue recoil spring assy ko guide se juda karen aur recoil spring assy ko bahar nikalen.

(d) Piston Extension Assy Ko Nikalna. Piston extension ke pichle hisse ko pakren aur upar ki taraf uthathe hue bahar ki taraf nikalen.

(e) Rotating Bolt Ko Nikalna. Iske liye piston extension ko bayen hath se ulta pakren. Dahine hath se Rotating Boltko iske races se juda karen

(f) Gas tube ko nikalna. Iske liye gas tube locking lever ko 90 degree per khara karen aur gas tube ko bahar nikalen.

(g) Hand Guard Ko Kholna.Screw ko kholen aur hand guard ko bahar nikalen.

(h) Chotte Purjon Ko Kholna.

(i) Firing Pin Ko Kholna.Locking pin ko drift ki madad se nikalen aisa karne se firing pin bahar aa jayega.

(ii) Extractor ko kholna. Iske liye bhi drift ki jarurat parti hai bayen hath ke anguthe se extractor ko dabao drift ke nokile bhag se axis pin ko press karen axis pin bahar nikal jayega ab extractor aur spring ko iske bane races se juda Karen.

(iii) Gas Plug Ko Nikalna. Drift ki madad se pin firing gas plug ko nikalen aur gas plug ko dabate hue gas block ko baharnikalen.

(iv) Mag Ko Kholna. Retainer ko dabate hue bottom plate ko nikalen. Retainer spring aur platform ko bhi bahar nikalen.

BHAG-II : LMG KO JORNA

6. LMG ko jis tartib se khola jata hai thik uske vipreet jora jata hai. Dhyan rakhen ke agar do ya do se adhik LMG kholi ho to jorne se pahle hisson purjon ke Regd No check kar liye jayen:-

(a) Mag ke plateform ko mag mein joren.

(b) Extractor aur Firing Pin ko joren.

(d) Gas Cylinder tube ko joren aur locking catch ko niche dabaen.

(e) Hand Guard ko joren.

(f) Piston Extension aur Rotating Bolt ko joren.

(g) Piston Extension Assembly ko Gas tube mein dakhil karen.

(h) Body Housing mein Piston Extension Assy Recoil Spring ko dalen.

(j) Cover Assy ko band karen aur retainer ko lock karen.

(k) Mag ko lagaen,Sling aur Muzzle Cover ko lagaen.

7. LMG ke hisse purjon ko jorne ke bad LMG ki janch is prakar karen:-

(a) Mag ko nikalen.

(b) Safety catch ko “R” par karen.

(d) Piston Extension ko aage jane de.

(e) Trigger ko press Karen.

BHAG-III : LMG KI SAFAI

8. Yeh zaruri hai ki LMG ki thik tarah se samay samay par saaf safai karte rahna chahiye taki LMG ko bina rukawat ke fire mein shamil kar saken. Iski safai ke liye nimnlikht chizon ki zarurat parti hai :-

(a) Oil ‘A’ with oil bottle.

(b) Brush cleaning bore.

(d) Pullthrough.

(e) Rod cleaning barrel.

(f) Tool adjusting fore sight /rear sight.

(g) Tool Removing ruptured case.

(h) Drift.

(j) Chindi.

Note. LMG ki saaf safai wa rakh rakhav mein ghishe ya ragarne wale saman ka istemal nahin karna chahiye.

9. Safai ke Parkar.

(a) Aam Safai.

(b) Firing ke lihaz se.

(i) Aam Safai.

(aa) Rojana ki safai. (ab) Weekly safai. (ac) Monthly safai.

(ii) Firing ke Lihaj Se.

(aa) Firing se pahle. (ab) Firing ke dauran. (ac) firing ke baad.

(iii) Mausam ke Lihaj Se.

(aa) High altitude. (ab) Desert

(d) Aam Safai:-

(i) Rojana ki Safai. Hathiyar kisi trg ke liye nikala gaya ho to us samay hathiyar ke bahar wale hisse ko saaf kapre se acchi tarah saaf kiya jaye.

(ii) Weekly Safai. Hathiyar ke ander wale purjon ki safai aurtel ki badli ki jai.

(iii) Monthly Safai. Tel ki badli se pahle garam pani daal kar hi safai kiya jai

(e) Firing ke Lihaz

(i) Firing se Pahle ki Safai. LMG ko khol kar iske sabhi purjon ki safai karne ke sathsath unki tut fut ki janch leni chahiya.Yeh Armr ka kaam hai ki woh tut fut wale purjon ko badli kar den.Magazine aur ammunition ko bhi saaf karke mag main bharna chahiya aur mag ki tut fut check kar leni chahiya. Niminlikhit ke anusar kuchh purjon mein tel diya jayega aur kuch mein nahi diya jayega.

Purjon ko Tel Lagana Purjon ko Tel Nahi Lagana

Rotating Bolt face ko chor kar pure Rotating Bolt. Barrel

Magazine catch. Cylinder Gas

Trigger Mech Plug Gas

Recoil spring Assembly. Piston extension Assembly.

LMG ke bahar.

(ii) Firing ke dauran safai. LMG ko firing ke dauran bhi pull through se saaf karte rahna chahiya. Iske faids yeh hai ki LMG ki barrel garam hoti hai gas jaldi saaf ho jati hai.

(iii) Firing ke baad. LMG ko field strip kar uski safai karen aur pull through aur chindi ki madad se bore ko is prakar saaf karen ki usmen gilapan na rahe. Ab bore mein tel laga den. Brush cleaning cylinder mein tel lagakar usse cylinder gas ko saaf karen. Jab safai ka kaam samapat ho jaye to LMG ke andurni bhagon mein tel laga den. Gas se prabhavit purje jaise rotating bolt, gas plug, piston, piston extension aur firing pin ko savdhani se saaf kare taki unmein se gas fouling dur ki ja sake. Purjon ko saaf karne ke bad us mein tel lagana chahiye. Is ke alawa LMG ke dusre hisse purjon ko kapra ya sutar ki madad se saaf karna chahiye. LMG ki bahri satah ko tel wale kapre dwara jor se nahi ragarna chahiye. In jaghon se dhool jharne ke liye kapre ka istemal karna chahiye. Yadi LMG nami ya dhul wale mausam mein pari rahi ho to uski magazine ko khol kar saaf karna chahiye. Agar magazine saaf dikhai deti hai to use bar bar kholne ki jarurat nahi hai.

(f) Asamanya Mausami Avastha. Jyada thande mausam mein istemal karne ke liye LMG ko karger banane ke liye uske sabhi purjon ko K/Oil aur OX 13 ke misran ko istemal karna chahiye. Iske atrikat LMG se fire karne se pahle ek do bar cock kar lena chahiye.

10. Lubrication. Niminlikhit Tapman mein prayog karne wale lubricant ki suchi is prakar hai:-

Istemal Tapman Lubricant

Body aur trigger mech ke sabhi purje 4 degree C se adhik tapmaan 4 degree C se -18 degree C

-18 degree C se -40 degree C

-40 degree C se -50 degree C Oil OX 52

Oil OX 13

Oil OX 13 + Superior quality K/Oil 1:1 (ASC/9140-000008)

Oil OX 13 + Superior quality K/Oil 2:3

Chindi ka Size.

(a) Safai ke lie - 4" x 1.5"

(b) Oil - 4" x 1"

11. Dhyan Deine Wali Baten.

(a) Sabak ke duran LMG ke jis hisse purje ko aap kholen uske naam aur kaam sath sath bataen.

(b) Studeint ko batayen ki LMG ko cock karne ke liye cocking handle ko pura pichein khinche aur purre taur par chodein. Kabhi bhi cocking handle ko pakre pakre purjon ko age na jane dein.

Sankshep

12. LMG ek bharosemand hathiyar tabhi ban sakta hai jab ki uski thik tarah se rakh rakhav, saaf safai aur dekhbhal ki jai. Ek hathiyar ki aayu uski maintenance par nirbhar karti hai. LMG ki safai tabhi sambhav hai jabki jawan ko iske kholne jorne ki tartib malum ho.

LESSON 4 : EK NAZAR

INSAS LMG 7 Bare aur 4 chote hisson mein kholi jati hai

Bare Hisse Chote Hisse

1. Magazine 1. Firing Pin

2. Cover Assy 2. Extractor

3. Recoil Spring 3. Gas plug

4. Piston extension 4. Mag parts

5. Rotating Bolt

6. Gas Tube

7. Hand Guard

Note.

1. Extractor ki badli karne ke liye pahle firing pin axis pin ko kholna parta hai.

2. Firing pin ki badli karne ke liye extractor axis pin ko kholne ki jarurat nahin padti.

LMG ko Jorna

3. Jorne ki tartib kholne ki tartib ke vipreet hai.

4. Jo hissa purja baad mein khola gaya hai use pahle jora jae.

Safai

5. Aam Safai.

(a) Rojana ki safai.

(b) Weekly safai.

6. Firing ke Lihaz se Safai.

(a) Firing se pahle.

(b) Firing ke dauran.

7. Mausam ke Lihaz se Safai.

(a) High altitude.

(b) Desert.

LESSON-5

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI MAG KO BHARNA, KHALI KARNA, LMG KO BHARNA, SIGHT LAGANA , READY, MAKESAFE AUR KHALI KARNE

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. Ek jawan ko 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tarika sikh lena hi kafi nahin hai balki teji aur durusti se dushman par kamyabi pane ke liye mag bharna, sight lagana aana chahiye taki sighton ka sahi istemal karte hue fire kar sake. Sath hi larai ke maidan mein bhari LMG ko ek jagah se dusri jagah le jane hot oh makesafe ka tariqa bhi aana chaiya.

Uddesh

2. INSAS LMG ke mag ko bharna, khali karna, sight lagana, LMG ko bharna, ready, make safe aur khali karne ki karwai sikhana hai.

Saman

3. INSAS LMG, Mag, Drill Cart, 1’ x 1’ tgt, Small pointer aur grnd sheet.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak aapko theen bhagon mein sikhaya jaega.

(a) Bhag-I. INSAS LMG ki mag ko bharna aur khali karna.

(b) Bhag-I. Sight lagana aur range hasil karna.

BHAG I : INSAS LMG KI MAG KA BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

5. Amn ki Safai.Round ko len aur samay hai to kisi saaf kapre se ek-ek karke saaf karen. Agar jaldi hai to kai roundon ko ek sath saaf karen. Lekin dhyan rahe ki round ek dusre se ragad na lage. Amn ko saaf kar kisi saaf jagah par ya ground sheet ke upar rakhen.

6. Mag ko Bharna.5.56mm INSAS LMG ke mag ko bharne ka tarika aur khali karna hu-ba-hu Rif ki mag ki tarah hi hai. Mag ko len aur check karen, Mag kahin se tuta hua to nahin hona chahiye. Platform aur spring ka nirikshan karen. Mag ko len aur uska chhotta mehraav apne taraf aur bara mehraav bahar ki taraf rakhte hue grnd sheet, boot ke toe par rakhte hue, dono hathon ke anguthe ke sahare se ek ek karke round bharen. Bharte samay agar koi round gir jata hai to use saaf kar ke mag mein bharen. Yeh yakin karen ki round ka pichla hissa mag ke diwar ke sath laga hua ho. Is prakar ek mag mein 30 rds bhare jate hai. Registaan ke ilake mein bhi mag mein 30 rds hi bhare jati hai.

7. Mag ka Khali Karna. Bhari mag len,bayan hath ki char ungli upar se, angutha ander se pakarte hue chhote mehraav ko zamin ki taraf rukh kar ek round ki nok se ya kisi nukili chiz se Madhya se dabate hue eke k karke mag ko khali Karen.Mag ko khali karne keliye agar round ka istemal kar rahen hain to har ek ya do round ke baad round ki badli kar li jae. Round ka girna saaf sthan par hona chahiye.

BHAG-II : SIGHT LAGANA

8. Rear Sight ke Hisse-Purje. Iske hisse purje is prakar hain:-

(a) Slide, Ramp par harkat karti hai.

(b) Plunger Slide ko harkat deine mein madad karta hai.

9. Lagane ko Tarika. Plunger ko dabate hue slide ko harkat dete hue range ko ramp ke kate hue nishan ke niche kinare se milaye.

BHAG-III : LMG BHARNA, READY, MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNA

10. Jab LMG par bhari mag ho aur Safety catch ‘S’ par ho to LMG bhari mani jati hai. Jab LMG per bhari mag chada ho, chamber ke ander round ho aur Safety catch ‘R’ ya ‘A’ par ho kalme wali ungi trigger per ho toh LMG ready mani jati hai. Jab chamber khali ho, mag khali ho aur Safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par ho to LMG khali mana jata hai.

11. Bhar ki Hukum par Karwai. Jab firer ko tgt dikhai de ya trg ke dauran hukum mile Bhar to karwai is prakar kare. Safety catch ki posn S par karen, mag catch ko dabate hue mag ko utare pouch mein rakhe. Pouch se bhari mag len nirikshan karte hue mag way mein dakhil karen. Yakin kare ki mag thik baith gaya hai.

12. Ready. Ready us waqt kiya jata hai jab firer fire karne ka irada rakhta ho, tgt dikhai de ya trg ke dauran aadesh mile ready toh Safety catch ko 'R' ya 'A' par karen. LMG ko cock kare aur kandhe par le jayen aur kalme wali ungli trigger par le jayen aur agle hukum ka intezar karen.

13. Make Safe. Jab bhari hui LMG ko ek jagah se dusri jagah le jana ho to make safe ki karwai ki jati hain.

(a) Kalme wali ungli ko trigger se alag kare mag ko uthare LMG ko cock kare shist lekar trigger ko press kare Safety catch ki posn ko 'S' par karen, bhari mag ko fit karen.

(b) Zamin par gire round ko uthayen, saaf karen aur dusri mag mein bhardein. Mag ko pouch mein band karen.

14. Khali Karna. Khali kar ke hukum par make safe ki karwai karne par aakhri mein bhari mag ki jagah khali mag chadha do.

Sankshep

15. Yadi ek jawan ko mag bharna aur LMG ko kholna durust aata ho woh larai ke maidan mein bina samay barbad kiye jaldi se fire kar sakta hai. Yeh jaruri hai ki jawan ko ismein sikhlai dekar use durust karna chahiye.

LESSON No 5 : EK NAZAR

1. INSAS LMG ki mag capacity - 30 rds hai.

2. INSAS LMG mag mein - 30 rds hi bhare jate hain.

3. Retile /gardile ilake mein bhi - 30 rds hi bhara jaten hain

4. Mag, filler se nahin bhari jati hai.

5. Mag ko kisi nukile chij ya rd ki nok se khali kiya jata hai.

6. Make safeki karwai mein ant mein bhari mag chadhai jati hai.

7. Khali kar ki karwai mein ant mein khali mag chadhai jati hai.

LESSON-6

5.56 MM INSAS LMG SE SHIST, PAKAR AUR FIRE KARNA

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. Ek firer agar, durust posn aur pakar hasil karne ke baad durust shist lekar fire karta hai to woh, ek goli ek dushman ka mudha hasil kar sakta hai. 5.56mm INSAS LMG humari sena mein naya hathiyar aaya hai. Iske shist, pakar aur fire ka tarika 7.62 mm LMG ki tarah hi hai. Agar ek jawan sqd post par achhi sikhlai paya hua hai to woh 5.56mm INSAS LMG se fire karke ek goli ek dushman ka mudda hasil kar sakta hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG se shist, pakar aur fire karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

3. LMG, mag, drill cart, 5.56mm INSAS Rif, field of view board, 1’ x 1’ tgt, black board, chalk, duster, pointer aur grnd sheet.

Bhag

4. Is sabak ko teen bhagon mein baanta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I : Durust Pakar

(b) Bhag-II : Durust shist lene ka tarika

BHAG-I : DURUST PAKAR

5. Kisi bhi firer ke fire ka star kafi had tak uske durust pakar par nirdharit hai. (5.56mm INSAS Rif aur LMG ki pakar mein antar hai do jawanon ki posn dikhakar samjhayen). LMG mein Bipod laga hai lekin Rif mein sahara dene ke liye bayen hath ko aage karte hue fore hand guard ke niche se pakara jata hai. Iske karan Rif mein badan tirchha rakha jata hai,

5.56mm INSAS LMG mein bayan hath small of the butt ke upar hone ke karan LMG par badan sidha rakhte hain.

6. Durust Pakar Hasil Karne ka Tariqa.

(a) Tgt ko dekhkar bipod ko tgt ki sidh mein align karo, tgt bipod ke beech mein hona chahiye.

(b) Durust pakar hasil karne ki karwai (namuna wa bayan). Hukam mile lying posn to posn ikhtiiyar karen, range milne par sight par diya hua range lagayen, LMG ko kandhe

par le jaen, khande par le jate samay shoulder rest ko khara karen aur kandhe par rakhen, LMG ko cock karen aur kohniyon ko harkat dekar posn durust karen. Yadi shist Point of Aim se niche ya upar ho to zarurat ke mutabik bipod shoes ko niche ya upar karen.

7. Durust Pakar ke Liye Sharir ke Alag Alag Hisse ke Kam is Prakar hai.

(a) Kandha. Kandha butt ko tikane ke liye jagah deta hai aur LMG ko pichhe jane se rokata hai. Kandhe mein jo gadda banta hai wahan par butt ko rakha jae na ki haddi ke upar. Butt aur kandhe ke milap ko kayam karne ke liye sabse pahle LMG ke shoulder rest ko khole aur kandhe par rakhe. Yadi kandhe aur butt ka milap thik se nahin ho raha ho to sharir ko aage ya piche ki harkat dekar posn set karen na ki LMG ko aage ya piche kinch kar.

(b) Bayan Hath. Bayen hath se LMG ke small of the butt ko pakara jata hai, charon unguliyan upar se aur ungutha niche se. Bayan hath butt ko pichhe aur niche ki taraf khinch kar rakhta hai.

(c) Dahina Hath. Dahine hath ki pakar pistol grip par teenon ungliyon bahar se aur angutha ander se kalmi wali anguli trigger guard ke upar, angutha ander ki taraf. Dahina hath LMG ko pichhe khinch kar rakhta hai aur LMG ko samanatar rakhne mein madad deta hai.

(d) Sir. Sir ko butt ke upar is prakar rakho ki gaal ka naram wala bhag butt ke upar tik jae. Gaal bayen hath ki kalme wali ungli ke pass is prakar rakho ki ankh rear sight se takriban 3'' se 4'' ke bich ho.

(e) Puri pakar ko majboot Karna. Puri pakar ko majboot karne ke liye gaal se bayen hath ko butt ke sath dabate hue donon kalaion ko andar ki taraf karo is karwai ko clamping ki karwai kahte hai.

8. Agar jawan ka bayan hath “MASTER HAND“ aur bayen ankh “MASTER EYE“ ho to jawan ko bayen kandhe se fire karne diya jae kyon ki 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka back sight aperture, sight ke bichon bich hai.

9. Abhyas.Sabhi students ko hathiyar ke saath handling karwa kar abhyas karaya jae.

BHAG-II : DURUST SHIST LENE KA TARIKA

10. Firer apne dimag aur ankh ka talmel karke LMG ki sighton ka sahi istemal karte hue shist ko POA par milane ki karwai ko durust shist lena kahte hai. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke back sight upar hone ke karan firer koi bhi ek ankh band kar sakta hai. INSAS Rif aur LMG mein pakar wa posn mein antar hone ke karan INSAS LMG mein eye relief zyada hai jisse field of view kam banta hai.

11. Shist ka Kaida.LMG mein shist ka kaida hu-ba-hu Rifle ki tarah hai. LMG mein automatic fire karne ka kabliyat hone ke karan ismein tharatharahat zyada hoti hai. Thartharhat ke karan ek firer ko fore sight ko aperture ke madhya mein rakhne mein zyada dhyan dena padega aur majboot pakar ko barkarar rakhne ki jarurat paregi.

(Sight Alignment ki Ahmiyat Sight Picture se Adhik)

12. Hatkar Shist Lena. LMG se bhi hatkar shist lene ka tarika Rif ki hi tarah hai, lekin tgt ko engage karne ke liye LMG mein farak hai, LMG se hum tracking wa trapping ke tarike se target engage kar sakte hai.

(a) Trapping. Is tarike se target ko engage karne ka tarika is prakar hai:-

(i) Target ke disha aur range ko malum karo aur sight par sahi rg lagao.

(ii) Tgt ke age ek nishan chuno aur LMG ko us nishan par fix karo.

(iii) Tgt ki raftar ko madhya nazar rakhte hue tgt ka POA nikalen.

(iv) Tgt aur nishan ke bich nikale gaye lead ko mashoor nishanse tgt ki taraf lein aur akhiri wale lead ke upar madad ka nishan chune.

(v) Jab tgt madad ke nishan ke pass pahunch jae to 6 se 8 round ka burst fire mashoor nishan par karen, tgt apne hi lead ke upar barbad ho jaega.

(b) Tracking. Is tarike se tgt ka pichha karte hue tgt ko barbad kiya jata hai. Bipod fold karke,sand bag par rakh kar bhi tracking ke tarike ka istemal kiya jata hai.

Note: Trapping ka tarika tracking ke tarike se zyada acha hai.

13. Abhyas. Is puri karwai par class se abhyas lein. Tracking aur trapping ke tarike ka farak achi tarah samjhayen.

BHAG-III : FIRE KARNA

14. Alag alag halaton mein nikalne wale tgt par kargar fire dalne ki kabliyat ke lihaj se INSAS LMG ko banaya gaya hai. INSAS LMG se hum nimnlikhit prakar ke fire kar sakte hain:-

(a) Single shot.

(b) Automatic Fire.

(i) Burst fire.

(ii) Rapid Fire.

15. Single Shot Fire. (Namuna bayan ke saath)

(a) Sahi posn ikhtiyar karo.

(b) Natural alignment ko check karo.

(d) Dimagi taur par sharir ke un angon ko check karen jo LMG ko pakarne mein madad karte hain jaise bayan hath, dahina hath, kandha, aur shir.

(e) Durust sight alignment aur sight picture hasil hone ke baad foresight par nazar jamaye, yakin karen ki foresight tip aperture ke madhya mein hai.

(f) Safety catch ki posn ‘R’ par karen trigger par pahle dabav hasil karen. Kuch der sans roken aur trigger ko press karen. Is prakar se 1 min mein 60 round ke hissab se single shot fire kiya ja sakta hai.

16. Stop.Fire ke dauran tgt ilaqa mein koi jandar vastu aajaye ya aadesh mile ‘STOP’ to karwai is prakar karen (Namuna bayan se).

(a) Kalme wali ungli trigger se bahar nikalo.

(b) LMG ko kandhe se niche lao aur Safety catch ki posn ko ‘S’ par karo, agle hukam ka intzaar karen.

17. Go On ya Jari Kar.Go On ya Jari kar ke hukam par butt aur kandhe ka milap karen aur Safety catch ki position pahle wali position per karen aur LMG ko fire mein shamil karen.

18. Burst Fire (Bayan). Burst fire mein Safety catch ko ‘A’ par karke aur trigger dabane par 2 ya 2 se adhik rounds fire ho isse burst fire kahte hai. Burst kitna lamba ho yeh tgt ke range, kism aur firer ki kabhiliyat par nirbhar hai.

(a) 2 se 3 round ka burst achha mana jata hai.

(b) 4 se 5 round ka tgt par phail kar lagta hai. Isse tgt par mar asani se dekhi ja sakti hai.

19. Rapid Fire. Rapid fire mein lagatar fire kiya jata hai. Ismein “STOP” aur “GO ON” ya “ JARI KAR” ki karwai single shot ki tarah hi hai. Rapid fire ke dauran 1 min mein 150 rds (5 mag) ke hissab se fire kiya jata hai. “STOP” ka hukam milne par LMG ko cock karen, holding opening device lagayen taki barrel thandi ho jae.

20. Limber Up. Firing se pahle limber up ki karwai karna zaruri hai. Khas kar burst fire ke dauran limber up ki karwai, firing ke dauran mauka milne par bhi karna chahiye. Firer ko tgt ke upar shist lena chahiye phir fore sight ke upar nigah jamate hue LMG ko aage pichhe ki harkat deina chahiye. Yadi fore sight upar niche ki harkat karti hai to firer ka posn sahi hai.

Sankshep

21. Ek firer agar durust pakar aur shist hasil karte hue fire karta hai to woh 5.56 mm INSAS LMG se asani se dushman ko barbad karte hue ek goli ek dushman ka mudda hasil kar sakta hai.

LESSON 6 : EK NAZAR

DURUST DURUST

PAKAR SHIST

DURUST FIRE

EK GOLI

DURUST FIRE KA MUDDA

EK DUSHMAN

Sight Alignment ki ahmiyat sight picture se adhik

Trapping ka tarika Tracking ka tarike se jyada accha hai

Trapping se 6-8 rds ka burst accha mana gaya hai Tracking se tgt ka pichha kiya jata hai

LESSON - 7

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI CHAL AUR ROKEN

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG kafi dur tak dushman ko engage aur bhari tadad mein fire karne wala automatic hathiyar hai. Lagatar fire ke dauran ismein chand ek roken par sakti hai. Sec ka har ek jawan is kabil hona chahiye ki woh LMG ki chal aur parne wali rokon ko bhi asani se dur kar sake.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki chal parne wali roken aur unhen dur karne ka tarika sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, drill carts, mag, Assy pouch, 1’ x 1’ tgt, sheet ground, small pointer.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak aapko do bhagon mein sikhaya jayega.

(a) Bhag-I : 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki chal.

(b) Bhag-II : Fouri ilaj ki karwai aur sakhat khichav ki rok.

(d) Bhag-IV : Anya roken.

BHAG-I : 5.56 MM INSAS LMG KI CHAL

5. LMG ki chal 2 bhagon main pura hota hain yeh action kis parkar se hai inhe samjaen aap board per bane chal ke diagram ki madad se:-

6. LMG ke Chal mein Kaam ane wale Hisse Purjon ke Naam is Prakar hai:-

Trigger, Hammer, firing pin, gas vent, gas plug, gas tube, piston extension, rotating bolt, barrel extension locking surface, ejector, extractor, recoil spring, feed piece, round, piston extention ka pichla, nichla aur daye wala pahlu aur safety sear.

(b) Unlock. Fire huye round se gas paida hoti hai, joki bullet ko barrel mein aage dhakelti hai. Jab bullet gas vent ke pass se gujarta hai to kuch gas, gas vent, gas plug se hokar gas cylinder mein dakhil hoti hai. Kuch gas bullet ko target tak pahuchane mein madad karta hai. Gas cylinder mein dakhil hui gas piston head par dabav dalti hai jisse piston extension piche ki harkat karta hai. Jab piston extension picheki harkat karta hai to rotating bolt ka cam, cam way ki madad se dayen se bayen ko itna ghumta hai ki rotating bolt ka locking lug barrel extension locking surface se alag ho jata hai. Is karwai ko unlock ki karwai kahte hain.

(c) Extract. Unlock hone ke baad rotating bolt aur piston extension ek saath piche ki harkat karte hain, isi dauran extractor fired case ko piche lata hai, is karwai ko extract ki karwai kahte hain.

(d) Cock. Chal wale purzon ke pichhe ki harkat jari rahti hai. Is harkat ke dauran piston extension ka stem shuru shuru mein hammer ko thora niche dabata hai baad mein piston extension ka bottom surface hammer ko pura niche daba deta hai, jisse safety sear ki notch ka milap hammer ke vent se ho jata hai. Is karwai ko cock ki karwai kehte hain.

(e) Eject. Chal wale purje ki isi harkat ke dauran fired case ejector se takrakar ejection slot ke raste dahine aur niche gir jata hai, is karwai ko eject ki karwai kehte hain.

(f) Feed. Recoil spring apne housing mein sikur jata hai aur recoil spring guide over lap ho jate hain. Jab recoil spring apne tanav ko pura karta hai to chal wale purzon ko aage ki taraf dhakelta hai, aage ki harkat ke dauran Rotating bolt ka feed piece magazine ke upar wale round ko chamber mein dakhil kar dete hai. Is karwai ko feed ki karwai kahte hain.

(g) Load. Extractor chamber wale round ke pende par sawar ho jata hai, Is karwai ko load ki karwai kahte hain. Yahan par Rotating bolt ki aage ki harkat samapt ho jati hai lekin Piston extension ki aage ki harkat baki rahti hai.

(h) Lock. Piston extension ki aage ki harkat ke dauran rotating bolt ka cam, cam way ki madad se bayen se dayen itna ghumata hai ki rotating bolt ka locking lug, barrel extension locking surface ke sath lock ho jata hai. Is karwai ko lock ki karwai kahte hain. Lock hone ke baad bhi piston extension ka kuch harkat baki rahta hai. Is akhiri harkat ke dauran piston extension ka dahina, pichla aur nichla wala pehlu safety sear par dabav dalta hai, jisse safety sear ka notch, hammer ke vent sealag ho jata hai aur LMG dubara fire ke liye taiyar ho jata hai.

BHAG-II : FOURI ILAJ KI KARWAI AUR SAKHAT KHICHAV KI ROK

7. 5.56mm Insas LMG ki samay samay par saaf safai ki jaye aur amn ko saaf karke bhara jaye to bahut hi kam roken parti hain,lagatar firing ke duran agar chand ek roken par bhi jayen to ek firer rokon ko kis parkar se door karta hai issi karwai ka namuna hathiyar par bayan ke saath doonga aap dekhen thatha samjhen, lying posn, bhar, rg 200, ready, samne 1/1 ft tgt, fire.

8. Sune trigger press karne par LMG fire karte-karte ruk jaye to fauri ilaj ki karwai karen.

Karne ka Tarika. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se bahar karen. LMG ko cock karen aur holding opening device ko lagayen. Magzine catch ko dabate hue magazine ko utaren aur pouch mein band karen. Pouch se bhara hua magzine len, mulaiza karte huye magazine way mein fit karen, yakin karen magzine lag gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. LMG ko fire mein shamil karen. LMG thik fire karega. Is prakar LMG ko ek bar cock karke, holding opening device lagakar, magzine ki badli karne se teen prakar ki roken dur ki jati hain:-

(a) Khali Magzine.

(b) Misfire.

Sakhat Khichav ki Rok. trigger press karne par LMG fire karte-karte ruk jaye ya fire karte karte chal wale purje aage hi ruk jayen to rok ko pehchane. Pehchane ka tariqa, sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se alag karen. LMG ko cock karen, LMG asani se cock nahi toh sakhat khichav ki rok samajkar dur karen.

Karne ka Tarika. Butt kandhe ka milap tode, LMG ko niche rakhen. Kneeling position ikhtayar karen. LMG ko bayen hath se uthayen. Is position mein dekhne wali baten. LMG takriban 45 degree ke angle par barrel aasman ko point karta huwa. Bayen hath ki pakar fore hand guard par charon anguli niche se angutha upar se barrel ko point karta huwa. Ejection slot zamin ke taraf point karnta hua. LMG ka butt dahine ghutne ke sath laga hua. Dahina ghutna butt ko pichhe jane se rokta hai. Dahine hath ki madad se cocking handle ko upar uthayen. Charon angulion ka hook banate huye LMG ko ek hi jhatke mein cock karen. Yakin karen ki sakhat khichav ki rok dur ho gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. LMG ko niche rakhen. Pahle wala firing position ikhtiyar karen. Butt aur kandhe ka milap karen. LMG ko fire mein shamil karen LMG thik fire karega. Sakhat khichav ki rok padne ke karan:-

(a) Ganda chamber.

(b) Maila Ammunition.

Yeh tha fouri ilaz ki karwai aur sakhat khinchav ki rok ko dur karne ka tariqa yahan tak kiye gaye bayan aur karwai main kisi bhi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh Khalikar.

yeh tha namuna abhi hoga isi ka abhyas, Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar honge. LMG thik fire karta rukta ke aadesh par fouri ilaj ki karwai mein LMG ko cock karke holding opening device lagane tak ka karwai kiya jayega. Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dawara rok ko dur kiya jayega. Jaise ki:-

(a) Khali Magazine ke aadesh par magazine ko badli kiya jayega.

(b) Eject hua round ke adesh par round ke primer ko check kiya jayega.

(d) Cock nahin ke adesh par sakhht khichav ki rok samajkar dur kiya jayega.

BHAG-III : GAS KI KAMI KI ROK

2. Gas ki kami ki Rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par LMG fire karte-karte ek do round ke baad ruk jaye to gas ki kami ki rok samajkar dur karen.

Karne ka Tarika. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se alag karen.LMG ko cock karen aur chal purjon ko aage jane den. Safety catch ki posn ‘S’ karen. Butt aur kandhe ka milap toden. LMG ko bayen pahlu aage jaye aur gas regulator ki position ko check karen, agar gas regulator ki position low par ho to chindi ya kapre ki madad se low se high par karen dhyan rahe gas regulator ki posn ki badly karte samay hath ka koi bhi hissa barrel ke sath touch nahi hona chaiya. Low se high per kiya agar gas regulator ki position pehle se high par ho toh kisi chindi ya kapre ki madad se gas plug ko kholen aur gas plug ki safai karen. Gas plug ko jor den aur gas regulator ki position ko chindi ya kapre ki madad se high se low par karen. Safety catch ki position ko fire par karen butt aur kandhe ka milap karen aur LMG ko fire mein shamil karen. LMG thik fire karega. Gas ki kami ki rok padne ka karan gas ka adhik matra mein fouling hone se gas vent ka band ho jana hai. Gas ki kami ki rok main kisi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh khalikar. yeh tha namuna abhi hoga isi ka abhyas. Abhyas ke liye adesh is prakar honge. LMG thik fire karta ek do round ke baad rukta ke adesh par aap gas ki kami ki rok samajh kar dur kiya jayega. (Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dwara rok ko dur kiya jayega).

BHAG-IV :ANYA ROKEN

3. Anya Roken. Is prakar trigger press karne par LMG fire karte-karte body se alag si awaj aaye to anya rok samaj kar dur karen.

Karne ka Tariqa. Sabse pahle kalme wali anguli ko trigger se bahar nikalen mag catch ko dabate hue mag ko uthare aur LMG ko cock Karen chal wale purjon ko aage jane de, LMG ko khol den. Firing pin aur extractor ka mulaiza karen yadi koi purja tuta ho to badli karen. Agar firing pin extractor thik ho toh, ho sakta hai body aur chamber ki rok. Donon haathon se LMG ko pistol grip se pakden aur LMG ko badan ke samne le jayen. Body aur chamber ka mulaiza karen. Yadi body clear aur chamber mein kata hua case nazar aaye to sikhe huye tarike se LMG ko jod den. Dhyan rahe body aur chamber ko check karte samay barrel zamin par nahi lagna chahiye. LMG ko cock karen. holding opening device ko lagayen. Assy pouch se clearing plug ko len. Iske teen bhag Base, centre pin aur sleeve. Base aur centre pin ko tight karen.

Chamber mein dakhil karen. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. LMG ko cock karen aur holding opening device ko lagayen.Yakin karen clearing plug ke sath kata hua case bahar aa gaya hai. Yadi samay ho to unscrew ki karwai karen nahin to mauka milte hi unscrew ki karwai kiya jaye. Butt kandhe ka milap karen, pouch se bhara hua magazine len aur mulaija karte huye magazine way mein fit karen yakin karen ki magazine lag gaya hai. Chal wale purjon ko aage jane den. LMG ko fire mein shamil karen. LMG thik fire karega. Chamber mein case katne ke karan:-

(a) Chamber ka jyada garm ho jana.

(b) Cartridge case ke metal ka kamjor hona.

Anya rok ko dur karne main kisi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi toh LMG thik fire karta khali kar. Kabhi kabhi clearing plug ke sath kata hua case bahar nahi aata hai, iske chand ek karan:-

(d) Sleeve ke head ka ghis jana.

(d) Sleeve ka ulta jud jana .

(f) Clearing plug ke kisi hisse purje ka tut jana.

Yeh tha namuna abhi hoga isi ka abhyas, abhyas ke liye adesh is prakar honge. LMG thik fire karta, fire nahi ke adesh par anya rok samajh kar dur kiya jayega. Ustad ke dwara rok ka naam diya jayega aur students ke dwara rok ko dur kiya jayega.

Sankshep

15. Ek firer ko LMG ki chal ke bare mein malum hona chahiye taki is mein parne wali roken ko samajhne mein asani hoti hai. Yadi rok parti hai to samaj se ek firer ko is kabil hone chaihye ki woh rokon ko dur karke LMG ko fire mein shamil kar sake.

LESSON 7 : EK NAZAR

INSAS LMG KI CHAL 8 ACTION MEIN PURI HOTI HAI

FIRE EJECT

UNLOCK FEED

EXTRACT LOAD

COCK LOCK

ROKEN

1. Fauri ilaj se dur hone wali roken.

2. Sakhat khinchao.

3. Gas ki kami ki rok .

4. Anya roken.

FAURI ILAJ SE DUR HO NE WALI ROKEN

Khali Mag Misfire Body mein atka hua rd

LESSON-8

5.56MM INSAS LMG KA TRIGGER MECHANISM

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG single shot aur automatic mode mein bhari tadad mein fire girane wala hathiyar hai. Is hathiyar mein applied aur mechanical safety di gayi hai. Yeh ek bharosemand aur kargar hathiyar hai aur ismen bahut kam roken padti hain. Iski mechanical safety iske trigger mechanism se hasil hoti hai. Ismen automatic fire iska trigger mechanism mein auto control unit se hasil hota hai. Isliye yeh jaruri hai ki iske trigger mechanism se waqfiat ho taki jarurat padne par ise asani se istemal mein laya ja sake.

Uddesh

2. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ke trigger mechanism ke bare mein jankari deina hai.

Bhag

3. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai.

(a) Bhag-I. Trigger ki chal mein istemal hone wale hisse purje.

(b) Bhag-II. Single shot mechanism (SSM) se waqfiat.

Bhag-I : Trigger ki Chal mein Istemal hone wale Hisse Purje

4. Trigger ki chal mein kaam ane wale hisse purje is prakar se hain.

(a) Safety catch.

(i) Stem.

(ii) Rib.

(iii) Lug Left.

(iv) Lug right.

(b) Trigger.

(i) Claw

(ii) Tail

(d) Auxillary Sear.

(i) Sear claw

(ii) Neck

(iii) Arm

(e) Hammer Assy.

(i) Hammer.

(ii) Recess for safety sear.

(iii) Plateform.

(iv) Hammer return spring.

(f) Safety Sear. Alag axis pin par.

(g) Spring plunger wheel lock.

(h) Stud lever change.

(j) Plunger wheel lock.

(k) Wheel lock.

BHAG-II : SINGLE SHOT MECHANISM (SSM) SE WAQFIAT

5. Safety catch ki Posn S Par (Safe Mode). Jab Safety catch ki posn S par hoti hai to Safety catch ka right lug trigger par sawar rahta hai aur trigger ki harkat ko rokta hai is dauran yadi trigger dabaya jae to nahi dabega aur trigger mechanism kaam nahin karega yeh LMG mein applied safety hai aur is posn mein LMG safe mani jayegi.

6. Safety catch ki Posn R par (Single Shot Fire). Jab Safety catch ki posn S se R par karte hai to:-

(a) Safety catch ghari ke sulte rukh ghumta hai.

(b) Safety catch ka right lug trigger se hat jata hai aur trigger se applied safety hat jati hai.

(c) Jab LMG cock karte hai to chal wale purje hammer ko pichhe aur niche daba dete hai jisse trigger ki neck hammer par sawar ho jata hai aur hammer ki harkat ruk jati hai.

(d) Jab trigger dabate hai to hammer trigger neck se azad hokar firing pin ke retainer par thokar marta hai jisse chamber mein load hua round fire ho jata hai.

(e) Gas ke dabav se chal wale purje peeche ki harkat karte hai is dauran trigger dabi hui halat mein hota hai.

(f) Auxillary sear claw hammer par sawar ho jata hai yeh halat hai.

(g) HammerHeld by Sear. Jab trigger ko release kiya jata hai to auxillary sear claw hammer se alag ho jata hai aur trigger mech hammer par sawar ho jata hai. Yeh halat hai, Hammer held by trigger aur ready to fire.

FUNCTIONING OF SINGLE SHOT

Hammer Held by Sear

BHAG-III : FULL AUTOMATIC MECHANISM (FAM) SE WAQFIAT

7. Automatic Control Unit. Auto control unit LMG ko automatic fire karne mein madad deti hai iske hisse purje is prakar se hain.

(a) Box.

(b) Plate selector.

(d) Spring wheel.

(e) Bush.

PARTS OF AUTO MECHANISM

8. Safety catch ki Posn A par (FAM). Jab Safety catch ko S se R se A par karte hain.

(a) Safety catch ghari ke sulte rukh ghumta hai.

(b) Safety catch ka right lug trigger se alag ho jata hai.

(c) Safety catch ko aur zyada ghumata hai ya R se A par karte hain to Safety catch ka left lug plate selector ko niche dabata hai.

(d) Plate selector niche ki harkat karta hai aur plate selector ka dusre kinara fulcrum action se plate auto ko harkat deti hai.

(e) Plate auto auxillary sear ko niche dabata hai jisse sear niche ki harkat karta hai aur dabi hui halat mein rahta hai.

(f) Is halat mein auxillary sear hammer ke harkat ke raste se alag ho jata hai hammer ka milap kewal trigger neck se rahta hai.

(g) Trigger yadi is dauran dabi hui halat mein ho to trigger neck ka bhi milap tut jata hai.

(h) Is prakar Safety catch ki posn A par aur trigger pressed hone par auxillary sear trigger aur hammer ka milap tut jata hai jisse LMG automatic fire karti hai.

FUNCTIONING OF SINGLE SHOT

Sankshep

9. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke trigger Mechanism ke bare mein jankari hona bahut jaruri hai taki iski chal aur ismen padne wali roken aur applied wa mechanical safety ko samjhane mein sahuliat ho. Yadi trigger mechanism ke bare mein jankari ho to LMG ko kholna jorna bhi asan ho jata hai.

LESSON NO 8 : EK NAZAR

Trigger Mechanism ke Hisse Purje

1. Safety catch

2. Trigger

3. Trigger sear

4. Auxillary sear

5. Hammer assy

6. Safety sear

7. Auto control unit

Single Shot Mechanism

8. Safety catch ‘S’ Par. Safety catch lug trigger tail par sawar - Trigger nahin dabta.

9. Safety catch ‘R’ Par. Safety catch lug Trigger tail se alag -Trigger ki sear hammer par sawar.

10. Trigger ka Dabana. Hammer Trigger nook se azad.

11. Chal Wale Purjon ki Piche ki Harkat. Trigger dabi hui halat mein - Auxillary sear claw Hammer par sawar.

Full Automatic Mechanism

12. Safety catch ‘A’ Par. Safety catch lug Trigger se alag - Safety catch left lug plate selector ko nichey dabata hai - Plate auto ki harkat - Auxillary sear nichey ki harkat aur hammer ke raste se alag.

13. Trigger ka Dabav. Hammer trigger sear se azad - Sear dabi hui halat mein rahta hai.

LESSON-9

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI SURAKSHASAMBANDHI JANKARI

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. INSAS LMG ek lambe range par fire dalne wala bahut hi kargar hathiyar hai.Yeh ek bahut hi bharosemand aur surakshit hathiyar hai. Agar Nos ko LMG ke suraksha sambandhit tarikon ke bare mein jankari ho to woh pure vishwash ke saath hathiyar ka istemal karke dushman ko barbad kar sakte hain. Saath hi ek hathiyar ko fire se pahle aur uske bare mein suraksha sambandhi puri jankari ka pata hone se hathiyar ki handling aur firing mein sudhar kiya ja sakta hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki suraksha ke bare mein jankari deina hai.

Bhag

3. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein banta gaya hai :-

(a) Bhag-I. Applied safety.

(b) Bhag-II. Mechanical safety.

BHAG-I : APPLIED SAFETY

4. Safety catch ki posn badli karne se hamen applied safety milti hai. Safety catch ki teen posn hoti hain ‘S’, ‘R’ aur ‘A ‘.

(a) Jab Safety catch ki posn S par hoti hai to Safety catch ka stem trigger tail ke upar aajata hai aur rib upar uth jata hai jisse tiger tail ko upar uthne ke liye jagah nahi milti hai jab LMG ko cock karte hai to hammar ka head niche nahi dab pata jisse LMG ‘S’ par cock nahi hoti aur trigger press nahi hota hai.

(b) Jab Safety catch ki posn ‘R’ par hoti hai to Safety catch ka rib trigger tail ke sidh mein aa jata hai jisse trigger sear tail ko upar jane ki jagah mil jati hai aur ‘R’ par trigger press ho jati hai. Trigger aur auxilliary sear ekhi axis pin par hone ki karan auxillary searapne jagha se aage aa jata hai fire hone ke baad hammer piche aata hai to auxilliary sear hammer plateform par sawar ho jata hai, aur ek rd fire hone ke baad rok jata hai, dubara fire karne keliye trigger ko release karke press karne parta hai.

(c) Jab Safety catch ki posn ‘A’ par karte hain to Safety catch ka baye wale lug plate selector ke uppar dabav dalte hai jisse plate auto piche ki harkat karta hai aur auxilliary sear arm ke uppar lagatar dabav dalte hai, fire hone ke baad hammer piche aata hai, trigger dabav hone ka karan trigger sear aage hote hai aur auxilliary sear par plate auto ke dabav hone karan auxilliary sear bhi apne jagha se piche hota hai jisse hammer ko koi nahi rok pata hai jisse lagatar fire hota hai.

BHAG-II : MECHANICAL SAFETY

5. INSAS LMG mein chaar prakar ki mechanical safety hain:-

(a) Lock.

(b) Unlock.

(d) Stem.

6. Lock aur Unlock.Lock aur unlock hathiyar mein safety rakhi hai jab tak hathiyar mein’Lock’ ki karwai nahi hoti tab tak fire nahi hoga, aur jab tak gas safe pressure mein nahi ati tab tak Unlock ki karwai nahi hogi. INSAS LMG mein lock aur unlock is prakar se hasil hota hai:-

7. Safety Sear. Safety sear bhi hathiyar ka ek safety hai. Lock hone ke baad hi Jab piston extension ka aakri harkat ke daruan, piston extension ka nichla aur dahine wala bhag safety sear par dabav dalta hai jisse safety sear knotch aur hammer vent ka milap tut jata hai.

8. Stem. Lock hone se pahle agar kisi karan safety sear knotch tut jaye ya hammer vent ghis jaye to fire ho saktha hai, isse rok ne keliye stem diya gaya hai.

Sankshep

9. Kisi bhi hathiyar ke istemal se pahle uski suraksha sambandhi upayon ke bare mein jankari hona nihayat hi zaruri hai. Yeh isliye zaruri hai taki ek firer ko hathiyar ke upar pura bharosa ho sake aur woh hathiyar ka istemal kar ke tgt ko barbaad kar sake.

LESSON 9 : EK NAZAR

INSAS LMG MEIN SAFETY

APPLIED SAFETY MECHANICAL SAFETY

- SAFETY CATCH - LOCK AUR UNLOCK

- SAFETY SEAR

- STEM

* Hathiyar mein applied aur mechanical safety hadson aur tut fut se bachate hain.

LESSON-10

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI ACTION MEINHANDLING

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. Infantry section mein LMG hi ek aisa hathiyar hai jis se bhari tadad mein lagatar fire dalkar lambe range par dushman ko barbad kiya ja sakta hai. Is hathiyar ki khubiyon ka pura faida uthane ke liye larai mein is par do jawan No 1 aur No 2 ki hasiat se ek team ke taurpar kaam karte hain.No 2 ko hamesha No1 ke bayen aur nazdik rahna chahiye takih woh lagatar fire karne mein fire ke dauran agar koi rok pare to use dur karne mein No 1 ki madad kar sake, No 1 ko amn ki supply kar sake aur agar No 1 casualty ho jae to uski jagha le kar lagatar fire kar sake.

Uddesh

2. Action ke dauran 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko handling karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, Rif, Mag, Drill Cart, Assy Pouch.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein banta gaya hai:-

(a) Bhag-I. Firing position ka chunav.

(b) Bhag-II.Action mein LMG ki handling.

BHAG-I - FIRING POSITION KA CHUNAV

5. Firing ke lihaj se ardh 5 prakar :-

(a) 1' ya Nichi ki Ardh.Is prakar ki adh ko lying position se asani ke sath istemal kiya ja sakta hai.Yahan tak ho saken LMG ko on bipod hi istemal karna chaiya isse kafi sthirta milti hai agar aad izzajat na den toh bipod ko fold karke bhi istemal kar sakte hai lakin dhyan rahen ki mag aad ke sath nahi lge isse feeding ki karwai main badha aa sakti.

(b) 2’ se 2.5’ tak Ki Ardh. Is prakar ki adh ko sitting, kneeling posn ya high kneeling se istemal main kiya ja sakta hai. Yahan tak ho saken LMG ko on bipod hi istemal karna chaiya isse kafi sthirta milti hai agar aad izzajat na den toh bipod ko fold karke bhi istemal kar sakte hai lakin dhyan rahen ki mag aad ke sath nahi lge isse feeding ki karwai main badha aa sakti hai.

(c) Gol Ardh. Is prakar ki adh ko apne bayen chorte hue yani dahine se istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Gol adh ka matlab sirf gol hona hi nahin hai yeh adh koi diwar, burji ya koi bara darakht ho sakta hai. Jise se hum ek kinara istemal karten hain is adh ko istemal karne se No 1 taqriban aur No 2 puri tarha se adh ke piche aa jata hai.

(d) Dhalwandar viprit Ardh. Dhalwandar adh ka istemal karte samay agar aad izazat de to dhalwan ke baprit disha wale bipod shoes ke niche ki mitti khod kar LMG ko zamin ke samantar karen. Aisa karne se zyada sthirta milti hai agar zamin izazat na de to jis taraf dhalwan ho to us taraf ke bipod leg ko khol kar LMG ko zamin ke samantar karen, sath hi jis taraf dhalwan hai us taraf ke paon ko fold karen, aisa karne se badan ko sthirta milti hai.

(e) 4 se 4.5’ ki Ardh Fire trench ka Istemal. Is kism ki adh ka istemal standing posn se kiya jata hai. Yahan tak ho saken LMG ko on bipod hi istemal karna chaiye isse kafi sthirta milti hai agar aad izzajat na den toh bipod ko fold karke bhi istemal kar sakte hai lakin dhyan rahen ki mag aad ke sath nahi lge isse feeding ki karwai main badha aa sakti. Agar fire trench ka istemal kiya ja raha toh LMG ko on bipod hi istemal kare aur kohini donon fire trench ki diwar ke upar ho.

BHAG-II : ACTION MEIN LMG KI HANDLING

6. Action mein LMG ki handing ki karawai is prakar karte hain:-

(a) LMG ko Action ke Liye Tayar Karne ka Tariqa.Yakin kare ki Safety catch ki posn S per hai mag catch ko dabate hue mag ko utare aur LMG ko cock Karen is parkar LMG ‘S’ per cock nahi, to Safety catch ki posn ko ‘R’ per Karen aur LMG ko cock Karen chal wale purjon ko aage jane de, Safety catch ki posn ko ‘S’ per kare aur trigger press karen is parkar trigger press naho toh LMG ‘S’ per thik. Safety catch ki posn ko ‘R’ per Karen aur trigger ko press Karen aur sath hi trigger per dabab ko rekhte hue LMG ko cock karen aur chal wale purjon ko kabu pate huye aage jane den is parkar hammer ki awaz na aaye aur trigger ko release karte samay click ki awaz aaye toh LMG ‘R’ per thik.Safety catch ki posn ko ‘A’ per Karen aur trigger ko press Karen trigger per dabab ko rakhte hue LMG ko cock kare aur chal wale purjon ko kabu pate hue aage jane den is parkar hammer ki awaz aaye aur trigger ko release karte samay click ki awaz na aaye toh LMG ‘Á’ per thik. Fire aur shist mein kaam mein aane wale hisse purjon ko check kare, flash eleminator, fore sight protector, fore sight tip, gas regulator, carriying handle, rear sight protector, retainer with plunger,LMG ko makesafe mein Karen aur apne hisse ki mag ko apne pouch meinband karta hai. Assy pouch ko apni bayen taraf belt ke sath lagata hai aur LMG ko carrying handle se pakrate hue piche lata hai aur no 2 ki report mil jane per sec cdr ko report deta hai ki No 1 LMG gp handling ke liye tayar, trg ke dauran yeh karawai sthan lo ya take post ke aadesh par ki jati hai. Yeh tha LMG ko action ke liye tayar karna ka tariqa. No 2 Rif ka nirikshan karta hai aur makesafe ki karwai karta hai aur apne hisse ki mag ko pouch main band karta hai aur No 1 ko report deta hai ki No 2 ka hathiyar saman thik. Trg ke dauran yeh karwai take post ya sthan lo ke aadesh per ki jati hai.

(b) No 1 aur No 2 LMG Gp take Post ke Addesh Par. Ustad take post ki karwai check karen aur agar student galti karta hai to use dur karen. Action ke liye taiyar hai ka report mil jane ke baad ustad LMG Gp ke piche khara hokar line of advance de kar advance karwaye, Sakht fire ke aadesh par ustad sikhaye hue tariqe se arh pakarwaye aur target par fire karwaye, is ke baad ustad No 2 ko line tod karwaye aur khud No2 ki duty bayen ke saath namuna de.

(i) Mag ki Rok. LMG thik fire karta rukta mag ki rok ke addesh per No 1 mag ko utharta hai aur No 2 ko deta hai No 2 bhari hui mag No 1 ko deta hai aur No 1 mag ko fit karta hai aur LMG ko fire main shamil karta hai.

(ii) Gas ki Kami ki Rok. LMG thik fire karta rukta ek ya do round ke bad rukta ke aadesh par No 1 LMG ko cock karta aur No 2 ko gas regulator ki posn ko badly karne ka aadesh deta hai. No 2 chindi ya kapre ki madad se gas regulator ki posn ko low se high per karta hai. No 1 tab tak anguli ko bahar rakhta hai jab tak No 2 apni posn main nahi aa jata.

(iii) Body Chamber ki Rok.LMG thik fire karta rukta fire nahi ke adesh per No 1 mag ko utarta hai aur LMG ko cock karta hai chal wale purjon ko aage jane deta hai aur LMG ko kholta hai firing pin extractor ka mulija karta hai agar koi hissa tuta ho toh donon Nos mil kar badly karte hai agar thik ho toh body chamber ka mulija karta hai body clear chamber main kata hua case No 1 LMG ko jorta hai aur cock karke HOD lagata hai aur No 2 assy pouch se clearing plug ko bahar nikalata hai base aur centre pin ko tight karta hai aur No 1 ko deta hai aur rok ko clear karta hai aur LMG ko fire main shamil karta hai. No 2 unscrew ki karawai karta hai.

(iv) Agar No 1 casuality ho jaye toh No 2, No 1 ko belt se pakrate hue khinchta hai aur No 1 ka sthan leta hai.Yeh karwai trg ke dauran badly kar ke upar ki jati hai. Task pura ho jane per LMG ko makesafe kare aur jis parkar aad ko pakda tha usi parkar aad ko shoda jaye.

(d) Adv Jari Kar. Is adesh par dubara adv ke liye tayar ho jaye.

Sankshep

7. Yadi ek jawan LMG ko durust tariqe se fire position le kar dushman par kargar fire dalta hai to bahut kamyabi hasil hogi. Is liye ek jawan ke liye zaruri hai ki wah LMG ke firing position ke bare mein janta ho. Sath hi ek jawan ko larai mein alag alag kism ke zamin ke halat ke anusar LMG ki handling mein mahir hona chahiye.

LESSON NO 10 : EK NAZAR

LMG KI FIRING POSITION

1’ ya nichi ardh - Lying position

2 se 2.5’ ki ardh - Sitting, Kneeling aur High kneeling position

Gol Ardh - Lying position

Dhaladar Adh - Lying Position

4 se 4.5’ ki Adh - Standing position

ACTION MEIN LMG KI HANDLING

MAG KI ROK GAS Ki KAMI BODY AUR CHAMBER KI ROK

LESSON-11

ANTI AIR CRAFT ROLE MEIN 5.56MM INSAS

LMG KA ISTEMAL

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko “ZAMINI” dushman ke alawa, dushman ke hawai jahajon ke khilaf bhi istemal mein laya ja sakta hai. Aam taur par LMG ka fire jahajon ke khilaf us samay kiya jata hai jab hawai jahaj LMG ke range mein bahut hi dhire ud rahe ho ya phir hamle ke liye dhire kar rahe ho. Yadi ek jawan ko 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ka AA role mein istemal achhi tarah aata hai to woh dushman ke hamlawar jahajon ko mar girane mein safal hoga.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko Anti Aircraft Role mein istemal karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, Mount, Mag, Drill Cart, Assy pouch.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak teen bhagon mein chalaya jaega:-

(a) Bhag-I. AA Role ke liye LMG ko taiyyar karna.

(b) Bhag-II. Firing posn aur fire karna.

BHAG-I : AA ROLE KE LIYE 5.56MM INSAS LMG KO TAIYAR KARNA

5. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko anti aircraft role mein istemal karne se pahle ise AA role ke liye taiyar kar lena chahiye. Nimn likhit baton par vishesh dhyan diya jae.

(a) Gas Regulator Anti aircraft role mein istemal karne wali LMG ke gas regulator ko High (H) position mein rakha jae.

(b) AA Magazine. Ek LMG par panch magazine AA role ke liye taiyar kiya jate hain, in par safed rang se AA likha hota hai. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke AA mag bhi thik usi parkar se bhare jate hai jaise ki 7.62mm LMG mein pahle panch ball round phir ek tracer ek ball ke hisab se pura magazine bharen. Is prakar ek mag mein 30 round yani ki 17 ball aur 13 tracer round bhare jate hai. Pahle bhare 5 ball round akhir mein fire hokar tracer round ke fouling ko saaf karne mein madad deta hai. Dhyan rahe ki AA mag ko zamini dushman ke liye us samay tak istemal na kiya jae jab tak bahut hi zaruri na ho.

(c) AA Mount. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko AA role mein istemal karne ke liye AA mount abhi ordance se nahi aaya hai lekin improvise tariqe se mount bana kar istemal main la sakte hain. Front mounting lug ki madad se LMG ko AA mount ke upar fix kiya jata hai. Iske madad se standing / Kneeling position mein charon taraf fire dala ja sakta hai.

BHAG-II : FIRING POSITION AUR FIRE KARNA

6. 5.56mm INSAS LMG se mount ke sath ya bina mount ke do position se fire kiya jaata hai, kneeling position aur standing position. Iske alawa improvised tariqe se mount karke bhi LMG ko AA role mein fire kar sakte hain. LMG ko AA role mein kis prakar istemal karna chahiye yeh har ek firer ko achhi tarah se ana chahiye.

7. Kneeling Posn.Yeh anti aircraft role ke liye bina mount ke sabse achi position hai. Normal kneeling position iktiyar karen. LMG ke butt ko dahine tang ke raang par rakhe. Bayen hath se LMG ke bipod ko pakare tatha dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakare.

8. Standing Position. Is posn ko us waqt iktiyar karte hai jab kneeling position iktiyar karne ke liye samay na ho ya phir slit trench se fire karna pade. Is posn ko iktiyar karte waqt bayen pair ko age karen, sharir ka pura wajan aage wale pair par rakhen, donon hathon ki position hu bahu kneeling position ki tarah honi chahiye. LMG ke butt ko dayen bagal mein ya kohni par rakh kar bhi fire kar sakte hai.

9. Fire Karna.Hawai jahaj par fire karne ke liye, firing ka hose pipe tarika sabse achha tarika hai. Is tarike mein puri mag ek burst mein fire kar di jati hai. LMG ki max kargar range 700m hai. Agar hawai jahaj sidha firer ki taraf drive kar raha hai ya drive kar ke ja raha hai to LMG ko jahaj ke aage ki taraf fire karna chahiye.

10. Yeh puri karwai class ko namuna de kar samjhaya jae.

BHAG- III : LMG NO 1 AUR 2 KI DUTIYAN

11. Hawai jahaj ke khilaf LMG ko istemal karte waqt LMG No 1 aur No 2 ek team ke taur par kam karte hai. Hukam milne par ya jab No 1 fire karne ka nishchay karta hai to donon ki dutiyan is prakar se hongi:-

(a) No 1 Ki Duty.No 1 LMG ko cock karta hai, jahaj ki taraf rukh karta hai. Yadi No 1 ko harkat karne ki zarurat parti hai to No 2 ki suraksha ka pura khayal rakha jayega.

(b) No 2 ki Duty.No 2 AA mag carry karta hai. Yeh No 1 ke thoda pichhe aur dahine khada/Kneeling position mein rahta hai. No 2 ki dutiyan hai:-

(i) Yakin karna ki apne fire se apne troops ya hawai jahaj ko to khatra nahin hai, yadi hai to woh LMG No 1 ko STOP kare aur LMG par se mag ko utare.

(ii) Yadi fire ke dauran LMG main koi rok pad jaye toh wah No 1 ke sath mil kar rok ko dur karne main madad kare.

12. Is puri karwai ka namuna class mein se students ko bhula kar karaya jae.

Sankshep

13. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ek bahut hi achha hathiyar hai jisse zamini dushman ke alawa hawai jahaj ke khilaf bhi istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Isse hawai hamle ke khilaf mount ke saath ya bina mount ke istemal kiya jata hai. Isliye zaruri hai ki LMG Nos ko na sirf isse zamini rukh mein balki hawai rukh mein bhi istemal karna ana chahiye.

LESSON-11 : EK NAZAR

1. AA Role ke Liye LMG ki Taiyari.

(a) Gas regulator high par.

(b) Mag mein pahle 5 ball rounds.

(d) LMG ko aa mount par lagana.

FIRING POSITIONS

KNEELING POSITION STANDING POSITION Note. MAG MEIN 17 BALL AUR 13 TRACER ROUNDS ATE HAIN

LESSON 12

5.56MM INSAS LMG KE ZEROING KA TARIQA

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Pahunch

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ek bahut hi accurate aur kargar hathiyar hai jo ek sec ko bhari matra mein fire girane ki kabliat deta hai. Kisi bhi hathiyar ka accurate fire girane ki kabliyat uske durust zeroing par nirbhar karta hai. LMG diye hue range par durust fire kare iske liye zaruri hai ki uska durust zeroing kiya gaya ho.

2. Zeroing kisi saaf mausam wale din mein kiya jana chahiye. Zeroing ki karwai sight rg 200m aur ground rg 100m hona chahiye. Aisa karte waqt posn lying posn aur LMG bipod par honi zaruri hai.

Uddesh

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko zero karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

4. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, Tool adjustingFore sight and back sight.

Bhag

5. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein banta jayega.

(a) Bhag-I: Zeroing ki paribhasha,Faide, mauke aur zaruri baten.

(b) Bhag-II : Zeroing ka tariqa

BHAG-I : ZEROING KI PARIBHASHA, FAIDE, MAUKE AUR ZARURI BATEN

6. Paribhasha. Hathiyar perlagi sighton ko upar, niche, dayen, bayen ka correction dekar MPI ko sahi jagah mein lane ki karwai ko zeroing kahte hain.

7. Faide. Zeroing ke chand ek faide is parkar se hain:-

(a) Hathiyar aur apne aap par bharosa.

(b) Shoot to kill (Ek goli Ek dushman ka mudda hasil hona).

(d) Amn ki bachat.

8. Mauqe. Zeroing ke mauqe is parkar hai:-

(a) Accuracy par shak hone par.

(b) Jab LMG nai issue ho.

(d) Classification fire se pahle.

(e) Larai mein jane se pahle.

(f) High altitute mein jane ke baad aur ane ke baad.

(g) Badi repair ke baad.

9. Zeroing Ke Waqt Zaruri Baten. Zeroing ke waqt chand ek baton ka dhyan rakha jata hai taki thik aur durust zeroing ho sake :-

(a) Firer.Har ek jawan apni apni Rifle ko khud hi zero karta hai lekin LMG ek sec ka hathiyar hai. LMG No 1 aur No 2 milkar handle karte hain aur isko zero karne ki zimmewari bhi No1 aur No2 ki hai. Aise halat mein dono acche firer hone chahiye:-

(i) No 1 LMG ko zero karta hai aur sec ke baki jawan isse check group fire karten hain aur apni shist mein tabdili ka andaja laga lete hai.

(ii) Jahan tak ho sake firer 30.5 m range per group ki kabliyat 4 cm (3.8cm) aur 100m range par 12cm (11.4cm) rakhta ho.

(iii) Agar Rect ko fire karna ho to ustad khud LMG ko zero kare aisa karne se amn aur samay ki bachat hoti hai.

(b) Hathiyar.Aam taur per LMG ko bipod se hi fire kiya jata hai is liye chahiye ke :-

(i) Hathiyar achi tarah se tuning up aur stocking up ho.

(ii) LMG bipod par ho aur lying posn se pivot shoulder supported ho.

(iii) Zero karne se pahle 10 rds ka burst (Auto fire) barrel garam karne ke liye stop butt par fire kar lena chahiye.

(c) Target. Yadi aap 30.5m se zero kar rahen hain to target 1'x1' aur 100m se target 4'x4' hota hai. Is per aining mark ka size 8''x12'' aur aiming point ka size 4''x3'' hoga. 1'x1' target per aiming mark ka size 2''x3'' aur aiming point ka size 1”x 0.75” hota hai.

(d) Range. LMG ki back sight par hamesha 200m hi range lagi honi chahiye aur ground per 30.5m ya 100m hi range honi chahiye.

(e) Mausam. Saaf,Hawa ke asar kam aur prakash wala din hona chahiye.

(f) Zeroing Tools. Tool adjusting foresight aur backsight ka hona zaruri hai.

BHAG-II : ZEROING KA TARIQA

10. LMG ko zero karne ke liye aisa din anukool hai jab ke roshni achi ho aur hawa na chal rahi ho. Zero karne ke liye firer ko lying posn ikhtiyar karna chahiye aur sirf upari baju ko sahara dekar fire karna chahiye. Is position mein yakin kiya jaye ki :-

(a) Bipod zamin par samantar ho.

(b) Mag zamin ke sath nahi laga ho.

11. MPI ki Durust Jagah.

(a) POA se MPI 30.5m range per 1.25cm upar aur 2.5cm ke circle mian banega.

(b) MPI 100m range par POA se 5cm upar aur 4.25 cmke circle mein banega.(Ref Accuracy specifications given at appx).

12. Upar Ya Niche ka Correction. Yeh correction foresight ko harkat dekar MPI ki upar ya niche ki galti ko dur karne ke liye diya jata hai :-

(a) Agar foresight ko upar karenge to MPI niche aayegi aur forsight ko niche karenge to MPI upar aayegi.

(b) Aisa karne ke liye foresight ko adjusting tool ki madad se locking nut ko unlock karen.

(c) Foresight ko zarurat suda upar ya niche ki harkat dein aur foresight ko tool ki madad se usi position mein rakhte hue locking nut ko tight karen.

(d) Foresight ka ek pura chakkar se MPI 100m range par 10cm (4”) upar ya niche harkat karta hai.

(e) Foresight par 16 chakkar dein shakten hainaur upar niche 64”ki galti ko dur kar sakten hain.

13. Dayen Ya Bayen ka Correction. Yeh correction backsight ko harkat de kar MPI ki dayen ya bayen ki galti ko dur kiya jata hai:-

(a) Agar backsight dayen karenge to MPI bhi dayen jayegi yadi backsight ko bayen karenge to MPI bhi bayen jayegi.

(b) Tool adjusting ki madad se wheel ke upar lagate hue chakkar de.

(d) Is parkar dayen/bayen 12 chakkar de kar dayen/bayen ki 48” ki galti ko dur kiya ja sakta hai.

(e) Rear sight mein ek click 5 mm ka faraq dalta hai, ek chakkar mein total 20 click hota hain.

(f) Akhir mein check group fire karke MPI ko check kar lena chahiye.

14. Sankshep. Firing ke dauran aur larai ke maidan mein accha natija hasil karne ke liye zaruri hai ke sabhi firer LMG thik zero honi chahiye. Hathiyar ki thik zero hone se amn aur samay ki bachat hoti hai. Sath hi ek firer ko apne hathiyar par bharosa badhta hai aur firing ke dauran acha natija hasil kar sakta hai.

LESSON 12 : EK NAZAR

GROUP SIZE

4CM AT 30.5 M 12CM AT 100 M

SIGHT RANGE200 M GROUND RANGE 30.5 M

MPI

1.25 CM UPAR AUR 2.5 cm CIRCLE MEIN BANEGI

SIGHT RANGE200 M GROUND RANGE 100 M

MPI

5CM UPAR AUR 4.25CM CIRCLE MEIN BANEGI

LESSON 13

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI SIGHTON SE JANKARI

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG lambi range tak fire karne wala bahut hi kargar automatic hathiyar hai. LMG se dushman ko adhik se adhik barbad kiya ja sakta hai jabki firers ko iski sights ka sahi istemal karna ata ho. Iski anya accessory sights ke istemal karne se LMG ki accuracy badh jati hai. Iski open iron sights ke alawa iske saath telescopic day light sight (TDLS), aur passive night sight (PNS) ka bhi istemal kiya jata hai.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki sighton ke bare mein jankari deina hai.

Saman

3. 5.56mm INSAS LMG, telescopic day light sight, passive night sight.

Bhag

4. Yeh sabak char bhagon mein chalaya jaega:-

(a) Bhag-I. Foresight aur rear sight ki jankari (Iron Sights).

(b) Bhag-II. Telescopic day light sight ki jankari.

(d) Bhag-IV. Beta light sight ki jankarii

BHAG-I. FORESIGHT AUR REAR SIGHT KI JANKARI

5. Fore Sight. Yeh pole type hoti hai. Is pole ke dono taraf foresight protectors lage hote hain joki isko tutne se bachate hain. Yeh gas block ke upar mein screwed hai aur lock nut ki madad se tight kiya jata hai. Isko jiada se jiada 18 chakkar ghuma sakte hain lekin 16 chakkar hi ghumakar 100mtr par 64” ki upar aur niche ki galti dur kar sakte hain.

6. Rear Sight.. Rear sight slide type hai aur iske ramp par 200 se 1000m tak range diya gaya hai bayen taraf sam aur dahine taraf visham ank khude hue hain. Iske hisse purje is prakar hain:-

(a) Slide.

(b) Bed.

(d) Leaf.

(e) Aperture.

(f) Adjusting wheel.

7. Isko ham jiada se jiada 12 chakar de sakte hain. 100mtr par 48” ki dayen ya bayen ki galti ko dur kar sakte hain.

BHAG-II : TELESCOPIC DAY LIGHT SIGHT KI JANKARI

8. Larai ki halat aur kam roshni ke dauran jawan mansik aur sharirik thakawat ke karan open iron sights ko kargar tarike se istemal karne ke kabil nahi rahta. Jawan ki firing kabliyat aur accuracy badhane ke liye telescopic sights ka istemal kiya jata hai jo ki 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke upar special mounting bracket (Male dovetail) ki madad se fit kiya jata hai.

9. Telescopic day light sight halka, compact aur fixed focus telescopic sight hai.

10. Hisse Purjeon ke Naam.

(a) Objective Glass Housing Assy Module (OG).

(b) Erector Assy.

(d) Eye Piece (EP).

(e) Graticule Assy.

(i) Graticule Adjustors 16 divisions hain, har ek division 200m rg par 5 cm ka farak dalta hai.

(aa) Graticule pattern mein ek vertical aur do horizontol equispaced, bore sighting lines hai. Vertical bore sighting line ke niche 6 dots hain jo ki 200,400,500,600, 700 aur 800m range ko jahir karte hain (Refer diagram)

200M

400M

500M

600M

700M

800M

GRATICULE PATTERN

(ab) Graticule safed rang ka hai jo ki tritium ki madad se chamakta hai.

11. Technical Data. Iska technical data is prakar se hai:-

(a) Weight - 610gm

(b) Length - 288mm

(d) Magnification - 4x

(e) Engagement Range - 700m

(f) Objective Glass - Refractive

(g) Eye Piece - Fixed Focus Monocular Pattern

(h) Eye clearance - 40mm

(j) Diameter - 73mm

(k) Operating Temp - -400 C se 550 C

(l) Storage Temp - -400 C se 700 C

TELESCOPIC DAY LIGHT SIGHT

12. Istemal karne ka Tariqa.

(a) Mounting. TDLS ko LMG par chadhane ke liye karwai is prakar ki jati hai:-

(i) TDLS ko FRP storage case se bahar nikalo aur sarsari taur par check karo. Sath hi mounting bracket ko locking aur unlocking thimble ko bhi check karen.

(ii) Telescope mounting bracket ke female dovetail ko LMG ke male dovetail mein slide karen.

(iii) Telescope ko thimble ki madad se male dovetail mein diye gaye slot mein tight fit karen.

(b) Dismounting. Jab telescopic sight ko istemal mein na laya ja raha ho to karwai is prakar se karen:-

(i) OG aur EP Lagao.

(ii) Thimble ki madad se telescopic sight ko age ki aur slide karte hue nikalo.

(iii) Telescopic sight ko pouch/FRP case mein rakhen.

(i) LMG ko aiming rest par fire kar level ground par rakhe.

(ii) Barrel ke samne 10-15m ki duri par bore sighting chart lagao.

(iii) Iron sights se line of sight ko niche wale POA par milao.

(iv) TDLS mount karo aur screw driver dwara graticule adjusters ko harkat dekar reticle pattern ka madhya upar wale POA par milao.

BORESIGHTING CHART

13. Zeroing. Initial Boresighting kar lene ke baad zeroing kiya jata hai.

(a) Zeroing ke liye 200m dot ka istemal kiya jata hai.

(b) 200m range se 3 ya 5 rds ka gp fire kar MPI nikalo.

(d) Graticule adjuster cap mein 16 divisions hain.Har ek division 200m range par 5 cm ka fark dalta hai.

(e) TDLS mein graticule pattern upar-niche aur dahine bayen ki 50 minute ki harkat ho sakti hai.

14. Precautions.

(a) Lense ko hath na lagae.

(b) Lever ko jor se istemal na kare.

15. Accessories.

(a) FRP carrying case.

(b) Convas myton psuch.

(d) User’s Hand Book.

BHAG-III: PASSIVE NIGHT SIGHT (PNS) KI JANKARI

16. Passive Night sight 5.56mm INSAS LMG ya rifle ke sath istemal ki jati hai. Yeh ek compact, halki aur micro channel image intensification ke sidhant per kaam karti hai. Yeh raat ke waqt sitaro aur chand ki roshni ke dauran survellance wah firing ke liye istemal mein layi jati hai.

17. Hisse Purjon ke Naam. PNS ki teen sub assemblies hain:-

(a) Objective Glass Module (OG).

(b) Tube Housing Module. (Iske nimn hisse hain):-

(i) Image intensification tube.

(ii) Graticle assembly.

(iii) Power Supply unit. (aa) On/Off Switch. (ab) Potentiometer. (ac) Battery Housing.

18. Technical Data. Iska technical data is prakar se hai.

(a) Wazan - 1.065 Kg

(b) Height - 281mm

(d) Field of view - 10 degree.

(e) Magnification - 4x

(f) Objective - Refractive.

(g) Eye piece - Variable focus -5D to +5D

(h) Sensor - 18mm proximity focussed micro chanel tube with FO twister.

(j) Power supply - Two 1.5 volt cell, size AA/3.5 V lithium cell with a dummy for

use of low temp.

(k) Range recognition - 200m (engagement)

(l) Detection - 300m for human tgt

under star light and average contrast condition

(m) Operating tempature - -30 degree to 45 degree C

(n) Storage tempature - -30 degree to 65 degree C

PASSIVE NIGHT SIGHT

19. Istemal karne ka Tariqa. PNS ko nimn likhit tarike se istemal mein laye jata hai.

(a) Mounting. Sight ko case se bahar nikale aur sarsari taur par mulaiza karen.

(i) Battery lagayen aur PNS ke female dovetail ko LMG ke dovetail par slide kar lever ki madad se lock karen.

(ii) Thimble ki madad se unlock karen aur sight ko age ko slide kar ke nikalen.

(iii) Sight ko wapas case mein rakh dein.

20. Atyadhik sard ilake mein lithium battery ke istemal karen.

21. Boresighting aur Zeroing. PNS ke reticle pattern mein Range Dot diye gaye hai joki radium dwara chamakta hai. Reticle pattern mein boresighting aur zeroing dotdiye gaye hain, reticle upar niche aur dayen-bayen ki 500 tak ki harkat kar sakte hai. PNS ko boresighting aur zeroing karne ka tariqa TDLS jaisa hai aur 200m range par din ke waqt karte hain.

BORESIGHTING CHART

Precautions

(a) Tej roshni ya dhoop ke waqt OG aur EP cap na nikale.

(b) Lens ko hath na lagaen.

(d) Batteries ko +ve aur -ve marking dekh kar fit kiya jae.

(e) Knobs aur thimble par jor na lagaen.

BHAG-IV : BETA LIGHT IRON SIGHT KI JANKARI

22. Aam Jankari. Beta light iron sight dwara raat ke samay shist lekar LMG ko fire kar sakte hain. Roshni dene ke liye glass tube mein bhare tritium gas ka istemal kiya gaya hai, jo ek radio active padarth hai. Front beta light iron sight, gas block par, foresight ke piche lagai jati hai. Ismen ek tritum filled gas tube (TFGT) laga hai. Rear beta light iron sight leaf hai. Rear beta iron sight ke donon TFGT ke beech ka ilaka rear sight aperture ke line mein hota hai. Donon front aur rear beta light iron sight flip type hai aur jab inka istemal nahin ho raha ho to inhen niche gira diya jata hai.

23. Istemal. Raat ke samay istemal mein lane ke liye donon beta light iron sight ko khara karo, rear beta light iron sight ke do binduon ke bichon beech front beta light iron sight ko milakar sahi sight alignment hasil karo. Tgt par shist lo aur fire karen.

24. Glass Tube Tutne Par Savdhaniyan. BLS ki glass tube tutne par nimn savdhaniyan honi chahiye.

(a) Tritum hanikarak radiation (Kirane) kam matra mein paida karta hai, islie firer ki aankh ko koi khatra nahin hai. Agar firing ke dauran TFGT tut bhi jae to firer ko nuksan nahin hoga.

(b) Agar khule ilaqe mein TFGT tuta hai to iske hanikarak padarth kirne vatavaran mein ghul jati hai aur iska asar kam ho jata hai.

(c) Agar TFGT kamre ke andar tuta ho to us kamre ke sabhi vyaktion ko bahar nikal diya jae. Kamre ke sabhi khirki/darwaje khol diye jaen kamre ke andar ek ghante tak kisi ko na ane diye jae.

25 Beta Light Sight Ke Istemal Mein Savdhaniya

(a) Beta rays, tritium gas se nikalti hai aur phosphorous coating aur glass capsule mein sokh li jati hai.

(b) Agar glass capsule tuta hai toh uske nazdik hone wale jawanon ko khatra paida ho jata hai. Isliye jawanon ko kam se kam adhe ghante ke liye 10m tak hat jana chahiye. Durghatna ki detail Head, DRP, BARC, Bombay ko bhej dena chahiye.

(c) Sans ke jariye tritium gas ke sharir mein pravesh karne ke karan swasthya par antrik rup se khatra paida hota hai, aur yeh khatra radio dharni (radio active) Tritium Gel se antarik dushman ka hota hai. Aise dushman se prabhavit sabhi logon ke sharir ko subse pahle bahari taur par dushman se muqt kar lena chahiye aur aisa karne ke liye sampuran sharir ko sabun paani se dho lena chahiye.

(d) Durghtna ke 15 ghante pashchat polythene ki shishi mein peshab ke namune(Lagbhag 30ml) lekar evam us mein upyukt parirakshak milakar Division of Radiological Protection, BARC, Trombay, Bombay, 400085 ke pradhan ko bhej dena chahiye.

(e) Jo yantr Tritium gas se dushit ho gaya hai use puri tarah sabun paani se dho lena chahiye. Tute hue kanch ke tukron ko do feet gehrai gaddhe mein gar dena chahiye. In tukron ko hath se nahin chhuwa jae.

(f) Jis component se Tritium strot ko badalna hai use us upkaran se khol liya jae jismein woh laga hai. Ab jis padarth dwara capsule laga hai uspar acedic acid ki kuchh bunden dalkar use kamjor bana lein. Aab us jagah ki safai kar wahan par dusra capsule laga den.

BETA LIGHT SIGHT KE ISTEMAL MEIN SAVDHANIYAN

Q1. Beta rays kahan se paida hoti hai, aur isse bachao ke liye kya coating aur cover hota hai? Likhen.

Q2. Agar glass capsule tut jae to kya khatra paida hota hai aur iske liye kya karyawahi honi chahiye? Likhen.

Q3. Tritium gas se yadi koi prabhavit ho jae to kya kya karyawahi honi chahiye? Likhen.

26. Sankshep. Agar sahi sight ka istemal range ke mutabiq kiya jae to LMG ek bahut hi kargar hathiyar hai. Sighton ka istemal karna ek bahut hi asan kaam hai, Goli ko tgt tak pahunchne ke liye aur tgt ko barbad karne ke liye zaruri hai ki firers sighton se wakif hon aur uska istemal karne ke bare mein jante hon, yadi ek firer sighton ka sahi istemal karna janta ho to larai ke maidan mein achha natiza hasil kar sakta hai. Sights ke istemal ke saath firer ko hathiyar par bharosa badta hai aur kamyabi hasil hoti hai.

LESSON 13 : EK NAZAR

INSAS LMG KI SIGHTS

Iron Sights

Telescopic Daylight Sight Passive Night Sight

Beta Light Sight

TDLS MAGNIFICATION - 4 X

ENGAGEMENT RG - 700m

PNS MAGNIFICATION - 4 X

RANGE - 300 m

Beta light sight ko savdhani se istemal karna chahiye

LESSON 14

5.56MM INSAS LMG FIRER KO COACH KARNA

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS Rif aur INSAS LMG firer ko coach karne mein zyada antar nahin hai. LMG ek section ka hathiyar hai aur iski banawat aur fire bhi Rif se bhinn hai, isliye yeh zaruri hai ki coach ko hathiyar aur firer ke tal-mel ke bare mein malum ho. Is sabak mein un khas baton ka zikar hai jo ek LMG coach ko malum honi chahiye.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG firer ko coach karne ka tariqa sikhana.

Saman

3. INSAS LMG, mag, drill cart, sling, 1' x 1' tgt, black board, easel, chalk, duster, grnd sheet, gp vishleshan chart, firing data card.

Bhag

4. Sabak teen bhagon mein sikhaya jaega:-

(a) Bhag-I - INSAS LMG aur Rif meinantar.

(b) Bhag-II - Grouping firing ke dauran coaching.

BHAG-I : INSAS LMG AUR RIF MEIN ANTAR.

5. INSAS LMG aur Rif mein kafi samantaen hain. Lekin kuch khas baten hain jo ek LMG coach ko malum honi chahiye.

(a) Zeroing.LMG ek sub unit hathiyar hai na ki Rif ki tarah personal hathiyar. Is liye sec ka LMG No 1 (sabse achha LMG firer) hi ise zero karta haiaur sec ke sabhi jawan check group fire karte hain. Group ki MPI ki madad se har firer jarurat parne par apne point of aim ko correction dekar durust fire karta hai.

(b) Position aur Pakar.LMG ka position aur pakar bhi Rif se alag hai. Aur aap iske bare mein pahle seekh chuke hain. LMG mein bipod hathiyar ko sthirta pradan karta hai.Saath hi uske bhari wajan aur shoulder rest ke karan firer majbut pakar hasil nahin karta yeh galat hai. Coach ko yeh dhyan rakhna chahiye ki firer ne majbut pakar hasil ki hai.

(c) Sharirik Kamiyan. LMG firer ke sharirik kamion ka position aur fire par asar par sakta hai. Inko thik karne ka tarika is prakar hai

(i) Halka Wajan.Yadi firer ka wajan kam ho to use apni taang faila lena chahiye. Taki sharir ka zamin ke saath milap bar jaye aur jiada sthirta mile.

(ii) Panje Garna.Recoil ko jajab karne ke liye firer apne panje garh sakte hain, jisse golian niche lagengi. Aise mein panjon ke niche sand bag lagana chahiye.

(iii) Under Hand Grip.Yadi firer ko apna sir pichle hath ke upar rakhne mein pareshani hoti hai to use pichle haath ki pakar niche se karni chahiye. Is posn se un firer ko bhi faida hota hai jo pichle haath se LMG ko fire ke dauran bayen / dahine khinchte hain.

(d) Trigger Operation, Shot Release aur Follow Through.

(i) Trigger Operation. Burst fire ke dauran trigger ko chorne ki karwai khas ahmiyat rakhti hai, trigger ko jhatke se chorne ka fire par asar hota hain, kyon ki us samay gun fire kar rahi hoti hai. Is liye coach ko iska dhyan rakhna chahiye ki jis tarah trigger ko dabaya jata hai usi tarah use chorna bhi chahiye.

(ii) Shot Release aur Follow Through.Burst fire ke dauran LMG mein kafi thartharahat paida hoti hai, jisko pure burst ke dauran majbut pakar se kabu mein rakhna hota hai. Saath hi pure burst ke dauran aur trigger chorne ke bad tak ek hi pakar aur shist banaye rakhna zaruri hai.

BHAG-II : GROUPING FIRE KE DAURAN COACHING

6. Grouping fire chahe short range ya long range par karwaya jae, coaching ki tartib ek hi hai. Grouping fire ke dauran coach dwara check karne wali baten is prakar se hai.

(a) Firing se Pahle.

(i) Firing record check karen.

(ii) Hathiyar ka nirikshan.

(iii) Target No check karna.

(iv) Firer ki posn aur pakar check karen.

(v) Sight Picture aur Sight Alignment check karen.

(vi) Firer ke dahine posn len (dahine hath master handhai).

(b) Firing ke Dauran.

(i) Firer ki galti note karen aur firing data card bharen.

(ii) Firer ka dhyan na todein.

(iii) Moti galti karne par fire ko stop karen.

(iv) Call tgt aur Hit tgt bharen.

(i) Group ka size napen.

(ii) MPI ki posn note karen.

(iii) Call tgt aur hit tgt milaen.

(iv) Gp ka nirikshan karen.

(v) Firer se discuss karen, galti bataen.

(vi) Galti dur karne ka tarika samjhaen.

(vii) Firer ko badhava dein.

7. Group ka Nirikshan. Firer ke gp ka nirikshan kar ke uski chand ek galtion ke bare mein pata chal sakta hai.

(a) Single Shot Group. Burston ki pahli goli ka group single shot group kahlata hai. Burst ki pahli goli kaun si hai pata lagana mushkil hai. Burst fire karte samay agar firer durust pakar, shist , aur trigger operation karta hai to uski pahli goli Point of Aim (POA) ke nazdik lagti hai aur thartharahat ke karan baki golion POA se dur lagegi. Is baat ko dhyaan mein rakhte hue POA se sabse nazdik goli ko burst ki pahli goli mana jata hai. Is prakar har burst ki pahli goli ko mark karke single shot group ka nirikshan kiya jana chahiye. Single shot group ke khake ko dekh kar galtion ka usi prakar se pata chalega jis prakar INSAS Rif ke single shot fire mein pata chalta hai.

(b) Burst Group. Fire kiye har burst ke bikhrav ko dekh kar nimn galtion pata chal sakti hai.

(i) LMG Piche Khinchna. Yadi firer LMG ko fire ke dauran piche khinchta hai to golion ka bhikrav POA se lekar upar ki taraf hoga.

(ii) LMG ko Age Dhakelna. Yadi firer LMG ko fire ke dauran age ko dhaka deta hai to har goli pichle goli se niche lagegi. Yani pahli goli se niche lagegi. Yani pahli goli POA ke nazdik aur baki golion niche lagegi.

(iii) Bikhra hua Group.Pakar kamjor hone par bikhra hua group banega.

(iv) Baya Hath Master Grip.Yadi golion bayen se dahine aur upar ko lagi ho to iska matlab firer ka bayen hath master grip hai. Under hand grip dwara is galti ko dur kiya ja sakta hai.

(v) Dahina Hath Master Grip. Golion dahine se bayen aur niche ko dahine hath master grip hone par lagti hai.

(vi) Ek-a-Ek Majboot Pakar. Firer pahli goli fire hone ke bad pakar ko majbut karta hai aisa karne se pahli goli thik lagti hai aur bhaki group kahin aur banta hai.

8. Burst Group Fire Mein Coach Ka Janne Wali Baten.

(a) Burst group single shot group se bata hota hai.

(b) 30.5 gaz mein LMG bipod par 4 cm ka group sahi mana gaya hai.

(d) Coach ko burst group ka ausat group size malum ho.

(e) Burst ko chota ya bara group fire ke dauran LMG par control yani sahi trigger operation, shot release aur followthrough par nirbhar karega.

(f) Chand burston ki pahli goli kitna hatkar lagegi yeh single shot gp ki kabliyat par nirbhar karega.

(g) Burst ki pahli goli fire karte samay nishanebhaji ke sidhanton ko dhyan mein rakha jae.

(h) Firer ki galtion kafi had tak fire karte samay observe karne se pata lagaya ja sakta hai.

BHAG-III : APPLICATION FIRE KE DAURAN COACHING

9. Prarambhik nishanebaji (Squad post aur grouping fire 25 mtr) ke baad basic nishanebaji ke star par firer ko le jaya jata hai. Ismein grouping 100 mtr, zeroing, application fire aur classification fire hota hai.

10. Application Fire. Yeh coaching ka akhri hissa hai. Application fire ke dauran larai mein istemal ki jane wali position aur combat tgt istemal kiya jata hai. Firer se kam range se jyada range mein lejakar fire karwai jati hai, aur uski golion ki maar dikhai jati hai. Firer apni goli ki maar ko dekh kar shist mein tabdili karta hai. Coach ki yeh koshish rahni chahiye ki woh lagatar firer ko badhawa de aur uski galtiyon ko note karen. Application fire ke dauran coaching ki tartib is prakar hai.

(a) Firing se Pahle.

(i) Firing ki practice yakin karen aur ESA, scoring system bataen.

(ii) Yakin karo durust sight range laga hai.

(b) Firing ki Dauran.

(i) Galtion ko note karo.

(ii) Yakin karo MPI ESA ke andar hai.

(iii) Record card bharo.

(i) Galtian Samjhao.

(ii) Natija note karo.

(iii) Firer ko badhawa do.

Sankshep

11. Sabhi firer ko coach karna malum hona chaihye taki jarurat padne par wah dusre firer ko coach karke use uski galtion ka ahsaas dila sake tatha uski galtion ko sudharne mein madad kar sake. Yadi ek firer ko coach karna malum ho to woh acchi sikhlai de sakta hai.

LESSON 14 : EK NAZAR

INSAS LMG Firer ke Liye Khas Baten

1. Zeroing.

2. Position aur pakar.

3. Sharirik kamiyan.

4. Trigger operation, shot release aur follow through.

LMG Firer ki Aam Galtiyan

1. LMG piche khinchna - golian POA se uppar

2. LMG age dhakelna - golian POA se niche

3. Kamjor pakar - bikhra hua group

4. Bayan hath master grip - golian bayen se dayen aur upar

5. Dayen hath master grip - golian dayen se bayen aur niche

LESSON-15

5.56MM INSAS LMG KO MONOPOD KA ISTEMAL KARTE HUE FIXED LINE PAR LAGANA

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. Raat ke samay andhere ya kharab mausam aur dhuan ya dhund ka parda hone par LMG ko fixed line par laga kar fire kiya ja sakta hai. Iske lie pahle se tazwiz kiye hue targeton par LMG lagakar rakha jata hai, jidhar se dushman ke ane ka zyada andesha ho. Fixed line par fire karne ke liye INSAS LMG ke saath ek monopod diya gaya hai.

Uddesh

2. Monopod dwara LMG ko fixed line par site karne ka tarika sikhana.

Saman

3. LMG, Mag, Drill cart, Sling, Assy pouch, Monopod, Ground sheet, black board, chalk duster, easel aur small pointer.

Bhag

4. Sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jaega.

(a) Bhag-I. Monopod ka istemal.

(b) Bhag-II. LMG ko fixed line par lagana.

BHAG-I : MONOPOD KA ISTEMAL

5. Fixed line par fire karne ke liye monopod LMG ke sath accessory ke taur par diya gaya hai. Monopod ko LMG ke butt par rear lug se jora jata hai.

6. Monopod ke hisse Purzon ke Naam.

(a) Elevation Drum (Nut aur Screw). Yeh ek housing ke andar pae jate hai. Nut ki madad se upar niche ki harkat diya jata hai.

(b) Leaf Spring.Yeh nut ko apni jagah par rok kar rakhta hai aur nut ghumane par click ki awaz deta hai.

(d) Shoe. Yeh zamin ke saath lagakar LMG ko sthirtha pradan karta hai.

(e) Plastic Grip.Monopod pakarne ke liye Istemal mein ata hai.

(f) Monopod Lagana.LMG No 1 monopod lagata hai. Iske lie sabse pahle LMG ko fixed line ki disha mein karo. Monopod ke sleeve se pin ko nikalo. Sleeve ko rear lug mein fix karo aur pin ko laga do. Bipod ki wajah se LMG sthir rahegi Bipod ke legs aur monopod ke nut/screw ki madad se LMG ko upar niche ki harkat di ja sakti hai. Kewal monopod se LMG ko 80mm ki uppar niche ki harkat di ja sakti hai. Pin ko nikal kar monopod utara jaa sakta hai.

(g) Fixed Line par Lay Karna. LMG No 1 fixed line ke POA ka sahi range rear sight par lagata hai. Bipod ke legs aur monopod ke screw /nut ki madad se LMG ko harkat deta hai aur sahi shist milata hai.

(h) Fire Karna. Fixed line par fire karte samay 6 se 8 rounds ka burst achha mana gaya hai. Fixed line par fire karte samay butt ka kandhe par hona jaruri nahin hai, sivai shist check karne ke liye.

BHAG-II : LMG KO FIX LINE PAR LAGANA

(a) Fixed Line. Ekisi bhi auto hathiyar ko fixed line par sited tab mana jata hai jab who hathiyar raat, kam roshini, dhuen ya dhund mein, ek pahle se nirdharit disha (line) mein fire karne ki kabliyat rakhta ho. Aam taur par LMG ko defence ke dauran hi fixed line mein lagane ki jarurat padti hai.

(b) Fixed Line ka Chunav. Defence mein LMG ka primary task padosi section ya defended post ki suraksha hota hai, taki dono section mutual support mein ho aur hamlawar dushman ko kam se kam do LMG ke fire se guzarna pade. Fixed line ka fire padosi section se jitna nazdik se guzarega utna hi kargar hoga. Lekin ismein kam se kam 5 degree ka safety angle rakhna jaruri hai. Fire ki line mein koi rukawat na ho aur jahan tak ho sake plunging fire na ho.

9. Fire Karna. Fixed line par fire karte samay 6 se 8 rounds ka burst acha mana gaya hai. Fixed line par fire karte samay butt ka kandhe par hona jaruri nahin hai, sivai shist check karne ke liye rakhna jaruri hai. Fire ki line mein koi rukawat na ho aur jahan tak ho sake plunging fire na ho.

10. Range. 700m se jiada duri ke tgt par LMG ko fixed line par lay nahin karna chahiye, kyonki 700m tak golion ki trajectory zamin se 4½’ se upar nahin uthti, jiske wajah se LMG se lekar tgt tak pura ilaka khatarnak ilaka ban jata hai.

11. Alag alag ranges par trajectory ki zamin se unchai appx 'C' mein di gai hain.

MONOPOD PAR FIXED LINE

12. Fire Kholne ka Ishara.Fire kholne ka ishara pahle se mukrar kar lena jaruri hai. Ishara milte hi ek sentry ko jald fire kholna chahiye aur dusra sentry bache hue section ko alert karta hai. Ammunition ka scale aur rate of fire bhi pehle se bataya hua ho.

13. Improvised Tarike Se Fixed Line Lagana.Monopod na hone par LMG ko improvised tarike se bhi fixed line par lagaya ja sakta hai. Jaise niche die chitron mein dikhaya gaya hai.

IMPROVISED METHOD TO LAY LMG ON FIXED LINE

Sankshep

14. LMG ke monopod ka istemal aur fixed line par lay karne ke bare mein jankari hona bahut jaruri hai taki defence ke dauran LMG ko fixed line par lay karne ka tariqa malum ho aur iski handling mein sahuliat ho. Saath hi LMG ko improvised tariqe se fixed line par lagana ana chahiye.

LESSON 15 : EK NAZAR MONOPOD KE HISSE PURJEN

1. Elevation drum (nut and screw).

2. Leaf spring.

3. Sleeve aur pin.

4. Shoe.

5. Plastic grip.

Monopod ki max uppar-niche harkat - 80mm INSAS LMG ki fixed line par range - 700m

LMG ko fixed line par lagate samaysafety angle - 50

LESSON 16

5.56 MM INSAS LMG KA MUTHBHER KI LARAI MEIN ISTEMAL

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

1. Pahunch.Hamla Jungle ya gali kuche ki larai mein hamara dushman ke sath kam fasle par lagav ho sakta hai. Is halat mein samay iske liye izajat nahin dega ki jawan dushman par shist le kar fire kar sake aise halat mein apne aap ko bachate hue dushman par teji se fire karne ki zarurat paregi aise samay mein dushman par kargar fire dalne ke liye jaldi se jaldi kudrati sidhai hasil karne ki jarurat hogi.

2. Uddesh. Muthbher ki larai mein 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka istemal karne ka tarika sikhana hai.

3. Saman. 5.56mm INSAS LMG,Sling, Magazine, Assy Pouch, Wallets, Drill catridge aur Figure 11 Target.

4. Bhagon Mein Bant.

(a) Bhag-I. Le jane ke tariqe.

(b) Bhag-II. Firing position.

BHAG-I : LE JANE KE TARIQE.

5. LMG ko jaldi istemal karne ki zarurat ho to isko le jane ke do tarike hain:-

(a) Sling bayen kande mein dalkar.

(b) Sling dahine kandhe mein dalkar.

Yeh faisla firer par chhor diye jae ki kaon si position akhthiyar kiya jae kionki yah us ilaqe par nirbhar karta. Jis ilaqe mein wah gugar raha hai. Yeh baat zarur yaad rahe ki jab LMG ka sling baen kandhe par rakha ho aur firer use niche la kar bipod par mount karke fire karna ho to kuchh zaida waqt lagega.

BHAG-II : FIRING POSITION

6. Bhag-II : Firing Position. - Iske liye do basic position hai :-

(a) Hip Position. Is position ko taiyar karne ke liye:-

(i) LMG ke sling ko dahine ya baen kandhe mein dalen.

(ii) Baen hath se fold kiye hue bipod ko is tarah se pakro ki bayan baju kohni se thora mura hua ho aur yakin karo ke hath ka koi bhag barrel ko na chhua hua ho.

(iii) Aam tariqe se dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakro aur Butt ko badan ke sath kohni se ander ki taraf dabao.

(iii) Baen paon ko target ki sidh mein rakhte hue ek kadam age lo aur baen ghutne mein khamb dalte hue battle crouch position ikhtiar karo.

(b) Bagal Position. Yeh position hip position ki hi tarah hai siwae is ke:-

(i) Butt dahine bagal mein dabaya jata hai.

(ii) Badan ka jhukao thora kam hai.

(iii) Sir sidha rakha jata hai Ankh samne aur target ke beechhoti hai.

BHAG - III : FIRING KA TARIQA

7. Bhag -III : Firing Ka Tariqa.

(a) LMG ko harkat ke liye taiyar karo.

(b) Zarurat shuda position ikhtiyar karo.

(c) Harkat ke dauran LMG ko cock rakho aur Safety catch ko ‘S’ par rakho aur kisi rukawat ko par kar rahe ho to kalmen wali ungli trigger se bahar ho.

(d) Tgt milne par zarurat shuda position ikhtiyar karo aur kudrati sidhai hasil karte hue 4 se 5 Rds ka burst fire karo.

(e) Firing ke waqt pakar achhi aur tgt ko teji aur drusti se hit karne ka firer ka pakka irada hona chahiye.

(f) Jab No 2 kabhi mumkin ho to pahle se sikhe hue tarike ke mutabiq firer ki madad karni chahiye.

Sankshep

8. INSAS LMG ko larai ke halat ko madhya nazar rakhte hue do tarikon se carry kiya jata hai. Yadi jawan in tarikon men mahirta hasil kar le to kam samay men dushman ko barbad kar sakta hai. Sath hi firer ko firing position se bhi jankari honi chahiye.

LESSON NO-16 : EK NAZAR

LMG LE JANE KE TARIKE

Sling bayen ya dahine kandhemein dalkar

FIRING POSITION

Hip Position Bagal Position

LMG Firing ka 2 -3 rounds ka burst acha mana gaya hai.

LESSON-17

5.56MM INSAS LMG KI BUNIYADI BATEN

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ek kargar aur bhrosemand auto hathiyar hai. Isko haal ke dino mein fauj mein shamil kiya gaya hai. Yeh Inf Bn mein 7.62mm LMG ki jagah lega.

2. Is hathiyar ki kabilyat ka bharpoor faida uthane ke liye hamen chandek buniyadi baton se waqfiat hona chahiye.

Chalne ki Vidhi

3. LMG ek gas ke dhakke se chalne wala aur hawa se thanda hone wala hathiyar hai jo ke mag ke dwara feed kiya jata hai.

Beaten Zone

4. Iska auto fire karne se is ki goliyan hawa mein andakar shakal banati hain jo ki zamin par cover hone wale ilake mein beaten zone kahlati hain. 700 mtr ke range par beaten zone 175m x 2m hota hai aur 1000m par beaten zone 115m x 4m hota hai.

5. Beaten zone ka pura faida uthane ke liye do LMG ko apas mein mutual support mein lagana chahiye taki hamlawar dushman par enfilade fire karke jiada se jiada nuqsan pahunchaya ja sake.

Fixed Line

6. Def ke dauran raat ke samay andhere ya kharab mausam jaise ke dhund adi LMG ko fixed line par laga kar fire karna chahiye, jisse ki bina dekhbhal kiye bhi dushman ke aane ke mumkin raston par kargar fire dala ja sake. Iske liye LMG ko din ke samay pahle se chune hue mumkin target par laga kar rakha jata hai.

Safety Angle

7. LMG ko fixed line laga kar fire karne se apne padosi ke morchon ke frontage ko cover karte samay yeh zaruri hai ki apni fauj ki suraksha ka dhayan rakha jae. LMG se fire karte samay line of fire apne morchon se kam se kam 5 degree dur hona chahiye.

Golion Ki Uran

8. Is hathiyar se fire ki gai goliyan 700m tak line of fire ki satah se 41/2 feet se jiada nahin uthti hai. (Refer Appx 'D')

Firing Positions

9. LMG ko kai posns se fire kiya ja sakta hai. Kaun si posn ikhtiyar ki jae yah adh ki shakal aur size par nirbhar karta hai. Kisi bhi posn mein nimn likhit baten dhyan mein rakhni chahiye:-

(a) LMG bipod se fire karte samay jiada accurate hota hai. Phir bhi ho sakta hai ke adh ka istemal karte samay bipod ko fold karna pare.

(b) Yadi dhalwandar zamin par posn lena pare to LMG ke bipod leg ko lamba ya chhota kar ke position ko hamwar kar lena chahiye.

Siting

10. Enfilade Fire. Def mein LMG ko is prakar lagaya jana chahiye ki woh dushman par enfilade fire dal sake. Isse beaten zone ka lamba wala bhag jiada se jiada dushman ko cover karega.

11. Mutual Support. LMG ko hamesha mutual support mein lagana chahiye. Iske faide is parkar hai:-

(a) Do position ke beech ka gap cover hota hai.

(b) Ek hathiyar ke liye jo dead ground hai woh dusre hathiyar se cover hota hai.

12. Local Protection. LMG ko site karte samay local potection ka dhyan rakha jaye.

13. Defiladed Position. Jahan tak ho sake position defiladed ho.

14. Camouflage aur Concealment. Zamini aur hawai dekhbhal se chhupao hasil ho.

15. Alternative/Secondary Position. Alternative ya secondary positions aur un tak pahunchne ka rasta pahle se mukarrar aur taiyar kiya gaya ho.

16. Depth (Gahrai). Kuch LMGs ko depth mein rakha jaye taki defence ke bahari kinare ko tod kar andar aane wale dushman ko barbad kiya ja sake.

Anti Air craft (AA) Role mein LMG

17. AA LMG Group Ki Banawat.

(a) Bn LMG Group : 16 LMGs

(b) Per Coy : 4 LMGs

18. Hawai Jahaz par Fire Karne ke Usul.

(a) Defence.

(i) Dushman ke uchai par ur rahe hawai jahaz ke barkhilaf koi karrawai nahin ki jae.

(ii) Jawanon ki karawai defensive position ko jahir karegi.

(iii) Local Commander se fire karne ka hukam mila ho to sabhi.

(iv) LMG savdhani ke sath gaharai mein lagi honi chahiye.

(v) Sabhi LMG ka primary task zamini hamle ke barkhilaf hota hai.

(b) Fauj ki Harkat ke Dauran.

(i) Garion mein fauji daste ja rahe ho, ho sake to har gari mein LMG AA role mein taiyyar kiya jae.

(ii) Dusre daste ke upar hamla hone par engage kar sake.

(iii) Kuch LMG harek disha mein fire dal saken.

(iv) Dushman ka jahaz hamla karta hai to fire khola jaye.

(v) Garion ki tarpauline hata deina chahiye ya is parkar karen ki LMG asani se istemal ho sake.

(vi) Harkat tab tak nahin roken jab tak road block ya column commander ka hukam na mile.

(vii) Rukne par garion se hawai jahaz engage kia jaega aur rukawat dur karne ke bad age barhe.

(viii) Rukne par garion se utar kar dahine baen chale jana chahiye.

(ix) Fauji camp ya tenton mein AA team ko niche aur dhire urne wale, range ke andar dushman ke hawai jahazon ko bina hukam ke engage karna chahiye. Agar hukam pahile se nahin mila ho to fire nahin karna chahiye.

(c) Failao. Kam unchai par urne wale hawai jahazon ke hamle ke barkhilaf, achha failao aur chhupao se, position ka pata karna bahut hi mushkil hota hai.

(d) AA Fire Discipline Training.

(i) Jaldi faisla karne aur bharose wala jawan AA gunner kakam karen.

(ii) Jawanon ko bina hukam ke fire karne ki sikhlai dena chahiye. Sentry LMG ko AA role mein fire kar sakta ho.

(iii) Apni taraf aane wale jahazon ke awaz ko sunne aur pahchanne ki sikhlai dena chahiye Chhup kar ane wale jahazon ke rukh ka faisla kar sake.

(iv) Jawan samajte hain ki ajkal ke tej raftar se urne wale hawai jahazon ki awaz tak sunai nahi de sakti jab tak hamla shuru na ho gaya ho.

(v) Har ek Unit ke Pas aisa Tariqa ho.

Sankshep

(aa) AA LMG mag taiyyar hon aur asani se pahunchai ja saken.

(ab) AA LMG ke upar acchi sikhlai pae jawan rakhe jayen.

(ac) Garion men charhne aur utarne ka drill aur jaldi titarbitar hone ka drill sabhi jawan jante hon.

(ad) Defence ya aram ki halat mein LMGs ke fire ka milap kiya gaya ho, taki jawanon mein garbar paida na ho aur apni fauj ko nuksan na ho.

19. Yadi ek firer ko LMG ki buniyadi baton se waqfiat hai to woh larai ke dauran pura pura faida utha sakta hai aur acchi saafalta hasil kar sakta hai. Sath hi ek jawan dushman ke deployment aur auto hathiyaron ke bare mein bhi jankari hasil kar sakta hai. LMG ke siting ke usul malum hone par hone wale hadson se bhi bacha ja sakta hai.

LESSON NO 17 : EK NAZAR

Buniyadi Baten

1. Chalne ki vidhi

2. Beatan zone

3. Fixed line

4. Safety angle

5. Golion ki uran

6. Firing posn

7. Siting

8. Hawai jahaz par fire karne ke usul

9. Anti aircraft fire discipline training

Note

• 700 m Range tak trajectory 4'6" se upar nahi uthti

• Defence ke dauran mutual support mein LMG ka safety angle kam se kam 5o hona chahiye.

LESSON-18

5.56MM INSAS LMG KE PWT LESSONS

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. Ek jawan jab hathiyar mein basic marksmanship mein mahirta hasil kar leta hai to use progressive weapon training (PWT) ke tarike se sikhlai di jati hai . Mashware ke taur par PWT ke sabak is bhag mein diye gaye hain . In PWT sabak mein yeh jankari di gayi hai ki kis prakar se PWT sabak chalaye jate hain.

Uddesh

2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke PWT lessons ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Chalana

3. PWT bhi sqd post par hi puri ki jati hai .Is mein Trained Soldier ko is prakar motivate kiya jata hai, jisse woh kam samay mein sabhi hathiyaron ka mila jula abhyas kar sake aur competition ke liye taiyyar kiya ja sake .

4. Ismein training ke star ko lachila banaya gaya hai jis mein student aur instr ka talmel bana rahta hai aur dono ke beech ek dilchaspi bani rahita hai.

5. PWT ke tarike se kuch faide niche likhe ansuar hain:-

(a) Jawan ko apne aap aur hathiyar par bharosa.

(b) Trg ka star dilchasp aur lachila

(d) 80% abhyas ka mauka jiada.

(e) Pahal karne ki bhawana paida.

(f) Test aur Mukabale ke anusar se competition ki bhawana paida.

Sankshep

6. Sikhlai pae hue jawanon ko behtar abhyas deine ke liye PWT ke sabak ek guide ke taur par hain. Phir bhi is ka faida uthane ke liye ustad ko jawanon ke kamzor points ko savdhani se dekhte rahna chahiye aur PWT ke sabak banana aur chalana soch vichar se karna chahiye.

PWT-1

KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI

Uddesh

1. LMG ka kholna, safai aur jorna mein abhyas dena hai.

Saman

2. LMG, magazine, wallet, holdalls aur safai ka saman.

Chalana

3. Lesson plan is tarah banai gayi hai:-

Samay Headings Sikhlai ke points Ustad ke liye note (min)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

0 - 1 Shuru shuruka kaam Suraksha sambandhi upay (a) 2 jawanon ke bich kam se kam ek LMG behter hogi.

(b) Agar DP LMG mil sake to istemal ki jaen.

1- 1.5

dohrao Uddesh Upar para ek ki tarha - do -

1.5-2.5

2.5-6 Yad dilao Namuna Am kholna, safai aur jorna. Sawal aur jawab se.

6-26 Abhyas (a) Am kholna, safai aur jorna.

(b) Kholne ke dusre a tarika

26-23 Test ya Mukabala Group ke kis bhag par kholna ya jorna hai

32-36 Blind fold Abhyas Kisi bhi spare part ki badly karke

36-40 Sankshep (a) Jaise lagu ho, TSOET ki baten batao.

(b) Kamjorion ko batao.

PWT-2

BHARNA, SHIST LENA, PAKAR, FIRE KARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Uddesh

1. LMG ko bharna, shist lena, pakar hasil karna, fire karna aur khali karne mein abhyas deina hai.

Saman

2. LMG, mag, utility pouch, drill cart, wallets, holdalls aur tgt.

Chalana

3. Lesson plan is tarha banai gayi hai :-

Samay Headings Sikhlai ke points Ustad ke liye note (min)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

0 - 1 Shuru Shuru Suraksha sam

kam kam bandhi upay

1 - 1.5 Uddesh Upar para ek

ke mutabiq

1.5 - 3 Yad dilao Swal aur jawab

3 - 7 Namuna Mag ka bharna Munasib word of

(do mag) bharne posn, limber up, ka command ka istemal karo.

LMG ka bharna,

burst fire karna, stop jari kar, stop Khali karna aur mag khali karna.

7 – 25 Abhyas (a) Mag ka charhana aur, khali karna akhir mein fir LMG

do mag bhare (a) Squad ko tin hisson men banto ek eye disc ki madad

se pakar

hue hon . check karega

. jawano ki apas mein badli karo.

(b) Bharna, make (b) LMG ke upar

safe aur khali koi mag

karna. nahin honi

chahie.

Karna pakar check

karega.

25 - 30 Test (a) Pakar aur shist (a) Har ek jawan

lene ka mukabla ka test mukabla

istemal disc ka kare lene ke lie eye .

(b) Bharna aur khali (b) Mag ka karna stemal na

kya jae

par mukabla karo.

(d) Mag ko khali Karneka mukabla mat karo is se mag

ko nuksan pahunchega.

30 -38 Blind fold (a) Mag ka bharna (a) Sqd ko do

khali karna ka hisson men

abhyas aur ek banto . group kam kare.

(b) Bharna, make (b) dusra group

safe aur khali check kare.

karna. Phir apas men badli karo.

38 - 40 Sankshep (a) TsOET ki sharten batao

(b) kamjorian batao.

PWT-3

ELEMENTARY HANDLING AUR ROKEN

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Uddesh.

1. Elementry handling aur rokon ko dur karne mein abhyas deina hai.

Note

2. Roken par abhyas shamil kia ja sakta hai. Lekin yeh tabi karna chahiye jab jawan din men abhyas karke mahir ho gaye hoh. Aise maukon par test aur mukabla chhora ja sakta hai ki unkih blind fold abhyas men kafi samay lagta hai. ( 7.62 mm LMG Ke liye)

Saman

3. LMG mag, sling, spare parts, wallet, holdalls, kata hua case aur sand bag.

Chalana.

4. Lesson plan is prakar hai:-

Samay Headings Sikhlai ke points Ustad ke liye

note

(a) (b) (c) (d)

1-15 Shuru shuru ka kaam Surksha sambandit upay Sabak shuru karne se pahle ek kata hua case chamber

main dal do

1.5-3

3-5 Uddesh yad dilao Upar para ek ki tarha

(a) Swal aur jawab

(b) Mag ko bharna aur khali karna. Akhir mein mag bhari hui

ho Uddesh dohrao

(a) (b) (c) (d)

5-10 Namuna Elementry handling faur ilaj aur chamber mein kate hue case ki rok dur karna. (a) Squad se ek jawan le kar No 2 ka kaam.

(b) Agar harkat karo to squad ko Day taraf se harkat karao

10-28 Abhyas dur kare Har tarha ki rokon ko dur karne mein (a) Jorion men ek jawan LMG

(b) Elementry handling aur unko bhi unki karwai par nukta chidni ke istemal aur fire position karne ke liye age jana

chahiye

28-33 Test ya Mukabala elementry handling mein test lo (a) TSOET ki hi sharten rakho.

(b) Jawan jorion men kam karen aur apas men badli karte rahe jab tak 1 aur 2 ki haisiat se sabhi ka test nahin

ho jae

33-38 Blind fold abhyas Blind fold abhyas upar para 2 ke mutabiq

38-40 Sankshep (a) TsOET para 2 ki sharten batao.

(b) Kamjorian batao

PWT-4

MUTHBHER KI LARAI AUR HAWAI JAHAZ KE BARKHILAF LMG KA ISTEMAL

Uddesh

1. Muthbher ki larai aur hawai jahazon ke barkhilaf LMG ki handling men abhyas deina hai.

Saman

2. LMG, mag, AA magazine, drill cartridges, drill tracer cart, sling, utility pouch, wallet, holdall, CQB tgt, hawai target aur 1 X ton truck/ 3 ton lorry agar mil sake.

Chalana

3. Lesson plan is parkar hai:-

Samay Headings Sikhlai ke points Ustad ke liye

note

(a) (b) (c) (d)

0-1 Shuru shuru ka kaam Surksha sambandit upay

1-1.5 Uddesh Para 1 ke mutabik

1.5-3.5 Yad dilao Sawal jabab se

Namuna

3.5-8 Namuna (a) Muthber ki larai main LMG ko len jana aur har tarah ki posn se fire karna

(b) Hawai jahaz ke bharkhilaf AA role ke liye LMG aur mag ko tayar karna standing aur kneeling posn se fire karn. Fauri ilaz ki

karwahi Squad se ek jawan le kar No 2 ka kaam.

Samay Headings Sikhlai ke points Ustad ke liye

note

(a) (b) (c) (d)

8-26 Abhyas (a) Muthbher ki larai main fire karna

(b) AA role mein handling (a) AA role mein No 2 ki suraksha sambandit per jor dena

(b) Alag alag posn se hawai jahaz ko engage karo aur ghadi per mount karke bhi abhyas karo.

26-32 Mukabala ya Test LMG ko le jana aur muthbher ki larai mein firing karna

32-38 Blind fold abhyas Muthbher ki larai

38-40 Sankshep (a) Sawal aur jawab

(b) Thore me sankshep

Note:- Mukabla har lesson mein nahi hai. Yeh test ke baad hota hai.

LESSON 19

SHURU KI SIKHLAI KI PARIKSHA (TsOET)

(Ref -Infantry Training Volume-I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlet No 6A 5.56mm Insas Light Machine Gun 2006)

Parichay

1. Basic sikhlai karne ke baad hamen is kabil hona chaihye ki ham hathiyar ko jaldi se jaldi khol sake, jor sake, mag bhar sake taki zarurat parne par kam samay mein hathiyar se fire dal sake ya rok ko dur kar sake.

Uddesh

2. Ek studeint LMG chalane mein mahirta malum karna.

Natija

3. Studeint ke darje is tarah se nikal sakte hain :-

(a) Sabse accha - 80 se 90 Pts lene wala

(b) Ausat darje ke uper - 70 se 79 - do -

(d) Ausat darje ke niche - 50 se 59 - do -

(e) Fail - 50 se Kam - do -

Hasil Karna

4. Rect ko aisi sikhlai di jae ki akhiri mein woh ausat darje hasil karen. Sikhlai paya hua jawan jo ausat se accha kaam nahin kar sakta unhen aur abhyas diya jae.

Sanchalan

5. PWT lesson dauran ke jariye yeh test karwaya ja sakta hai. Test se pahle jawano ko iski sharten acchi tarah samjhana zaruri hai. Test shuru hone ke baad jawanon ko kuch batana nahin chahiye.

Record Ka Khana:-

6. TsOET ke natije result form par likhkar use jawanon ke paragati folder mein rakha jata hai. Is form ko dekhkar jawan ka star malum ho sakta hai. Is form ka namuna Appx ‘G’ mein diya gaya hai.

7. TsOET No 1 . Hath se mag bharna:-

Saman. 30 Rds Drill Carts, Mag, Watch, Progress folder.

Sharten. “ Mag Bhar “ ke adesh par jawan hath se 30 golian mag mein bhare. Galat bharne par number na diya jae.

Number Deina.

(a) 25 se kam sec. - 10 Pts.

(b) 26 se 30 sec. - 08 -do-

(d) 36 se 40 sec - 04 -do-

(e) 41 se 45 sec - 02 -do-

(f) 45 sec se zaida - 00 -do-

8. TsOET No 2. Gas ki kami ki rok dur karna :-

‘ LMG ‘ ek ya do round ke baad rukta ke adesh par karwahi shuru hoti hai.

(a) 12 sec se kam - 10 Pts.

(b) 13 se 17 sec - 08 -do-

(d) 23 se 27 sec - 04 -do-

(e) 28 se 32 sec - 02 -do-

(f) 32 se zaida - 00 -do-

9. TsOET No 3. LMG jorna, Mag ka bharna aur Firing :-

Saman. LMG khuli hui, Ek mag, 30 Drill Carts.

‘GO ‘ word of command par studeint LMG jorega, lying posn lekar LMG ko load, cock aur target par aim karega.

(a) 55 sec tak - 10 Pts.

(b) 56 se 60 sec - 08 -do-

(d) 71 se 80 sec - 04 -do-

(e) 81 se 90 sec - 02 -do-

(f) 90 se zaida - 00 -do-

10. TsOET No 4. Lying posn se LMG bharna :-

Saman. Khali mag lagi hui LMG, Ek bhari hui mag, Watch, Progress folder.

Sharten. Bhar ka adesh do. Jawan ke bharne tak ruko.

Number Deina.

(a) 12 sec se kam - 10 Pts.

(b) 13 se 16 sec - 08 -do-

(d) 17 se 20 sec - 06 -do-

(e) 21 se zaida - 04 -do-

TsOET No 5. Standing in fire trench posn se khali karna :-

Saman. Test No 2 ki tarah.

Sharten. Khali kar ka addesh do, jawan ke khali karne tak ruko.

No Deina.

(a) 15 se kam sec - 10 Points

(b) 16 se 19 sec - 08 -do-

(d) 24 se zaida - 04 -do-

TsOET No 6. Kholna aur Jorna :-

Saman. LMG

Sharten. Jawan ko adesh do ke woh LMG saaf karne ke liye khole aur jore. Jawan ko batao ki kholne aur jorne mein samay ki pabandi nahi hai, lekin woh teji se aur sahi kam karen

No Deina. Har galti ke liye adha No kato, agar galti se security se khatra ho to 5 No kato.Sabse jiyada 15 No do.

11. TSOET No 7. Roken :-

Saman. LMG, tgt, drill cartridge, progress folder.

Sharten.Addesh do “bhar” , “ Let kar posn”, “Ready”, “Fire”. Studeint ko trigger dabate hi addesh do LMG thik fire karta rukta. Is tarah pure rokon ko dur karne ka check kiya jaye.

Number Deina. Bilkul sahi karwai par - 20 points. Agar galti security ke barkhilaf hai to 5 points kato. Chhoti galti ke liye 01 points kata jaye.

Sankshep.

12. Ek jawan ko TSOET mein mahir hona chahiye takih firing ke dauran hathiyar ki achhi handling aur parne wali rokon ko pahchan kar jaldi se dur kar sake.

QUESTIONNAIRE

5.56MM INSAS LMG ka Vikas

Q1. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki kiya visheshtaen hain ?

5.56mm INSAS LMG AUR Accessories se Waqfiat

Q2. 5.56mm INSAS LMG kitne hisson mein banti gayi hain ?

Q3. 5.56mm INSAS fired aur foldable LMG ki muzzle velocity kya hai ? Q4. 5.56mm INSAS fired aur foldable LMG ke kya lambai hai ?

Q5. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein kitne grooves hain ?

Q6. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka rate of fire (ROF) likho ?.

Q7. 5.56mm INSAS lmg kitne prakar ke amn fire karti hai?

Q8. 5.56mm INSAS ball round ke wazan kitna hai?

Q9. 5.56mm INSAS ball round ki kya lambai hai?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ka Kholna Jorna aur Safai

Q10. 5.56mm INSAS LMG kitne bare hisson mein khulti hai? Q11. 5.56mm INSAS LMG kitne chhote purjon mein khulti hai? Q12. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka safai ka saman kya hai?

Q13. 5.56mm LMG ki kab kab safai ki jati hai?

Q14. 5.56 mm INSAS LMG ke kon kon se purjon mein tel lagaya jata hai?

Q15. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke kon kon se hisson mein tel nahin lagaya jata hai? Q16. 40-60 degree ke tapman mein kon se tel ka istemal kiya jata hai?

Mag ko Bharna Khali Karna LMG ko Bharna, Sight lagana Make Safe aur Khalikarna

Q17. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke mag mein kitne round ki capacity hai?

Q18. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke mag mein anti air craft role mein kitne ball aur tracer round bhare jate hain?

Q19. Bhar aur make safe mein kya antar hai? Q20. Kya LMG ki mag ko filler se bhara jata hai ?

Q21. Durust pakar ka bayan karen? Q22. Durust shist lene ka tarika likho?

Q23. Sight alignment aur sight picture mein se kiski ahmiyat jiada hai? Q24. Kya trapping ka tarika tracking se jiada achha hai?

Q25. Trapping mein kitne rounds ka brust achha mana gaya hai?

5.56 mm INSAS LMG ka Trigger Mechanism

Q26. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein chal mein istemal hone wale hisse purjon ke naam kya hain? Q27. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein single shot mechanism ka vistar mein bayan karo?

Q28. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein automatic mechanism ka vistar mein bayan karo? Q29. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke dauran istemal mein hisse purjon ke naam likho?

5.56mm INSAS LMG Mein Suraksha Sambandhi Baten

Q30. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein applied safety kya hai? Q31. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein mechanical safety kya hai?

Q32. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein mechanical safety kaise hasil hoti hai?

Action Mein 5.56mm INSAS LMG ki Handling

Q33. LMG ke action mein handling karne ke dauran kin kin prakar ki adh ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai?

Q34. LMG ki action mein handling karte waqt “Gas ki kami ki rok” ke adesh par kya karhwai ki jaegi?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ka Hawai Jahaj ke Khilaf Istemal

Q35. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko AA role ke lie kis prakar taiyar kiya jata hai?

Q36. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein AA role ke dauran gas regulator ki posn kya hogi?

Q37. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein AA role ke dauran pahle mag mein 5 ball round kyon bhare jate hain?

Q38. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein AA role ke dauran kin kin posn se fire kiya jata hai? Q39. AA role ke dauran No 2 ki dutian kya hain?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ko Zero Karne ka Tarika

Q40. Zeroing se aap kya samahte hain? Q41. Zeroing ke kya faide hain?

Q42. Zeroing ke kon se mauque hain?

Q43. Zeroing ke waqt zaruri baten kya hain? Q44. Zeroing ka tarika vistar mein likho?

Q45. 100m range par POA se MPI ki posn kahan par banti hai?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ki Iron Sights, Telescopic Sights, Day Light sights,Passive night Sight aur beta Light sight

Q46. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein fore sight kis prakar ki hai?

Q47. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke sights ke hisse purjon ke naam likho? Q48. TDLS ke hisse purjon ke kya naam hain?

Q49. TDLS ka kya magnification hai?

Q50. PNS ke hisse purjon ke kya naam hain? Q51. PNS ka kya magnification hai?

Q52. TDLS ka graticule battan banao?

Q53. TDLS aur PNS ka boresighting ka tarika kya hai? Q54. PNS ke saath kya savdhanian baratni chahiye?

5.56mm INSAS LMG Firer ko Coach karna

Q55. 5.56mm INSAS LMG aur 5.56mm INSAS rif firer ko coach karte waqt kya antar hai? Q56. 5.56mm INSAS LMG mein trigger operation ka bayan karo?

Q57. Shot relese aur follow through se aap kya samjhte hain? Q58. Grouping fire ko coach karne ki kya tartib hai?

Q59. Single shot aur burst gp ka nirikshan kaise kiya jata hai? Q60. Application fire ke dauran coaching ka kya tarika hai?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ko Monopod Ke Istemal Karte Hue Fixed Line Par lagana

Q61. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka monopod ke hisse purjon ka kya naam hai? Q62. Monopod ko max kitna upar niche ki harkat de sakte hain?

Q63. Fixed line par LMG ko Lagate samay kitne safety angle rakhna zaruri hai?

Q64. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko kis prakar se improvise tarike se fixed line par lagaya ja sakta hai?

5.56mm INSAS LMG ka Muthbher ki Larai Mein Istemal

Q65. Muthbher ki larai mein LMG ko le jane ka tarika kya hai? Q66. HIP posn mein LMG ko le jane ka tarika vistar mein likho? Q67. HIP posn mein aur bagal posn mein anta likho?

Q68. Muthbher ki ladai mein LMG par firing ka tarika kya hai? Q69. LMG kis sidhant pare kaam karti hai?

Q70. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ka 700m aur 1000m par beaton zone kya hai?

Q71. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko fixed line par lagate samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten kya hain?

Q72. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ke siting ke usul kya hain?

Q73. 5.56mm INSAS LMG ko hawai jahaj par fire karne ke usul likho?

(a) Def mein.

(b) Fauj ke harkat ke dauran.

Appx 'A'

(Refers to Para 1 of lesson No 2)

TULNATMAK DATA

WORK 7.62MM LMG 5.56MM INSAS LMG

Fixed Foldable

Butt Butt

Eff range 500 Yds 700 Mtr 700 Mtr

MV 2700’/s 925 M/S 915 M/S

Weight 9.24 Kg 6.23 Kg 5.17 Kg

Barrel 621 mm 535 mm 500 mm

Rifling 6

Rate of Fire 6 6

(a) Single shot 28 R pm 60 R pm 60 R pm

(b) Automatic 112 R pm 150 R pm 150 R pm

(d) Furniture Lakdi ka Ka prakar Plastic ka Plastic ka

(e) Calbre 7.62x51 mm 5.56x45 mm 5.56x45 mm

Appx ‘C’

( Refers to Para 4 of chapter 5)

WIND DRIFT

WEAPON : 5.56 MM LMG (FIXED AND FOLDING BUTT )

AMMNITION : 5.56 MM BALL MK I (INSAS)

WIND : CROSSWIND 8 Km / hr ( 5 miles / hr )

Wind drift ( m )

Sr . Range ————————————————

No ( m ) LMG Fixed Butt LMG Folding Butt

1. 0 0 0

2. 100 0 . 011 0 .012

3. 200 0 . 042 0 .043

4. 300 0 . 101 0 .103

5. 400 0 . 186 0 .189

6. 500 0 . 305 0 . 310

7. 600 0 . 458 0 .464

8. 700 0 . 645 0 .665

9. 800 0 . 891 0 .911

10. 900 1 . 180 0 .201

11. 1000 1 . 562 1 .600

APPX ‘E’

(Ref Para 5 of lesson No 13) TsOET KA RECORD

NO RANK NAME PL

TSOETNO HIGHESTDATE PtsDATENODATE NO PTS

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)

1. 10 1.3.70 6 10.3 70 8

Appx ‘F’

(Refers to para 11 of lesson 12)

ACCURACY SPECIFICATIONS

Ser

No Range

(m) Sight set

at (m) No of

rds Accuracy HxV

(mm) MPI (mm)

1. 30.5 200 4 out of

5 (SS) 25.5 x 38 12.5 up,

12.5 L or R

2. 100 200 5 out of

6 (SS) 84 x 84 0 - 125 up

42 L or R

3. 200 400 6 out of

7 (S.S.) 168 x 168 0.250 up,

84 L or R

4. 400 400 6 out of

7 (S.S.) 336 x 336 0 - 500 up,

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER MK-II

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER

SABAQ -1 LAUNCHER AUR AMMUNITION SE WAQFIAT

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Instructor yaad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se taluq rakhta ho.

Uddesh

4. 84mm Rocket Launcher aur uske ammunition se waqfiat karana hai.

Saman

5. “Ek launcher, sight bag, bag No 1, No 2, “9mm Sub Calibre” aur do round har ek qism ke (HEAT, HE aur Smoke, Illuminating) aur packing.

Bhagon mein Baant

6. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-

(a) Bhag-I. - Launcher ki visheshtaen.

(b) Bhag-II. - Ammunition ki visheshtaen.

BHAG-I -LAUNCHER KI VISHESHTAEN

7. Is ki visheshtaen is prakar batao :-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Launcher, mount aur telescopic sight ka wazan, calibre aur length. (Chart par samjhao).

(ii) Laucher ke hisse purze (Har ek hisse ko pointer se samjhao).

(b) Should Know.

(i) Rate of fire.

(ii) Launcher ki barrel mein rifling ka round par asar.

BHAG-II - AMMUNITION KI VISHESHTAEN

8. Is ki visheshstaen is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Is launcher se 6 prakar ka ammunition fire kiya jata hai.

(ii) HEAT, HE, TPT, Smoke aur illuminating ammunition ki visheshtaen batao. (aa) Wazan.

(ab) Muzzle velocity.

(ac) Lohe ki chaddar mein ghusao ki taqat. (ad) Kargar range.

(ae) HE ka khatarnak ilaqa.

(af) Smoke ke dhuen ke parde ki chaurai aur dhuan dene ka samay.

(ag) Illuminating round ke roshni ka ilaqa, zamin se phatne ki unchai aur roshni ka samay.

(iii) Har ek ammunition ka maqsad aur role.

(iv) 9mm Sub Calibre ki jankari.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Packing ke bare mein jankari.

(ii) Launcher, mount aur telescopic sight ka wazan, calibre aur length. (Chart par samjhao).

(iii) Laucher ke hisse purze (Har ek hisse ko pointer se samjhao).

(i) HEAT, HE ammunition kis sidhant par kaam karte hain.

BHAG-III - LAUNCHER KE SAATH SAMAN

9. Is prakar bataen :-

(a) Must Know. Sight Bag, Bag No 1 aur Bag No 2 ka saman batao.

(b) Should Know. Saman aur accessories ke istemal par jankari.

Sankshep

10. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER

SABAQ 2 - KHOLNA, JORNA, CHAL AUR SAFAI

(Ref -Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Instructor yad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se sambandit ho.

Uddesh

4. 84mm Rocket Launcher ka kholna, jorna, chal aur safai karna ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

5. 84mm Rocket Launcher, sight bag, bag No 1, bag No 2 aur chal ka diagram ka board.

Bhagon mein baant

6. Yeh sabaq char bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-

(a) Bhag-I - Telescopic sight ko chadana aur utarna.

(b) Bhag-II - Launcher ko kholna aur jorna.

(d) Bhag-IV - Safai.

BHAG- I - TELESCOPIC SIGHT KO CHADANA AUR UTARNA

7. Is prakar batao :-

(a) Must Know. Class ko telescopic sight ko charane aur utarne ki karwai ka bayan ke sath namuna dein.

(b) Could Know.Telescopic sight ke kaam karne ke sidhant par jankari.

BHAG- II - LAUNCHER KO KHOLNA AUR JORNA

8. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Launcher ko kholne ka bayan ke saath namuna do.

(ii) Launcher ko jorne ka bayan ke saath namuna do.

(iii) Kholne, jorne mein class ko abhiyas dein. (Akhir mein launcher khula ho).

(b) Should Know.

(i) Class ko bataen yadi firing pin ki badli karna ho to launcher kahan tak khola jata hai.

(i) Launcher kholne ke liye bag No 1 ki zarurat parti hai. Ismein jo saman ata hai, woh class ko batao.

BHAG- III - SAFETY CATCH AUR LAUNCHER KI CHAL

9. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Safety catch aur launcher ki chal, bayan ke saath namuna, class ko abhyas (Bad mein launcher ko jor dein).

(b) Should Know.

(i) Venturi ko launcher ko bagair cock kiye nahi khol sakte,aise kyon?

(i) Launcher aur firing rod ke hisson ka bayan karen.

(ii) Applied aur mechanical safety ke bare mein jankari.

BHAG IV – SAFAI

10. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Firing ke pahle ki safai.

(ii) Firing ke dauran ki safai.

(iii) Firing ke bad ki safai.

(iv) Namidar ilaqe ki safai.

(v) Ratile ilaqe ki safai.

(vi) Sard ilaqe ki safai.

(b) Could Know. Safai ka sara saman bag No 2 mein ata hai, saman kya kya hai.

Sankshep

7. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

84 MM ROCKET LAUNCHER

SABAQ 3 - FIRING POSITIONEN, BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza. (Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye.

Uddesh

4. 84mm Rocket Launcher ki Firing positionen, bharna aur khali karna sikhana hai.

Saman

5. 84mm Rocket Launcher, sight bag, drill round aur container.

Bhagon mein baant

6. Yeh sabaq 2 bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - Firing positionen.

(b) Bhag II- Bharna aur khali karna.

BHAG I - FIRING POSITION

7. Is prakar batao :-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Mount ki teen positionon ka bayan ke saath namuna do (Class ko abhyas karao).

(ii) Class ko niche bataye positionon ke bare mein bayan karo aur namuna do :-

(aa) Standing position. (ab) Kneeling position. (ac) Sitting position. (ad) Lying position.

(Class ko tamam firing positionon mein abhyas karao)

BHAG II - BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

8. Is prakar batao :-

Must Know.

(a) (i) Bharne ka bayan karo aur squad ke ek jawan ki madad se sitting position se namuna do.

(ii) Khali karne ka bayan karo aur squad ke ek jawan ki madad se namuna do. (Squad ko bharne aur khali karne mein abhyas do). Back blast ka area batana hai.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Round ko bharte samay, recess chamber guide mein phans jae, is ki ahmiyat class ko batao.

Sankshep

9. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER

SABAQ 4 - SIGHT LAGANA AUR SHIST LENA

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko

Uddesh

4. Sight lagana, khare aur harkati targeton par shist lena ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

5. Launcher, sight bag, drill round, reticle pattern, model, tank target, launcher rest, blackboard aur chalk duster.

Bhagon mein Baant

6 Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jaye ga :-

(a) Bhag-I - Sight lagana.

BHAG-I - SIGHT LAGANA

7. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Telescopic sight ke range drum ki dono positionon par bayan aur sight lagane ka namuna dein.

(ii) Telescopic sight par bana khaka model par samjhao.

(iii) Telescopic sight par point of aim batao.

(iv) Open sight ka bayan aur namuna.

(v) Raat ke waqt fire karne ke liye, luminous sight adapter ka bayan aur namuna.

(vi) Open sight par point of aim batao. (Sight lagane ka abhyas lo).

(b) Should Know.

(i) Telescopic sight, open sight aur luminous sight adapter ke hisson ke

naam.

(i) Elevation drum ke upar alag - alag temperature ke liye teen position hain, iske bare mein jankari dein.

BHAG-II - SHIST LENA

8. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Khare targeton par shist lene ka tariqa, bayan aur namuna.

(ii) Harkati targeton par shist lene ka tariqa, bayan aur namuna:-(aa) Sidhe ane ya jane wale target.

(ab) Cross karne wale target.

9. Model par chhote tank target ki madad se samjhao.

10. Launcher rest par rakh kar durust shist ki jagah class ko batao.

11. Class ko abhyas do aur sawal puchho.

(a) Telescopic sight par bana khaka model par samjhao.

(b) Telescopic sight par point of aim batao.

(d) Raat ke waqt fire karne ke liye, luminous sight adapter ka bayan aur namuna.

(e) Open sight par point of aim batao. (Sight lagane ka abhyas lo).

(f) Should Know.

(i) Telescopic sight, open sight aur luminous sight adapter ke hisson ke naam.

(g) Could Know.

(i) Elevation drum ke upar alag - alag temperature ke liye teen positionen hain, iske bare mein jankari dein.

Sankshep

12. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER

SABAQ 5 - HE, HEAT, SMOKE, 9MM SUB CALIBRE ADAPTOR AUR ILLUMINATING ROUND

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM

Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye.

Uddesh

4. HE, HEAT, Smoke aur illuminating round ke liye sight lagana, shist lena aur 9mm Sub Calibre se waqfiat karana hai.

Saman

5. Launcher, sight bag, 9mm Sub Calibre, HE, HEAT, Smoke aur illuminating ke ek ek round, black board aur chalk.

Bhagon mein baant

6. Yeh sabaq 5 bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag-I - HE round.

(b) Bhag-II - HEAT round.

(d) Bhag-IV - Illuminating round

(e) Bhag-V - 9 mm Sub Calibre.

BHAG-I - HE ROUND

7. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) HE round ki visheshtaen.

(ii) Teen alag alag tarah se fire karne ke tariqe batao :-(aa) Zamin par takra kar.

(ab) Target ke upar kisi darakht ke tane se takra kar. (ac) Target ke upar air burst.

(b) Should Know.

(i) HE round ki nose scale samjhao.

(ii) Alag - alag range par fuze setting ke bare mein class se sawal karen.

BHAG-II - HEAT ROUND.

8. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) HEAT round ki visheshtaen.

(ii) Fire karne ka tariqa.

(b) Should Know.

(i) HEAT round kis sidhant par kam karta hai.

BHAG-III - SMOKE ROUND

9. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Smoke round ki visheshtaen.

(ii) Dhuen ka parda banana aur samay.

BHAG-IV - ILLUMINATING ROUND.

10. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Illuminating round ki visheshtaen.

(ii) Angle hasil karne ke liye pendulum sight ka istemal.

(b) Could Know.

(i) Illuminating round fire karne ke liye positionen.

(i) Round ke nose scale se jankari.

(ii) Raat ke waqt range lagane ke liye click ka istemal.

BHAG-V - 9MM SUB CALIBRE

11. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Iski visheshtaen.

(ii) Fire ke liye taiyar karna - Bayan ke saath namuna.

(iii) Bharna, fire aur khali karna - Bayan ke saath namuna.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Iske hisse purzon ke naam.

Sankshep

12. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

84 MM ROCKET LAUNCHER SABAQ 6 - FIRE AUR MISFIRE KI KARWAI

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puch kar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye.

Uddesh

4. Fire karna aur misfire ki karwai sikhana hai.

Saman

5. Launcher, sight bag, drill round, launcher ke samne tank target laga hua aur firing mechanism diagram board.

Bhagon mein Baant

6. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :-

(a) Bhag-I - Fire karna.

(b) Bhag-II - Misfire par karwai.

BHAG-I - FIRE KARNA

9. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Trigger ki karwai - Bayan ke saath namuna (Firing mech diagram par).

(ii) Class ke ek jawan se No 2 ka kam karaen aur Instructor fire karne ka bayan ke saath namuna de. (Class ko abhyas do)

(b) Should Know.

(i) Back blast area ke bare mein.

(ii) Rate of fire.

BHAG-II - MISFIRE PAR KARWAI

10. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Bayan karo aur class ke ek jawan ki madad se namuna do.

(ii) Class ko abhyas do aur kya hukam dena hai wah batao:-(aa) Fire.

(ab) Fire nahi.

(ac) Misfire, khali kar. (ad) Primer par chot nahi.

(iii) Could Know. 5 sec aur 15 sec ka waqfa kyon diya jata hai.

Sankshep

7. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

SABAQ-7 - ZEROING 84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER MK - II

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Is prakar karo :-

(a) Bandobast ki karawai.

(b) Squad ki ginti aur deton me bant, launcher aur saman ka Mulahiza.(Mulahiza student dwara).

Dohrai

2. Pichale lesson se sawal puchkar class se dohrai karen.

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar Instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye.

Uddesh

4. 84mm Rocket Launcher aur 9mm Sub Calibre ko zero karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

5. Do 84mm Rocket Launcher, sight bag, bag No 1, bag No 2, 9mm Sub Calibre, ek rest aur reticle pattern model.

Bhagon mein Baant

6. Yeh sabaq 3 bhagon mein chalaya jaye ga:-

(a) Bhag-I- Telescopic sight ko zero karna.

(b) Bhag-II- Open sight ko zero karna.

BHAG-I - TELESCOPIC SIGHT KO ZERO KARNA

7. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Telescopic sight ko zero karne ka bayan ke saath namuna do.

(ii) Upar niche dayen bayen ki correction ke bare main batao.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Bore sight se jankari aur istemal.

(i) 300 metre par bore sight karte hain.

BHAG-II - OPEN SIGHT KO ZERO KARNA

8. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Bayan ke saath namuna do

(b) Should Know.

(i) Larai ke dauran rest na mile to karwai kya hogi.

BHAG-III - 9MM SUB CALIBRE KO ZERO KARNA

9. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Bayan ke saath namuna do.

(ii) Range, Target, MPI ki jagah, upar / niche aur daen / baen ki galti par correction ke bare mein batao.

(b) Should Know. Zeroing kab kiya jata hai.

Sankshep

7. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

SABAQ 8 - HANDLING, TANK KO BARBAD KARNE KE TARIQE

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84mm Rocket Launcher -2007)

Note

1. Yeh sabaq 5 bhagon mein banta gaya hai. Bhag 1 aur 2 lecture ke taur par chalae jayenge aur Bhag 3,4 aur 5 training area mein. Sabaq shuru karne se pahle firing positions, camouflage aur concealment ka ek demonstration de dena chahiye. Jis area mein sabaq chalana hai usmein niche likhi sahuliaten honi chahiyen:-

(a) Tank ke ane ke raste.

(b) Hathiyar ko site karne ki mumkin positionen jismein:-

(i) Achha camouflage.

(ii) Dabi zamin.

(iii) Achha field of fire.

2. Bhag 3, 4 aur 5 ka alag - alag tarah ki zamin par practice karna chahiye.

BHAG-I - DEFENCE MEIN TAIYAR KI GAI POSITION SE TANK BARBAD KARNA

3. Is prakar batao:-

(a) Must Know.

(i) Tank appch ka Chunao.

(aa) Primary role. (ab) Secondary role.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Position mein Ane par Karwai.

(aa) Chhupao aur camouflage ka mahatva.

(ab) Fasle ka anuman lagana aur zamini nishan fire ke ilaqe mein chunna.

(ac) Ammunition rakhne ke sthan.

(i) Back blast area ke bare mein.

(ii) Contingency posn ka istemal.

(iii) Anya task jaise HHMT mein role.

BHAG-II - TANK HUNTING AUR AMBUSH LAGANA

4. Is prakar batao:-

(a) General Points.

(i) Stalking ka mahatva.

(ii) Anti tank team aur rifle sec ko milap mein aur nazdiq rahna chahiye.

(iii) Fire position aur supporting fire.

(b) Must Know.

(iv) Ambush lagane ki drill batao.

(v) Ambush party ka composition batao.

(vi) Ambush ke liye kaunsa sthan chuna jaye.

(vii) Supporting fire.

(i) Ambush lagate samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten.

(ii) Counter ambush drill.

BHAG-III - LARAI MEIN HATHIYAR KA ISTEMAL

(Yeh lesson training area mein chalaya jayega)

Saman

5. Ek launcher pure saman ke saath, harkati target ya garian aur drill rounds.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

6. Launcher ka mulahiza karen aur telescopic sight lagayen.

7. Training area mein munasib jagah par morche khuda hua hona chahiye.

8. Agar harkati targeton ka bandobast na ho sake to garian honi chahiye jinki harkat ke liye ishare mukarar hone chahiye.

Pahunch

9. Instructor apni banai hui pahunch de.

Uddesh

10. 84mm Rocket Launcher team ko larai mein hathiyar ka istemal karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Tartib

11. Yeh Sabaq Niche Diye hue Tariqe se Chalaya Jaye.

(a) Rocket launcher Team ki banawat.

(b) Target barbad karna

(d) Alternate Position

12. Yeh Sabaq is Prakar Chalayen.

(a) Must Know.

(i) RL Team ki banawat batao.

(ii) RL Team ke pas saman batao.

Note. Team ko morche mein jane dein. Dushman ki position, apni fauj ki position, tank ane ke mumkin raste batao. Zamini nishanon ke fasle ka anuman lagana batao. Ab RL team ko RL ke drill mein abhyas dein.

(iii) Target barbad karne mein practice dein.

(b) Should Know.

(i) Nuktachini karen :-

Sankshep

(aa) Fasle ka anuman lagana.

(ab) Target ki raftar ka anuman lagana. (ac) Firing position ka chunao.

(ad) Drill ke samay No 1 aur 2 ka milap. (ae) Drill mein teji.

(af) Chhupao aur camouflage.

(ii) Alternate position mein jane ka abhyas den.

13. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep karen.

Nirikshan

14. (a) Hathiyar.

(b) Saman.

BHAG-IV - STALKING

(Yeh lesson training area mein chalaya jayega)

Saman

15. Tank target ya garion ka istemal karo. Baqi saman Bhag-III ke saman ke mutabiq.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

16. Jis zamin par stalking karni hai use pahle se hi chun lena chahiye.

17. Stalking ka ilaqa start point se thora dur hona chahiye.

18. Hathiyar ka mulahiza karen aur class ko stalking ke liye taiyar karen.

Uddesh

19. Tank hunting aur ambush lagane mein abhyas dena hai.

20. Bhag teen ki tarah.

Abhyas

21. Anti-tank team aur section ki harkat batao, aur harkat karao. Ilaqe ke nazdik pahunchne par stalking shuru karna chahiye aur section ko aur RL team ko position pakadne ko kaho.

22. Must Know.

(a) RL lagane ka tariqa.

(b) Pahalu ki chal (side crawl).

(d) Toli mein crawling.

(e) Stalking mein practice.

Sankshep

23. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen

Nirikshan

(a) Hathiyar.

(b) Saman.

BHAG-IV - AMBUSH LAGANA

(Yeh sabaq training area mein chalaya jaega)

Saman

24. Bhag teen ki tarah. Target bhag teen ki tarah.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

25. Ambush ka ilaqa pahale se chuna hua hona chahiye. Pahale se driver ko garian lane ki jagah par rehearsal kar lena chahiye.

26. Hathiyar ka mulahiza karen aur team ko taiyar karen.

Uddesh

27. Anti-tank team ko ambush lagane aur tankon ko barbad karne mein abhyas dena hai.

28. Must Know.

(a) Ambush party ko occupy karne mein abhyas.

(b) Rocket Launcher ke position ka chunav. Sentry ko lagana.

(d) Target ambush mein ane par fire kholne par practice.

29. Should Know.

(a) Counter ambush drill.

30. Could Know.

(a) RL team ko drill mein practice.

BHAG-V - TEST OF ELEMENTARY TRAINING

Uddesh

1. 84mm RL ki handling ke darje ko malum karna hai.

Saman

2. Ek launcher pure saman ke saath, drill round, sight ke khake aur chhote tank ke khake.

TsOET - 1 Bharna

3. Sharten. No 1 aur 2 hathiyar ke saath kneeling position mein hon. Jab hukam milta hai ‘Bhar ‘ tab se puri karwai karne ke liye samay 6 seconds.

4. Darja. Is test ko teen baar kiya jae. Sari karwai durust aur die hue samay mein puri karni chahiye.

TsOET – 2 Misfire par karwai

5. Sharten. No1 aur 2 puri misfire drill karen. Uski bad donon Nos ki apas mein badli karen taki donon ka test liya ja sake.

6. Darja. Puri karwai durust honi chahiye.

TsOET - 3 Telescopic Sight se Shist Lena

7. Sharten. Harkati targeton par shist ki jagah chunne ke liye teen sawal kiye jaen. Jawanon ko kahen ki woh tank ke model ko sight ke khake ke upar durust shist ki jagah par lagaen.

8. Darja. Sab sawalon ke jawab sahi hone chahiye.

TsOET - 4 Telescopic Sight se Shist Lena

9. Sharten. No 1 aur 2 ko boresight ki madad se telescopic sight ko zero karne ke liye kahen.

10. Darja.Puri karwai durust honi chahiye. Samay ka lihaz nahin rakha jaega.

CHAPTER-1

HATHIYAR SE PARICHAY

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84mm Rocket Launcher -2007)

Hathiyar

1. 84mm Rocket Launcher Sweden ka bana hua hai. Yeh ek platoon ka bharose wala anti tank hathiyar mana gaya hai. Yeh anti tank role ke ilawa anti personnel.

Illuminating aur dhuan ka parda banane mein bhi ek asardar aur kargar hathiyar hai.

2. Yeh breech se bhara (Loaded) jata hai aur ismein pichhe ka dhakka nahin hota (Recoilless). Is ki banawat bahut saral hai parantu yeh ek bahut hi kargar hathiyar hai.

3. Ismein mount hone ke karan iski handling aur firing mein rifle se ziada farq nahi hai. Isliye isse alag alag position se fire kiya ja sakta hai. Yeh ek shoulder se fire karne wala hathiyar hai.

4. Iski firing mechanism (purze) hathiyar ke dahine hote hain aur iska sighting system baen taraf hota hai. RL mein anya prakar ke sighton se ham targeton ko engage kar sakte hain. Ismein open sight ke alawa telescopic sight, pendulum sight, night sight aur luminous sight bhi lagae jate hain.

5. Is hathiyar ke saath ek 9mm Sub Calibre device bhi ata hai, jisse ham ise short range par bhi fire karke HEAT round jaise mar ki qabliat hasil kar sakte hain.

6. Is hathiyar par do jawan asani se larai mein handling karke achha natija hasil kar sakte hain.

7. Is hathiyar se sikhlai dete waqt ziada zor iska anti tank role mein istemal per dena chahiye. Iske bad ek det ko itna mahir hona chahiye ki woh ek round ek tank ka mudda hasil kar sake.

CHAPTER-2

84MM RL KA WAQFIAT, KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher-2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

1. Class ki ginti det mein bant, launcher aur saman ka nirikshan.

Pahunch

2. Sabaq ke smbandit ustad khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Ustad yaad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se taluq rakhta ho.

Uddesh

3. 84mm Rocket Launcher se waqfiat, kholna, jorna aur safai ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

4. 84mm RL, Sight bag, Bag No 1, Bag No 2, tank tgt, black bd, long easel, chalk duster, small pointer.

Bhagon mein Baant

5. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag-I - Launcher ki vishesthayen aur tech data.

(b) Bhag-II - Kholna, hisse purjon ke naam, kaam aur jorna.

Bhag-I - Launcher ki Visheshtayenaur Tech Data

6. Visheshtayen.

(a) Yeh Sweden desh ka bana hua hathiyar hai.

(b) Yeh ek A/Tk hathiyar hai.

(d) Yeh din ke samay dhuwan aur raat ke samay roshni ke liye bhi istemal kiya jata hai.

(e) Yeh ek breech loaded hathiyar hai.

(f) Isse 6 prakar ka amn fire kiya jata hai.

7. Tech Data.

(a) Caliber - 84mm

(b) Khali launcher ka wt - 14.2kg

(d) Mount ke sath wt - 15kg

(e) Telescopic sight ka wt - 1.1kg

(f) T/Sight aur mount ke sath wt - 16.1kg

(g) Wooden box ke sath wt - 29.5kg

(h) Lambai - 113cm

(j) Barrel ki lambai - 83cm

(k) Ventury ki lambai - 30cm

(l) Grooves - 24 RH

(m) Open sight ka sight radius - 296mm

(n) Trigger Pull - 2.5 to 5kg

(o) Rate of fire - 06rds/min

(p) Back Blast - 15mtr lamba aur 12mtr chaourai

450 degree ke angle

(q) Sidhant - Breech loaded laterally percussion fire

(r) Striker Guage - 1.7mm to 2.79mm

(s) Amn Fired - 6 Parkar

(t) Auth per Inf Bn - 38

(u) Mech safety - Khuli ventury aur band ventury

Projection- Stop, Lock & Safe

8. Stop Projection. Jab venturi pura khula hota hain to stop projection kam karta hain, Jab trigger press karte hain firing rod ka cam pichhe ki harqat karta hain, lekin pura pichhe nahin ja pata kyon ki raste mein safe projection utha huwa hota hain, cam pura pichhe na ja pane ke karan firing pin round ke primer per chot nahin mar pati, is prakar stop projection safe pradhan karta hain.

9. Lock Projection. Jab venturi band hone se thora pahale ruk jati hain to lock projection safty pradhan karta hain, ismein bhi karwani same stop projection ki tarah hota hain, Trigger press karne per firing rod pichhe ki harqat karta hain, lekin safe projection utha huwa hone ke karan cam plate pura pichhe nahin ja pata. Jiske karan firing pin cam per sawar nahi hoti aur rd ke primer per chot nahin marta hain aur fire nahi hota, is prakar lock projection safty pradhan karta hain.

10. Safe Projection. Jab venturi puri tarah band ho jati hain to fastening strip pure centuri per aa jati hain jiske karan safe projection pura niche chala jata hain, Jab trigger ko press karte hain to cam pura pichhe aata hain aur firing pin cam per sawar ho kar primer per chot marta hain, jisse fire ho jata hain. Fire hone se hathiyar bhi safe hain aur firer bhi safe hain kyon ki venturi bhi puri band hain.

11. Sight Bag ka Saman. Telescope Sight, Pendulam Sight, Luminous Sight Adaptor, Safai ka Brush, Safai ka Kapra.

12. Sight Bag. Is bag mein nimnlikhit saman aata hai:-

(a) Telescopic sight.

(b) Brush.

(d) Luminous sight adaptor.

(e) Pendulum sight with box.

Fig. 1 Sight Bag Mein Saman

BHAG-II : KHOLNA, HISSE PURJON KE NAAM, KAAM, JORNA KA TARIQA.

13. 84mmRocketLauncher ko kholne ke liye yakin karen ki launcher cock nahi hai. Launcher ko kholne ke liye Bag No-1 ki zarurat parti hai. Bag No-1 ka saman:-

Bag No 1. Ismein nimnlikhit saman aate hai:-

(a) Bore Sight Adapter.

(i) Front Bore sight adapter.

(ii) Rear Bore sight adapter.

(b) Tool Roll.

(i) Main spring - 01

(ii) Foresight assembly - 01

(iii) Drift - 02

(iv) Spanner fore Sight & rear sight - 01

(v) Screw drivers - 03 (5,10,15mm)

(vi) Spare part box - 01

Figure 2

Tool Roll ka Saman

(c) Spare Part Box ka Saman. Fore sight locking screw, fore sight locking nut, Rear sight slide, rear sight slide locking screw, Trigger mech locking plate, trigger mech locking plate ka locking screw, trigger spring, sear, sear spring, trigger axis pin, sear axis pin, front cap, rear cap, firing pin, extractor spring, extractor spring locking screw, measuring plate 0.25mm.

Figure: 3 Spare Part Box ka Saman

14. Kholne ka Tariqa. Launcher ko khara Karen, 15mm screw driver ki madad se front cap ko kholen aur main spring ko bahar nikalen. Rear cap ko kholen, firing rod ko age jane den aur

firing pin ko bahar nikalen. Ek firer ko itna hi kholna ki zazrurat parti hai. Iske hisse purjon ke naam:-

HISSE PURJON KE NAAM

15. Safety Catch ki Chal. Jab safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par hoti hai to safety catch ka gol wala bhag sear ke neeche aa jata hai jisse trigger ko dabane par sear neeche nahi dab pata hai aur trigger press nahi hota hai. Jab safety catch ki posn ‘F’ par kiya jata hai to safety catch ka kata hua bhag sear ke neeche aa jata hai jisse sear ko neeche ane ki jagah mil jati hai aur trigger press ho jata hain.

16. Launcher ki Chal. Jab launcher ko cock kiya jata hai to firing rod age ki harkat karta hai, is dauran main spring front cap mein sikur jata hai aur firing pin cam se neeche utar jata hai. Jab main spring apni tanav ko poora karta hai to firing rod ko peechhe dhakelta hai, is dauran firing rod ke lug ka milap sear notch se ho jata hai aur launcher cock ho jata hai. Jab firer trigger ko dabata hai to firing rod lug aur sear notch ka milap tut jata hai, jisse firing rod peechhe ki harkat karta hai. Is dauran firing pin cam ke upar sawar ho jata hai aur chamber wale rd ke percussion cap par chot marta hai, jisse rd fire hojata hai.

Figure: 5 Spare Part Box ka Saman

17. Jorna. Jorne ke liye sabse pahle firing pin ko dakhil karen aur rear cap ko band karen, trigger ko press karte huye firing rod ko peechhe karen, launcher ko khara karen, main spring ko dakhil karen aur 15mm screw driver ki madad se front cap ko tight karen. Launcher ko neeche rakhen, cock karen aur trigger ko press karen.

BHAG-III : SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA

18. Safai karne ke liye Bag No-2 ki jarurat parti hai. Bag No-2 ka saman:-

(a) Cleaning rod three sec.

(b) Cleaning tool.

(d) Cleaning brush.

(e) Safai ka kapra.

Figure 6: Bag No 2 ka Saman

Safai karne ke liye cleaning rod ko joren, cleaning rod ko cleaning tool ke sath joren, Front cleaning tool ko kholte huye brush ko lagayen aur cleaning tool ko jor den. Barrel ya chamber kisi taraf se rod ka istemal karte huye safai ki ja sakti hai. Lubrication ke liye pahle bataye gaye tarike ki tarah hi oiling brush ko joren aur tel lagayen. Lubrication baki hathiyaron ki tarah.

CHAPTER-3

AMMUNITION SE JANKARI AUR HE AUR ILL ROUND KI NOSE PER RANGE LAGANE KA TARIQA

(Ref -Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84mm Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

1. Class ki ginti det mein bant, launcher aur saman ka nirikshan.

Pahunch

2. Sabaq ke smbandit ustad khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Ustad yaad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se taluq rakhta ho.

Uddesh

3. 84mm Rocket Launcher se waqfiat, kholna, jorna aur safai ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

4. Sabhi parkar ke drill round ke model, black bd, long easel, chalk duster, small pointer.

Bhagon mein Baant

5. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag-I - Sabhi parkar ke amn se jankari.

(b) Bhag-II - HE aur Illuminating round ki nose per range lagane ka tariqa.

BHAG-I : SABHI PARKAR KE AMN SE JANKARI

6. 84mm RL se 6 prakar ke amn fire kiye jate hain:-

(a) HEAT (High Explosive Anti Tank), FFV 651.

(b) TPT (Target Practice Tracer) (FFV 65).

(d) Illumination (FFV 545).

(e) Smoke (FFV 469).

(f) 9mm Sub Calibre Adapter (219)

Note :- FFV - Forenade Fabrics Verkan - United Factory Works

7. HEAT Round. Is ammunition ko tank, bunker ya pill boxes ke khilaf istemal kiya jata hai. Round ke phatne se tgt ke kai tukre ho jate hain jisse aas pass dushman ke jawanon ko bhi nuqsan pahunchaya ja sakta hai. Iski visheshtaen is prakar hain:-

(a) Ek round ka wazan - 2.6kg

(b) Do round container ke sath - 7kg

(d) Fuze - Direct Action

(e) Sidhant - Hollow Charge

(f) Range

(i) Khare Tgt - 500mtr

(ii) Harkati Tgt - 400mtr

(g) Pentration - 400mm Armr Plate 1000mm RCC

(h) Arming Distance - 5 se 15mtr

(j) High Temp - 30000 C se 40000 C

(k) High Speed - 16 se 20km/h

(l) High Pressure - 1 se 2 million kg/cm2

HEAT ROUND

HEAT ROUND KI CHAL

1. Fire ke baad projectail barrel se aage nikal jata hai saath hi projectile ke pichhe bhag se tracer jalna shuru hota hai.

2. Rg mein pahunchne ke baad rd ka nose tgt mein hit karta hai saath hi nose plug tut jatha hai.

3. Projectile tgt mein hit karne ke shock mein projectile ke ander inertia ka dhakka lagta hai (Kampan).

4. Jis se arming device mein sticker spring sikkud jatha hai , stricker aage nikal kar detonator ke upar chot martahai jis se detonator fat jatha hai aur chingari paida hota hai.

5. Yeh chingari booster ko aag detha hai aur auxiliary booster aag ko badhata hai aur bursting charge jaljatha hai.

6. Bursting charge ke jalne par athyadhik heat paida hota hai jis se 3 karwai hoti hai:-

(a) High temp - 3000 se 4000 degree C.

(b) High speed - 16 se 20 km/sec.

7. Liner (copper cone) heat se pighalna shuru hota hai.

8. Distance tube ke jariya lawa tk ke lohe ke chadhar mein g hus jata hai aur tk barbad ho jata hai.

HEAT ROUND

8. TPT Round. Is round ka tech data hu-ba-hu HEAT round ki tarah hi hoti hai. Antar sirf itna hota hai ki ismein copper cone aur bursting charge nahi hota hai. Yeh rd tank ko barbad karne ki kabiliyat nahi rakhta hai. Iska istemal trg ke liye kiya jata hai.

9. HE Round. Is round ka istemal dushman ki paidal sena aur patli chadar se bani garion ke barkhilaf kiya jata hai. Iski tech data is prakar hain:-

(a) Ek round ka wazan - 3.1kg

(b) Do round container ke sath - 8.2kg

(d) Fuze (FFV 447) - Time & Impact

(e) Karger Range - 1000mtr

(f) Max Range - 1250mtr

(g) Steel Ball - 850

(h) Arming Distance - 40 se 70mtr

(j) Killing Area - 10mtr radius

(k) Air burst ki zamin se unchai - 6 se 9mtr

(l) Time of Flight - 700mtr at 3.4sec

HE ROUND

Note. Jab HE Round hawa mein phattha hain to ismein se chhoti chhoti steel ke charre/balls nikalte hain jo ki tgt ko barbad karte hain. Is round mein 850 steel balls jo Neroprene rubber ke sath filled hote hain.

10. ILL Round. Is round ke fire se kafi roshni paida hoti hain jiski wajah se hum raat ke waqt aimed fire dal sakte hain. Yeh round raat ke waqt battle fd mein roshni dene ka kaam karta hai. Iski visheshtaen is prakar hai:-

11. Tech Data:-

(a) Ek round ka wazan 3.1kg

(b) Do round container ke sath 8.2kg

(d) Fuze (FFV 64C) Time combustion

(e) Karger Range 2100mtr

(f) Max Range 2300mtr

(g) Zamin se upar burst ki unchai 200mtr

(h) Roshini dene ka samay 30sec

(j) Roshini dene ki power 6,50,000candla

(k) Rate of decent 5mtr/sec

(l) 200 se fire karne per CP 265mtr

(m) 250 se fire karne per CP 395 se 405mtr

Raat ke samay click se rg laga sakte hain, teen click diye gaye hain 1700mtr, 1100mtr, 600mtr. Factory se yeh ‘S’ per aata hai. Shuru mein isko rg lagan eke liye pahle anticlock wise hi ghumaya jata hai baad main kisi bhi taraf ghumaya ja sakta hai.

ILL ROUND

12. Smoke Round. Is round ka istemal dhuan ka pardha banana ke liye istemal kiya jata hai aur sath apne troops ki harkat ko chupane ke liye bhi iska istemal kar sakte hai. Sight lagana aur shist lena hu-ba-hu HE round ki tarah hai. Iski visheshtaen is prakar hain:-

(a) Ek round ka wazan - 3.1kg

(b) Do round container ke sath - 8.2kg

(d) Karger Range - 1300mtr

(e) Dhuan dene ka samay - 2 min

(f) Smoke screen ki chaurai - 15mtr based on air

SMOKE ROUND

13. 9mm Sub Calibre Adapter (219). Training ke dauran ammunition ki bachat karne ke liye 9mm Sub Calibre adaptor se 9mm tracer round fire kiya jata hai. Iska wazan 2.9kg hai aur grooves 06 (RH) hain. Iski vish is parkar se hai:-

(a) Is adaptor ka istemal karke det ko zyada se zyada firing main abhyas diya ja sakta hai.

(b) Amn ki bachat.

(d) Iski trajectory HEAT round ki tarah hi banti hai.

(e) Is adaptor ka istemal karne se launcher ki barrel ki life per koi asar nahi parta hain.

(f) Isse fire kiye jane wala amn 9mm Tracer FFV-840 hai.

(g) Ek trg year main 450 rds auth hai.

14. 9mm Sub Calibre ek plastic container mein ata hai. Har container ke saath strap laga hota hai jisse isko asani se carry kiya ja sakta hain.

15. 9mm Sub Caliber Adaptor

9MM SUB CALIBRE ADAPTER 219

Iske hisse puje – Nose, zeroing screw, zeroing screw locking screw, body, rim, round races, sited for primer with cap holder, engagement surface dis-engagement surface. Firing mech (Pressure plate, bolt catch, firing pin catch, sited for 9mm tracer, plunger, firing pin).

16. Firing ke Liye Taiyar Karna. Firing mech ko bahar nikalen, 9mm tracer ko sited for tracer mein fit karen, firing mech ko adaptor ke andar dakhil karen aur safe par karen. Baki amn ki tarah RL mein bhar ki karwai karen. Primer with cap holder ko uski jagah fit karen. Ventury ko band karne se pahle firing mech ki posn ko ‘F’ pa karen aur ventury ko band karen.

17. Misfire Hone par Karwai. Misfire hone par ventury ko kholen, firing mech ko ‘S’ par karen aur adaptor ko bahar nikalen. Primer with cap holder ko check karen. Agar uske primer par chot ho to firing mech ke tracer ko nikalte huye tracer ke primer ko check karen. Agar tracer misfire ho to tracer aur primer with cap holder dono ki badli karen. Agar tracer ke primer par chot na ho to primer with cap holder ki badli karen aur dubara fire kare.

BHAG-II :HE AUR ILL ROUND KE NOSE PAR RG LAGANA

18. HE Round.Is round ko fire karne ke liye range drum ko bahar khench kar munasib range telescopic sight par lagaya jata hai. Is round ke nose ke upar ek scale bana hota hai jis par ek ‘S’ ka nishan hota hai aur 0 se 1250 M tak ke hisson mein banten hue hote hain. Nose ko ghuma kar zarurat shuda range indicator mark ke samne lagaya ja sakta hai. HE round ko teen alag alag tarikon se fire kiya jata hai:-

(a) Ground Burst (Zamin se takra kar phatna).

(b) Tana Burst (Tane se takra kar phatna).

(i) Ground Burst. Is tarike ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai, jab dushman khule ilake mein harkat kar raha ho sath hi dushman ke patli lohe ki chadar se bani garion ke barkhilaf bhi istemal kiya jata hai. Istarike mein tgt ka sahi rg telescopic sight par lagaya jata hai aur rd ki nose par ‘S’ lagakar fire kiya jata hai.

(ii) Tana Burst. Is tarike ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai jab dushman kisi ped ke neeche open trench mein baitha ho. Is tarike mein tgt ka sahi rg sight ke upar lagaya jata hai aur rd ke nose par sahi rg lagaya jata hai. Shisht lete samay shisht jis tane se takrana ho uske upar liya jata hai.

(iii) Air Burst. Is tarike ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai jab dushman kisi open trench mein baitha ho, upar se koi rukawat na ho ya dushman ki Inf open area mein harkat kar rahi ho. Waise to ek rd bhi air burst kiya ja sakta hai lekin sahi mudha hasil karne ke liye teen rd air burst kiya jata hai. Is tarike mein agar dushman 500m tak ke rg par ho to sight ke upar 600m rg lagaya jata hai. Agar dushman 600m ya usse se adhik rg par ho to sight ke upar actual rg se 100m jiada lagaya jata hai. Air burst ke liye teen rd taiyar kiye jate hain. Pahle rd ki nose par actual rg se 10m adhik, dusre rd ki nose par actual rg aur teese rd ki nose par actual rg se 10m kam rg lagaya jata hai. Fire karne ke liye sabse pahle adhik rg wala, phir actual rg wala aur akhir mein sabse kam rg wala rd fire kiya jata hai. Is prakar teen rd air burst karne par 20m x 40m ka ilaka cover hota hai.

AIR BURST

19. IlluminationRound. Is rd ka istemal ilake ko roshni karne ke liye kiya jata hai. Iski nose par ek ‘S’ aur 0 se 23 tak ke ank khude huye hote hain jo 2300m tak ke rg ko jahir karte hain. Jab rd aata hai to yeh ‘S’ par set ho kar aata hai. Jab rd ki nose par ‘S’ laga hua ho us samay ise clock wise nahi ghumaya ja sakta yani rg decending order mein hi lagaya ja sakta hai. 23 se neeche ki taraf karte huye rg lagaya ja sakta hai. Rg lagane ke liye iska pahla click 1700m, dusra click 1100m aur teesra click 600m rg ko jahir karta hai. Agar rg kam lagaya gaya ho us samay usse adhik rg clock wise ghumate huye lagaya ja sakta hai. Is rd ko do angle se fire kiya jata hai, 20 degree aur 25 degree. Jab 20 degree ke angle se fire kiya jata hai to 500m se 1800m tak ka rg hasil hota hai aur jab 25 degree ke angle se fire kiya jata hai to 300m se 400m tatha 1900m se 2100m rg hasil hota hai.

CHAPTER-4

84MM RL KI FIRING POSITION, BHARNA, KHALI KARNA

(Ref -Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84mm Rocket Launcher -2007)

Shuru Shuru ka Kaam

1. Class ki ginti det mein bant, launcher aur saman ka nirikshan.

Pahunch

2. Sabaq ke smbandit ustad khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Ustad yaad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se taluq rakhta ho.

Uddesh

3. 84mm Rocket ki firing posn, bharna aur khali karna ka tariqa.

Saman

4. 84mm RL, Sight bag, bag No 1, bag No 2, container, rifle, Tank tgt, Fig 11 tgt, black bd, chalk, duster, small pointer, ground sheet.

Bhagon mein Baant

5. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag-I - Firing Position.

(b) Bhag-II - Bharna aur khali karna ka tariqa.

BHAG-I - FIRING POSITION

6. Firing posn bataun usse pahle zaruri samjhata hoon ki mount ki posn ke bare mein bata doon taki aapko firing posn ikhtiyar karne mein asani ho. Mount ki teen posns hoti hai:-

(a) Nicha Mount. (b) Uncha Mount. (c) Tircha Mount.

Ek firer mount ki posn ko kis parkar ikhtiyar karta hai issi karwai ka namuna hathiyar par byan ke sath doonga aap dekhen tatha samjhen. Sabse pahle,

7. Uncha Mount. Zarurat, yeh posn tab ikhyiyar kiya jata hai Jab firer lying posn se fire kar raha ho. Karne ka tariqa sabse pahle dayen hath ki kalme bali ungli aur anguthe ki madad se mount catch ko upar ki taraf uthaen,mount ko bahar ki taraf kheenche, mount catch ko chhor den mount ko tab tak bahar ki taraf kheenche jab tak click ki awaj na aaye, dekhen is parkar,yeh tha uncha mount.

8. Neecha Mount. Zarurat jab launcher ko kote main rakhna ho,rest posn main rakhna hoya squad post main rakhna ho toh neecha mount posn main rakha jata hai. Karne ka tariqa

mount catch ko seekhe hue tariqe se uthaen mount ko ander ki taraf dhakelen,mount catch ko chhor den, mount ko tab tak ander ki taraf dhakelen jab tak click ki awaj na aaye dekhen is parkar, yeh tha neecha mount.

9. Tirchha Mount. Zarurat Jab lying posn ke alawa anya kisi posn se fire karna ho ya launcher ko ek jagah se dusri jagah par le jana ho to tirchha mount lagaya jata hai. Karne ka tariqa mount catch ko seekhe hue tariqe se upar ki taraf uthaen, mount ko clockwise turn Karen mount catch ko chhor den mount ko tab tak gumaen jab tak click ki awaj na aaye, Yeh thi mount ki position yahan tak kiye gaye bayan aur karwai main kisi bhi student ka koi swal. Swal nahi to up.

10. Firing Position. 84mm RL ko char posns se fire kiya jata hai. Standing Posn, Kneeling Posn, Sitting Posn aur Lying Posn.

(a) Standing Position. Zarurat jab aarh 4 se 41/2 feet ki ho ya fire trench se fire karne ki zarurat pade toh standing posn ka istemal kiya jata hai karne ka tariqa:-

(i) No 1 ki Position. Mount ko tirchhi position mein karta hai aur launcher ko dahine kandhe par uthata hai. Donon pair kad ke mutabiq khule hue body wt donon pair ke upar. Eye relief takriban 2 inch ho. Baen haath front grip par aur dahina haath pistol grippar. Agar harkat tgt ko engage karne ki zarurat pare to tgt ke samne ek Nishan chune aur shist ko nishan par milayen aur tgt ko barbad kare.

(ii) No 2 ki Position. No 2, No 1 ke dahine kandhe ke saath launcher ki taraf munh rakhte hue itna paas rahe ki No 1 ke addeshko sun sake aur sath hi bhar thatha khali kar ki karwai kar sake.

Standing Position

(b) Kneeling Position. Zarurat, jab aarh 2 se 21/2 feet ki ho toh kneeling posn ka istemal kiya jata hai karne ka tariqa:-

(i) No 1 ki Position. Aam kneeling posn ikhtyar kare. Pakar standing position ki tarah. Agar harkat tgt ko engage karne ki zarurat pare to tgt ke samne ek Nishan chune aur shist ko nishan par milayen aur tgt ko barbad kare.

(ii) No 2 ki Position. No 2, No 1 ke dahine kandhe ke saath launcher ki taraf munh rakhte hue itna paas rahe ki No 1 ke addesh ko sun sake aur sath hi bhar thatha khali kar ki karwai kar sake.

Kneeling Position

(a) Sitting Position. Zarurat, jab upar se neche ya dhalwandhar zamin sefire karna ho toh sitting posn ka ikhtiyar ki jati hai:-

(i) No 1 ki Position Aam rifle ki position ki tarah aur dono kohniyan ghutane par ho. Agar harkat tgt ko engage karne ki zarurat pare to tgt ke samne ek nishan chune aur shist ko nishan par milayen aur tgt ko barbad kare.

(ii) No 2 ki Position. No 2, No 1 ke dahine kandhe ke saath launcher ki taraf munh rakhte hue itna paas rahe ki No 1 ke addesh ko sun sake aur sath hi bhar thatha khali kar ki karwai kar sake.

Sitting Position

(b) Lying Position. Zarurat, jab aarh 1 feet ya khule ilake main ya kisi anya position se fire karna munsib na ho toh lying position ikhtiyar ki jati hai:-

(i) No 1 ki Position. No1 launcher ko uncha mount karta hai aur launcher ke bayen 90 degre ke angle mein position leta hain aur apne dayen paon ko bayen paon ke upar rakhta taki back blast se bacha ja sake.Agar harkat tgt ko engage karne ki zarurat pare to tgt ke samne ek nishan chune aur shist ko nishan par milayen aur tgt ko barbad kare

(ii) No 2 ki Position. No 2 launcher ke bayen bayen 90 degre ke angle main position leta hain aur apne bayen paon ko dayen paon ke upar rakhta taki back blast se bacha ja sake.

Lying Position

BHAG-II - BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA

11. Bharna.Ek launcher firer kis parkar se bhar aur khali kar ki karwai karta hai namuna hathiyar par bayan ke sath doonga aap dekhen, sune tatha samjhen. Kneeling posn uthaen RL sight bag .

(a) No 1 ka Hassiyat Se. Jab No 1 ko tgt area mein tgt dikhai de ya hukam mile ‘Bhar’ toh No 1 launcher ko cock karta hai aur safety catch ki posn ko safe per karta hai aur No 2 ko addesh deta hai ‘Bhar’.

(b) No 2 ka Hassiyat Se. No 2, No 1 ke addesh ko dohrata hai aur venturi strap ko dabate hue venture ko kholta hai aur chamber ka mulaiza karta hai aur saaf karta hai. Container se round ko nikalata hai aur round ka muliza karta aur saaf karta hai, round races aur chamber guide ko madad se chamber main dakhil karta hai. Back blast area ka nirikshan karta hai aur agar koi jaandhar vastu ya rukawat hai toh use hatata hain agar na hatne wali vastu hai toh apni firing posn ki jagah ki badly karta hai. Back blast area saaf toh ventury ko band karta hai aur No 1 ki peedh per thapki lagate huye up pukarata hai aur apni jagah per baith jata a hain.

BharnaKhali Karna

12. Khali Karna. No 1 ko tgt na dikhai de ya sqd post trg ke dauran aadesh mile bina fire khali kar

(a) No 1 ka Hassiyat se. No 1 yakin karta hai ki launcher cock hai aur safety catch ki posn “S’ per hai aur No 2 ko aadesh deta hai ki bina fire khali kar.

(b) No 2 ka Hassiyat se. No 2, No 1 ke addesh ko dohrata hai aur ventury strap ko dabate hue ventury ko kholta hai aur fastening strap ko aage ki taraf ko karte hue round ko bahar nikalata hain aur round ko container main band karta hai aur sath hi ventury ko band karta hai aur No 1 ki peedh per thapki lagate huye up pukarata hai aur apni jagah per baith jata a hain. No ek safety catch ki position ko ‘F’ karta hai aur shist lete hue trigger press karta hai.

Gen

CHAPTER 5 STALKING

(Ref - Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

1. 84mm RL ke saath stalking (barhrana) hu-ba-hu anya hathiyaron ki tarah hai. Baki anya karwai aur harkat stalking karte waqt aam sikhlai se milti-julti hai isliye is hathiyar ke saath stalking karte waqt un sab baton par dhyan diya jae.

Pahlu ki Chal

2. Chitra ko dekhen aur samjhen.

Pahlu Ki Chal

Cheetah Chal (Leopard Crawl)

3. Chitra ko dekhen aur samjhen.

Cheetah Chal

Jori mein Crawling

4. Hu-ba-Hu LMG ki tarah.

CHAPTER-6

84MM RL KE SIGHTING SYSTEM

Ref - (Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Gen

1. 84mm RL ke sath alag alag kism ke round fire karne ke liye nimnlikhit sighting system ka istemal kiya jata hai. Open sights ke ilawa anya sight is prakar hain:-

(a) Telescopic sight.

(b) Pendulum sight.

(d) Passive Night Sight.

Telescopic Sight

2. Is sight ka wazan 1.1kg, Magnification-2x, Field of view-17 degree hai aur iske hisse is prakar hain:-

(a) Eye Guard (h) Deflection drum

(b) Eye piece (j) Deflection drum locking screw

(d) Plunger (l) Slipping scale locking screw

(e) Plunger Hook (m) Range drum

(f) Elevation drum (n) Range indicator arm

(g) Elevation drum locking screw (o) Objective glass

Telescopic sight

TELESCOPIC SIGHT KA RETICLE PATTERN

3. Elevation aur deflection drum zeroing ke dauran kaam mein ate hain. Elevation drum ke upar alag alag temperature ke liye teen position hain:-

(a) 10 degree C se kam tapmaan - Nila Nishan

(b) 10 degree C se 30 degree C - Safed Nishan

4. Sleeping scale ke upar 15 division + ki taraf aur 15 division – ki taraf hote hain. Ek division 200 mtr range par tgt par 20 cm ka farak dalta hai. RL ko bore sighting karne ke baad slipping scale ke locking screw ko loose karke slipping scale ke 0 ko white nishan ke samne kar diya jata hai.

5. Range drum ki do positionen hain jab andar ki taraf ho toh safed range scale hasil hota hain. Ismen 0 se 6 tak ank khude hue hain jo ki HEAT, TPT aur 9mm Tracer round ko fire karne mein kaam ati hai. Is par 0 se 600 tak hisse bane hue hain aur har 50m par rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hain Jab rg drum ko 0 per karke bahar kinchte hain toh green range scale hasil hota hain jisse HE aur Smoke round fire karne ke liye istemal kiya jata hain. Ismein 0 se 1300m tak ank khude hue hainjo 1300m tak ke rg ko Jahir karte hain. Is rg scale main 700m tak 50m-50m rg lagane ki suvidha di gai hain jabki 700m se 1300m tak 100m-100m rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hain.

Open Sight

6. Front Open Sight. Yeh sight Rif ki tarah hi hai. Agar is ko istemal na karma ho to barrel ke sath baitha diya jata hai. Fore sight mein telescopic sight ki tarah ek khari line hai jo ki khare tgt par shist lene mein kaam aata hai. Vertical bar ke dayen aur bayen donon taraf horizontal baar bane hain jo harkati tgt ko engage karne ke liye istemal kiya jata hai. Isse aap samjhen aap black board ki madad se.

7. Vertical aur horizontal line ke beech ka ilaka 8 km, horizontal bar ka andar wala kinara 16 km aur bahar wala kinara 32 km ki raftar se chalne wale tank tgt ko engage karne ke liye istemal kiya jata hai.

8. Rear Open Sight. Eye guard, aperture, range drum, rear sight slide aur locking screw, rear sight adjusting screw aur nut. Isse aap samjhen model ki madad se, Rear sight par bhi do rg scale bane huye hain. Andar ki taraf safed rg scale jispar 0 se 5 tak ke ank khude huye hai. Green rg scale jispar 0 se 8 tak ke ank khude huye hain, lekin is rg scale mein 850m tak rg lagaya ja sakta hai. Open sight mein bhi range set karne ke liye Indicator arm aur alag-alag

tapman ke liye teen nishan banaye gaye hain inka istemal telescopic ke nishano ki tarah hi kiya jata hai.

9. Pendulum Sight. Illuminating round ko fire karte samay is sight ka istemal kiya jaata hai. Is ke beech mein ek window aur andar ek kali line di gai hai jise hair line ke name se jana jata hai. Is sight ka istemal karte huye do angle hasil kiya jate hai yeh kis parkar se hasil kiye jate hai isse aap samjhen model ki madad se. Yeh model pandulam sight ko darshata hai. Jab hair line ko window ke madhya mein milaya jata hai to 20 degree ka angle hasil hota hai. Is angle mein 500m se 1800m tak ka rg hasil hota hai. Jab hair line ko window ke upar wale bhag se milaya jata hai to 25 degree ka angle hasil hota hai, jisse 300m se 400m aur 1900m se 2100m tak ka rg hasil hota hai.

Note. Illuminating round sirf standing ya kneeling position se hi fire kia jata hai.

10. Passive Night Sight.Is sight ka istemal raat ke samay fire karne ke liye kiya jata hain:-

(a) Weight without bracket - 1.76kg

(b) Bracket ka weight - 670gms

(d) Width - 93mm

(e) Height - 93mm

(f) Weight with bracket - 2.43kg

(g) Operating life - 2000hrs

(h) Magnification - 5x

(j) Sidhant - Image Intensification

(k) Field of view - 9 degree

(l) Operating Temp - -300 C se 450 C

(m) Storage Temp - -300 C se 650 C

(n) II Tube - 2nd generation 18mm Micro channel

(o) Range.

(i) Gp of detection - 400m

(ii) Engagement - 300m

(iii) Tank Detection - 600m

(Iv) Engagement - 500m

PASSIVE NIGHT SIGHT

Hisse purjon ke Naam. (04 Assy)

(a) Objective glass housing with rubber cap.

(b) Eye piece Assy.

(d) II Tube with bty housing Assy.

10’

300

400

500

600

32 16 8

KM KM KM

8 16 32

KM KM KM

RETICLE PATTERN 84MM RL MK-II NIGHT SIGHT

11. Luminous Sight Adaptor. Raat ke samay dushman ke upper kargar fire dalne ke liye luminous sight adaptor ko istemal kiya jata hai is sight ka istemal karte samay tgt par roshani jaruri hai. Iske bhi do bhag hote hain, front aur rear. Front luminous sight adaptor ko RL ke front open sight par aur rear luminous sight adaptor ko aperture ke upar lagaya jata hai.

12. Bore Sight Adaptor. Iska istemal RL ko boresighting karne ke liye kiya jata hai. Iske bhi do hisse hote hain, front boresight adaptor aur rear boresight adaptor. Front boresight

adaptor ko RL ke muzzle ki taraf aur rear boresight adaptor ko chamber ki taraf se andar lagaya jata hai.

13. Shist Lene ka Tariqa.

(a) Khare Tgt ke Liye. Khare tk tgt par open sight se shisht lene ka tarika bilkul rif ki tarah hi hota hai. Telescopic sight se tgt ko engage karne ke liye rg ka andaja lagayen aur range drum par range lagaye. Retical pattern ki pari line ki madad se RL ko seedha rakhen aur khare line ka upper wala kinara tgt ke madhya mein milayen.

(b) Harkati Tgt Par. Agar tgt 100m ki duri tak apni taraf aa raha hai to ya apne se dur jar aha ho to aise tgt par shist lene ka tariqa bilkul khare tk tgt ki tarah hi hota hai. Agar tk tgt 100m se dur ho aur apni taraf aa raha ho to shisht tgt kemadhya se thora niche aur agar tk tgt apne se dur ja raha ho to shist tgt ke madhya se thora upar lena chahiye jisse head on aur head off tgt khehta hai. Agar tk bayen ya dayen se harket kar raha ho to sabse tgt ka rg malum kar rg drum ke upar lagayen, tk ki raftar ko malum karen, jis taraf se tk harkat kar raha ho telescopic sight ke usitaraf ka lead istemal kiya jaye. Firing ke lihaj se tk ki speed ko teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai8 km/h, 16 km/h aur 32 km/h. Zaruri nahi ki jab tk tgt ko engage kiya ja raha ho us samay hawa na chal rahi ho. Hawa ke asar ko kam karne ke liye lead tk tgt par liya jata hai. Jis taraf se hawa chal rahi ho tk tgt ke usi taraf hawa ke liye lead liya jata hai.

Aiming Chart – Rules For Target Aiming

CHAPTER 7

84MM RL KA FIRE AUR MISFIRE

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Fire Karna

1. Trigger Operation. Anya hathiyaron ki tarah 84mm RL ke trigger ke do khichav hain, pehla halka aur lamba khichav dusra chota aur sakhat khichav, Jab firer ko target area mein target dikhai deta hai toh pehla khichav hasil karta hai drust shist mil jane par dusra khichav hasil karta hai. Trigger par 2.5kg se leakar 5kg ka dabav ane par trigger press ho jata hai. Trigger press hone par round fire ho jata hai, jisse brl ke raste projectile aur venturi se shola nikkalta hai jise back blast kehte hain.84mm RL ka back blast ka ilaqa breach ke peeche se 45 degree ke angle par 15m lamba aur 12m choura hota hai. Fire karte waqt is ilaqe mein koi jandar chiz, ammunition ya rukawat nahi honi chahiye.

2. Jaha per RL det ko target dikhaya jata hain jis posn se fire karna ho usi posn se tgt dikhaya jae. Jab RL det ko target dikhai deta hai toh No 1, No. 2 ko hathiyar amn taiyar kar ka adesh deta hai. No 2, No 1 ke adesh ko dohrata hai. No 1 RL ki sight par range lagata hai aur No 2 amn ko taiyar karta hai. HEAT bhar ke aadesh per No 1 Launcher ko cock karta hai safety catch ki position ko safe par karta hai aur No 2 ko bhar ka adesh deta hai. No 2, No 1 ke adesh ko dohrata hai venturi ko kholta hainirikshan karta hai aur venturi aur chamber ko saaf karta hai. Bhar karne se pahle No 1, No 2 ko "Stop" ka adesh deta hai, No 2 se check back report leta hai, check back report No 2 ke adesh par No 2 round ki kism aur tadad ka hawala deta hai aur durust bhar ki karwai karta hai. No 1 bhi check back karta hai check back No 1 ke adesh par No 1 Range, Range scale aur shist ka hawala deta hai. "Fire" ke adesh par No 1 safety catch ki position ko 'F' par karta hai, drust shist lete huye sahi trigger operation ki karwai karta hai. Is parkar round fire ho jata hai aur donon Nos target area mein round ki maar ko dekhte hain agar round on tgt nah o toh munasib correction dekar dusra round fire karte hain.Is tarah se ek sikhlai paya huya RL det 1 minute mein 6 rounds fire karta hai.

3. Misfire. Sune is parkar trigger ko dabane se rd fire na ho ya sqd post trg ke dauran adesh mile ‘fire nahi’ to No 1 usi posn pakar aur shist ko kayam rakhte huye 5 sec ka wafa deta hai, trg ke dauran is wakhwa ko jahir karne ke liye 5 tak ki ginti ki jati hai. Agar 5 sec ka wafa dene par bhi rd fire na ho to No 1 dubara RL ko cock karta hai aur durust shist lete hue trigger ko press karta hai. Agar dubara trigger press karne par bhi rd fire na ho ya adesh mile ‘phir fire nahi’ to No 1 usi posn, pakar aur shist ko kayam rakhte huye 15 sec ka wakhwa deta hai, trg ke dauran 15 tak ki ginti ki jati hai, Agar 15 sec ka wafa den ke bad bhi round fire na ho to No 1 launcher ko cock karta hai aur safety catch ko S par karta hai aur No 2 ko 2 min ka wakhwa dene ka aadesh deta hai, 02 minute ka wakhwa note ho jane per No 1 ki peeth par thapki marta hai aur up pukarta hai. 2 minute ka wakhwa note karne ke bad bhi rd fire na ho to ‘misfire khali kar ka adesh deta hai’. No2 khali kar ki karwai karta hai. Yahan par No2 se check priemer report li jati hai. Report No 2 ke aadesh par No2 rd ke primer ko check karta hai, agar primer par chot na ho to donon milkar firing pin ki badli karte hain. Agar primer par chot ho toh misfire round ko nose tgt ki taraf, firing posn se 50mtr aage aur dahine rakha jata hai. No-1 dusra HEAT bharne ka adesh deta hai. Fire ke aadesh per No1 durust shisht lete huye trigger ko press karta hai. Rd fire hone par donon tgt area mein rd ki maar ko dekhte hain Is parkar tgt barbad ho jata hai. Yeh tha misfire hone par karwai karne ka tariqa.

Misfire hone ke karan:-

(a) Main spring ka kamjor hona.

(b) Firing pin ka tut jana ya ghis jana.

CHAPTER 9 BORESIGHTING &ZEROING

(Ref- Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Gen

1. 84mm RL ka agar round ek bar tank par miss ho jaye to ek jagruk tank apko dusri bar us par fire karne ka mauqa nahi dega. Isliye zaruri hai kih iski durust zeroing kari jae.

Zeroing ke Mauqe

2. Hu-ba-hu anya hathiyaron ki tarah.

Zeroing ka Saman

3. Launcher ko zero karne saman ki niminlikhit saman ki zarurat parti hain:-

(a) Boresight adopter.

(b) Screw driver.

(d) RL zeroing tgt.

(e) Sight bag.

(f) Bag No 1 aur 2.

Boresighting

4. Axis of bore aur line of sight ko di hui rg par chune hue nishan par milane ki karwai ko bore sighting kahte hain. Bore sighting bina fire ki jati hai, jabki zeroing hum fire karkekarte hain.

5. Bore Sighting ke Liye Saman.

(a) Boresighting stand.

(b) 84mm RL.

(d) Bag No 1.

(e) Tgt 4x 4.

6. Karne ka tariqa:-

(a) Front Boresight Adopter. Front boresight adopter ko muzzle bare wale trikon ko upar ki taraf hona chahiye aur zamin ke samananter ho.

(b) Rear Sight. Rear bore sight mein ek aperture hota hai. Yeh venturi ko khol kar breech mein fit kiya jata hai. In donon boresighton ke madad se line of sight ko tgt ke POA per milaya jata hain.

7. Open Sight ko Zero Karna

(a) Launcher stand ko zamin par hamwar rakhen.

(b) RL ko stand par fit karen.

(d) Bore sight attachment len aur rear bore sight ko venturi khol kar chamber mein fit karen aur front bore sight ko muzzle mein age se fit karen.

(e) Yakin karen ki front bore sight attachment zamin ke hamwar hai. (Bare wala trikon uper ki taraf hona chahiye).

(f) Open sight ko upar uthaen aur rg drum ko pura niche karen.

(g) Jitna rg se fire karna ho utna hi rg par tgt ko lagayen (rg available hai to kam rg par bhi bore sighting kar sakta hai.

(h) Ventury ke zariye bore sight se stand ko harkat dete hue chune hue POA par shist len.

(j) Launcher ke open sight se usi nishan par shist len.Agar durust shist chune hue POA par mil jati hai to open sight durust bore sight hai. Yadi dono shist chune hue nishan par nahi milti hai to karwai is prakar karen:-

(i) Uper niche ki Galti. Elevation drum ko ghumayen yadi shist niche mil rahi ho to elevation drum ko ghadi ke ulte rukh ghumao,yadi upar mil rahi ho to ghari ke sulte rukh ghumao.

(ii) Dayen / Bayen ki galti. Back sight adjusting nut ko spanner ki madad se dhila karen. Ab screw ko ghuma kar dayen / bayen ki munasib harkat den, dobara shist check karen. Yadi shist thik mil jati hai to nut ko spanner ki madad se tight karen.Ab range indicator arm ko dhila karen jis tapman wale ilake main boresight kar rahe ho us nishan ko zero ke samne karenaurscrew ko tight karen.

Note. Ek mils ki correction 200m per 40cm ka farak dalta hain.

Telescopic Sight Bore Sight Karna

8. Telescopic sight ko zero karne ka tariqa:-

(a) Boresight fit karne ke baad launcher ko rest par rakhen.

(b) Telescopic sight ko lagaen aur range drum zero par karen.

(c) Elevation drum aur deflection drum ke locking screw ko dhila karen dhyan rahe slipping scale ka locking screw tight ho.

(d) Boresight aopter ke beech se dekhen aur jitna rg se fire karna ho utna hi rg par chune hue nishan par boresight ke zariye shist len.

(e) Telescopic sight se dekhen aur reticle pattern ki khadi line ko tgt ke POA milana chaiya. Agar donon shist mil rahi hain toh locking screw ko tight karen. Yadi POA per nahi mil rahi hain toh karwai is parkar karen:-

(i) Uper / Niche ki galti. Elevation drum ko plus ki taraf ghumane se retical pattern upar jata hai aur minus ki taraf ghumane se niche ki taraf uthta hai. Is prakar elevation drum ko munasib harkat dete hue reticle pattern ki khari line ke upar wale hisse ko POA se mila den.

(ii) Dayen/ Bayen ki galti. Deflection drum ko right ki taraf ghumane se reticle pattern dayen ki taraf harkat karta hai aur left ki taraf ghumane se bayen ki harkat karta hai. Is prakar eflection drumko munasib harkat dekar reticle pattern ki khari line ke uparwale hisse ko POA par mila den. Ab dobara shist check karen yadi shist thik mil jati hai to Elevation aur deflection locking screw ko tight karen. Range indicator arm ko dhila karen aur zero ko us tapman ke samne karen jis tapman wale ilake main zeroing ki ja rahi ho aur slipping screw ke locking screw ko tightkaren.

Note:- Ek mils ki correction 200m per 20cm ka farak dalta hain.

Zeroing 9mm Sub Calibre Adapter

9. Sub Calibre Device ke faide

(a) Koi vishesh firing range ki jarurat nahi.

(b) Squad post trg ke dauran bhi istemal.

(d) Tgt ka bayan thik dhang se.

(e) Det ko durust angle se fire karne mein abhyas.

(f) Det ko correction dene mein abyas.

(g) Hathiyar (RL) ki zindagi par koi asar nahi.

(h) Ise unit mein banaya ja sakta hai.

(j) Kam samay mein adhik abhyas.

(k) Amn ki bachat.

10. Zeroing ka Tarika.

(a) Tgt.4’ x 4’ jis mein 20 x 20 cm ka (+) ka nishan ho.

(b) Amn.9mm tracer primer ke sath.

(d) Yadi 100m par MPI POA se 10cm niche banta hai toh 9mm sub caliber adapter thik zero hai.

(i) Uper/ niche ki Galti. Yadi MPI sahi jagah par nabane to karwai is prakar se karen 9mm sub calibre adapter ke rd races ko zamin ki taraf karte hue sub calibre ko pakden. Yadi MPI upar ban raha hai to Niche wale elevation screw ko dhila karen aur upar wale elevation screw ko tight karen. Yadi MPI upar ban rahi hai to upar wale elevation screw ko dhila karen aur niche waleelevation screw ko tight karen.

(ii) Dayen/Bayen ki Galti. 9mm sub calibre ko usiprakar pakrenjaise ki uper niche ki galti dur karte samay pakra tha. Yadi MPI dahine ban raha ho to bayen wale deflection screw ko dhilakaren aur dahine wale deflection screw ko tight karen.YadiMPI bayen ban raha hai to karwai is ke viprit karen.

(e) Dobara Check Gp Fire Karen.

(i) 100m se 250m tak - MPI 10cm POA se niche

(ii) 300m - MPI POA par

(iii) 350m - MPI 20cm POA se upar

(iv) 400m - MPI 50cm POA se upar

Note:- 100m par elevation aur deflection screw ko ek chakar dene se MPI mein 36 cm ka farak parta hai.

CHAPTER-11

RANGE PAR SURAKSHA SAMBANDHI NIYAM

(Ref-Infantry Training Volume I, Infantry Platoon Weapons Pamphlert No 5, 84MM Rocket Launcher -2007)

Gen

1. Haadson se bachane ke liye yeh zaruri hai ki 84mm RL ke saath karwai karte waqt savdhani se kaam liya jae takih hathiyar aur detachment ko kisi kism ki chot na pahunche.

HEAT Round

2. (a) HEAT round ko durust tariqe se banae hue morche se hi fire kia jae. Yakeen karen kih venturi hamesha zamin ke satah se upar ho aur pichhe wala bhag morche se bahar nikla ho.

(b) Do firing point ke beech ka faisla kam se kam 12m ho aur sab ek line mein ho.

TPT Round

3. TPT round ko kisi bhi firing position ya khule mein fire kiya ja sakta hai. Yakeen karen kih back blast ka ilaqa jo kih venturi se 45 degree ke angle par 15m ka hota hai aur iske alawa venturi se 30m pichhe koi rukawat na ho aur is ilaqe mein ammunition na rakha ho.

Firing Point Officer aur Waiting Detail

4. Firing point officer ke liye ek control tower banaya jaega. Yeh aisi jagah par hona chahiye jahan se yeh officer sare firing point, waiting details aur target ke area ko dekh sake. Target ke pichhe ka ilaqa bhi nazar ana chahiye takih who koi round blind ho to use dekh sake. Waiting detail ke lie bhi morche banaye jaenge jo kih firing point ke ek taraf aur kam se kam 25m pichhe ho.

Target ka Faisla

5. HEAT round ke liye koi bhi target 200m se kam ke faasle par nahin hona chahiye. Danger Area mein ane wale sare admion ko steel helmet pahanna chahiye. TPT round ke lie target 200m se bhi kam ho sakta hai.

Target ki Qismein

6. HEAT round ke lie target sakht satah ka hona chahiye jaise kih koi barbad tank ya steel plate aur target ke pichhe sakht zamin takih miss round blind na ho. TPT round ke lie sakht target ki avashyakta nahin hai aur koi kapre ka target 16’ x 8’ ya hessian cloth tgt banane ke liye istemal kiya ja sakta hai.

Note. Harkati targeton ke lie haden bant deni chahiye aur sirf TPT round ka istemal kiya jaye.

HEAT, HE, Smoke Aur Illumination Round

7. Inke suraksha sambandhi niyam milte hi sanshodhan dwara prakashit kie jaenge. Parantu dhyan rahe ki HEAT ke suraksha sambandhi niyam inke liye bhi lagu hain, khaskar HE round ko ek jagah se dusre jagah le jate waqt khas dhyan rakha jaye. Smoke ya illuminating round fire karne se pahle dhyan rakhe kih target

Note. Zinda round ko ek jagah se doosre jagah lejate waqt donon haathon se uthaya jaye.

DA TEMPLATE FOR 84MM RL HEAT

84MM ROCKET LAUNCHER MK-III

LESSON-1

SABAQ 1 - LAUNCHER SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI KARNA KA TARIQA

Saman

1. 84 mm RL MK -III, Bag No-1, Bag No-2, Black Bd, Duster, long easel, duster ,Ground Sheet.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

2. Is prakar se Karen :-

(a) Bandobast ki karwai.

(b) Class ki ginti aur deton mein bant .

Pahunch

3. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko batae. Instructor yad rakhe ki pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se samandit ho.

Uddesh

4. 84 mm RL Mk-III se waqfiat, Kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Bhagon mein baant

5. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - RL MK -III ki vishtayen aur zaruri tech data.

(b) Bhag II - Kholna, hisse purjon ke naam,kam,chal aur

jorna

BHAG I - RL MK -III KI VISHESTAYEN AUR ZARURI TECH DATA

6. Vishestayen

(a) Yeh Sweden ka bana hua hathiyar hai.

(b) Yeh ek A/Tk hathiyar hai.

(d) Yeh din ke samay dhuwan aur raat ke samay roshni ke liye bhi istemal kiya jata hai.

(e) Fire power aur rg jyada hai.

(f) Is se 13 parkar ka amn fire kiya jata hai.

(g) Carry karne ke liye carrying handle ki suvidha di gayi hai.

(h) Adjustable front grip aur shoulder pad diya gaya hai.

(j) MK II ke bansipat wajan mein halka.

(k) Para dropping ke liye Polyurethane cover diya gaya hai.

(l) Isme mounting bracket diya gaya hai.

(m) Brl ko majboot banane ke liye Epoxy Carbon Fiber ka lep kiya hai.

7. Technical Data

(a) Khali Launcher ka wazan - 10 Kg (appx)

(b) Bipod ka wazan - 300 gm

(e) Wooden box ke sath wt - 29 Kg

(f) Lambai - 1065 mm

(g) Barrel ki lambai - 850 mm

(h) Venturi ki lambai - 215 mm

(j) Grooves - 24 (RH)

(k) Open sight ka sight radius - 296 mm

(l) Trigger Pull - 2.5 - 5 Kg

(m) Rate of Fire - 6 rds/min

(n) Mech Safety - Khuli Venturi aur Band Venturi

(o) Type of amn - 13

(p) Siddhant - Breech loaded

lateral percussion fire

(q) Apply safety - Safety catch

(r) Front hand grip - 15 mm (aage aur piche)

(s) Sholder pad ki harkat - 20 mm (aage aur piche)

(t) Bipod ki harkat - 25mm( Uppar, Niche)

(u) Back Blast - 60 mtr Lamba aur 90°

BHAG II - KHOLNA, CHAL AUR JORNA.

8. 84 mm RL Mk III ko kholne ke liye bag no 1 ki zarurat parti hai.

Bag No 1 ka Saman.

(a) Telescope Sight

(b) Bore Sight Adaptor

(d) Screw Driver (3.5mm, 5.5mm, 8 mm),

(e) Carrying sling.

(f) Spare Part Box

9. Spare Part Box ka saman. Long screw 2, Short screw 2, Front cap, rear cap, firing pin, extractor spring, measuring plate (0.25mm) & cleaning brush.

10. RL ko Kholne ka tariqa. Launcher ko khara karen. Yakin karen ki launcher cock na ho. Front cap ko kholen. Dhyan rahe ki kholte aur jorte samay chehra front cap ke upar na ho. Main spring ko bahar nikalen. Rear cap ko kholen, firing rod ko aage jane den aur firing pin ko screw dvr ki madad se bahar nikalen ek firer ko itna hi kholne ki jarurat padti hai.

11. Safety Catch ki Chaal. Cock karne ke bad Jab safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par karte hain to safety catch ka gol wala bhag sear ke niche aa jata hai jisse sear ko niche aane ki jagah nahin rehti hai. Trigger ko dabane par sear niche nahi dab pata hai aur Sear notch aur cocking lug ka milap nahin tut pata aur trigger press nahi hota hai. Jab safety catch ki posn ‘F’ par kiya jata hai to safety catch ka kata hua bhag sear ke niche aa jata hai jisse sear ko niche ane ki jagah mil jati hai aur trigger press hone per sear piche se niche aa jata hai aur sear notch aur cocking lug ka milap tut jata hai firing rod piche aa jata hai.

12. Launcher ki Chaal. Jab launcher ko cock kiya jata hai to firing rod aage ki harkat karta hai, is dauran main spring front cap ki taraf sikur jata hai aur firing pin cam se niche utar jata hai. Jab cocking peace ko chhodte hain to main spring apni tanav ko kam karta hai to firing rod ko piche dhakelta hai, is dauran firing rod ke lug ka milap sear notch se ho jata hai aur launcher cock ho jata hai. Jab firer trigger ko dabata hai to firing rod ke lug aur sear notch ka milap tut jata hai, jisse firing rod piche ki harkat karta hai. Is dauran firing pin cam ke upar sawar ho jata hai aur chamber wale rd ke percussion cap par chot marta hai, jisse rd fire ho jata hai.

13. Launcher ko Jorna. Jorne ke liye sabse pahle firing pin ko dakhil karen aur rear cap ko band karen, trigger ko press karte huye firing rod ko piche karen, launcher ko khara karen, main spring ko dakhil karen aur hath, kapde ya kisi strap ki madad se front cap to tight karen. Launcher ko niche rakhen, cock karen aur trigger ko press karen.

BHAG III - MECHANICAL SAFETY AUR SAFAI

14. Hathiyar mein do parkar ki safety hoti hai. Mechanical safety aur applied safety.

(a) Applied safety Applied safety weh safety hoti hai jo ek firer khud hathiyar par apply karta hai. Jaise INSAS Rif mein Safety catch aur RL mein safety catch.

(b) Mechanical safety Mech safety hathiyar mein pehle se hi inbuilt ki hoti hai jo unchahe hadse se hathiyar aur firer ko safe rakhta hai. Jaise INSAS Rif mein Lock, unlock, stem aur safety sear. Isi parkar RL mein khuli ventury aur band ventury, 84 MM RL MK-III ke mechanical Safety fastening strap per nirbhar karti hai. Kyonki is per 3 projection lage hote hain Stop projection, Lock projection, aur safe projection.

15. Stop Projection:- Jab ventury pura khula hota hai to fastening strap mein laga hua stop projection ventury ke sath lag jata jis se fastening strap aage ki taraf jhuk jata hai. Is dauran safe projection upper uth jata hai. Yadi no 2 ne round bhar diya ho aur ventury band na kiya ho. No 1 galti se trigger press kar de to bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki firing rod jyon hi pichhe aayegi to raste mein safe projection ke upper utha hone ke karan firing rod safe projection ke sath lag kar ruk jayegi. Jis se firing pin came per swar nahin ho payegi aur round ke primer per chot nahin mar payegi aur round fire nahin hoga. Is dauran safe projection sefty prdan karega. Agar aisa na hota to round fire ho jane per RL det aur WPN dono ko nuksan hota aur bada hadsa ho jata.

16. Lock Projection:- Jab no 2 bhar ki karwai karne ke bad ventury ko band karta hai aur ventury galti se puri tarah se band na ho. Is dauran bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki is dauran lock projection ventury ke sath lag jata hai jis se fastening strap aage ki taraf jhuk jata hai jis se safe projection upper uth jata hai No 1 galti se trigger press kar de to bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki firing rod jyon hi pichhe aayegi to raste mein safe projection ke upper utha hone ke karan firing rod safe projection ke sath lag kar ruk jayegi. Jis se firing pin came per swar nahin ho payegi aur round ke primer per chot nahin mar payegi aur round fire nahin hoga. Is dauran bhi safe projection sefty prdan karega. Agar aisa na hota to round fire ho jane per RL det aur WPN dono ko nuksan hota aur bada hadsa ho jata.

17. Safe Projection:- Jab ventury puri tarah se band ho jati hai to lock projection ventury per puri tarah se swar ho jata hai aur ventury ko puri tarah se lock kar deta hai is dauran fastening strap pura pichhe aa jata hai jis se safe projection niche hat jata hai. Ab firing rod ko pichhe aane ki jagah mil jati hai No 1 RL ke bayen aur no 2 RL ke dahine hone aur ventury puri tarah se lock hone ke karan fire hone per projectile aage aur back blast ventury ke raste pichhe nikal jata hai jis se RL det aur Wpn ko koi nuksan nahin pahunchta hai. Is dauran lock projection ventury ko lock karke sefty prdan karta hai

15. Safai. Safai karne ke liye Bag No-2 ki jarurat parti hai.

(a) Bag No-2 ka saman. Cleaning rod three sec, cleaning tool, cleaning brush, oiling brush, safai ka kapra.

(b) Safai karne ka Tariqa. Safai karne ke liye cleaning rod ko joren, cleaning rod ko cleaning tool ke sath joren, Front cleaning tool ko kholte huye brush ko lagayen aur cleaning tool ko jor den. Barrel ya chamber kisi taraf se rod ka istemal karte hue safai ki ja sakti hai. Lubrication ke liye pahle bataye gaye tarike ki tarah hi oiling brush ko joren aur tel lagayen. Lubrication baki anya hathiyaron ki tarah.

Sankshep

16. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen.

LESSON-2

SABAQ 2 -84 MM RL MK III SE FIRE HONE WALE AMN KE BARE MEIN JANKARI .

Saman.

1. HEAT 551, HEAT 751, TP 552, HE 441, HEDP 502,Smoke 469C & ILL 545C ke drill

Rd.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam.

2. Is prakar se Karen:-

(a) Bandobast ki karwai.

(b) ki ginati aur deton mein bant .

Pahunch.

3. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko bataye. Instructor yad rakhe pahunch chhota, saaf aur sabaq se sambanditho.

Uddesh.

4. 84 mm RL MK-III se fire hone wale amn ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

Bhagon Mein Baant.

5. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - 84mm RL MK-III ke sabhi prakar ke amn se

jankari.

(b) Bhag II - HE aur ILL Rd ki nose par range lagana aur fire karne ka tariqa.

BHAG I - 84MM RL MK-III KE SABHI PRAKAR KE AMN SE JANKARI.

6. 84mm RL-MK-III se 9 prakar ka combat amn aur 4 prakar ka trg amn fire kiya jata hai.

(a) HEAT AMN ( HEAT 551 & HEAT 751).

(i) Vishestayen.

(aa) High Explosive Anti tank Amn hai.

(ab) Is round ko A/Tk ke alawa RCC bunker, dushman ke Khade jahaj aur anya protective veh ke khilaf bhi istemal kiya jata hai.

(ac) Yeh round flat trajectory ke sath sath rocket motor ke dwara aur fins stability ke sath tgt par pahunch kar maar karta hai.

(ad) Yeh electric short circuit functionable round hai.

(ii) HEAT 551.

(aa) Ek round ka wazan - 3.2 Kg

(ab) Projectile ka wazan - 2.4 Kg

(ac) Container with 2 rd - 9.4 Kg

(ad) Rg - 700 Mtr

(ae) MV - 254 m/Sec

Max Velocity 339 m/sec

(af) Penetration - 350 mm

(ag) Arming distance - 5 to 15 Mtr

(iii) HEAT 751.

(aa) Ek round ka wazan - 3.8 Kg

(ab) Projectile ka wazan - 2.9 kg

(ac) Container with 2 rd - 11.5 kg

(ad) Lambai - 760 mm

(ae) Effective Rg - >500 mtr

(af) Muzzel velocity - 210 mtr/sec

(ag) Maximum velocity - 336 mtr/sec

(ah) Arming range - 20 se 40 mtr

(aj) Penetration - >500mm +Armour ERA

(ak) Max Angle of impact - +25°

(al) Operating Temp - -40 to + 60° C

(iv) Hisse Purjon ke Naam.

(aa) Standoff cap

(ab) Liner CC

(ac) Precursor charge (PC)

(ad) SAI unit (safety Arming Initiation Units) (ae) Shell Body

(af) Liner CC

(ag) Bursting charge (ah) Booster

(aj) SAI (safety Arming Initiation Units)

(ak) Ignition Charge (al) Slipping Ring (am) Delay composition (an) Fin Assembly

(an) Rocket Motor charge (ao) Bursting charge

(v) HEAT 751 Ki Chaal.

Jaise RL ka firing pin percussion cap par thokar marta hai to percussion cap se nikla chingari igniter charge mein aag laga deta hai jisse propellant charge jalna shuru ho jata hain aur projectile aage ki taraf harkat karta hai.Issi dauran barrel ke andarwala gas, pressure plunger ki valve ki jariye projectile mein dakhil ho jata hai. Iske saath saath delay unit mein bhi aag lag jati hai. Jaise hi projectile muzzle end ko chhodta hai projectile ke andar bhara hua gas pressure plunger valve ke upar dabav dalta hai jisse plunger pichhe ata hai aur fins assy ke andar walekinare ke upar dabav dalta hai jisse fins khul jata hai. Saath hi delay unit 45 mili sec ke baad ignition charge mein aag lagata hain aur ignition charge rocket motor main aag laga detahai. Issi samay delay unit bhi eject ho jata hai aur Projectile takriban muzzle end se 12 se 20 mtr duri par hota hain. Rocket motor takriban 1.4 sec tak jalta aur projectile 210mtr/sec se 336 mtr/sec ki raftar se aage harkat karta hai. Jaise hi Projectile 20-40 mtr duri tay karta hai to SAI unit mein lagesabhi safety device arm ho jate hai. Jaise hi standoff cap tgt par takrata hai to projectile mein shock web paida hota hai jisse SAI unit ke piezo cystal mein current faida hota hai jo detonator ko milta hai jisse detonator ignate hojata hai precursor charge mein aag lagta hain. Jisse aage wala copper cone pighal kar ERA plate mai ghusau karta hai uske bad electrical ignition delay ke karan dusra SAI unit kuch nirdharit samay ke bad bursting charge mein aag lga deta hai jis se dusra copper cone bhi pigal kar Jet ke rup mein 500 mm mote lohe ki chader mein ghusau karke apni garmi se tgt ko barbad kar deta hai.

(vi) SAI UNIT KI CHAAL

(ab) Arm Ki Karwai. Jab projectile muzzle end se 20 se 40 mtr ki duri tay karta hai to SAI unit mein lage sabhi device kaam karta jis mein detent pin, rotor driving plunger, centre wheel, rotor lock aur rotor hota hain. Projectile ki age ki harkat ke dauran detent pin aur rotor driving plunger piche ata hain joki spring ki takat se age ruka hota hain. Detent pin piche ane ki karan centre wheel unlock ho jata hain aur centre wheel apni spring ki takat se clock wise ghum jata hain. Jisse centre wheel par laga hua rotor lock bhi 1800 ghumna shuru ho jata hain. Issi dauran slide age harkat karta hai jisse slide ka stop lug 1 se milap tut jata hai. Rotor driving plunger piche ane se rotor ka spring loaded driving pin apne hole se bahar aajata hai.

1. Rotor driving plunger

2. Detent pin

3. Short circuit contact

4. Slide

5. Rotor

6. Centre wheel

7. Rotor lock

1. Slide

2. Stop Lug 1

(ac) Muzzle Exit ke baad Deceleration (First arming criteria). Muzzle se bahar nikal ne ke baad projectile ki speed kam hone lagti hai aur rotor driving plunger apne spring ki madad se wapis upar ki harkat karta hai. Apne hole se bahar nikla spring loaded driving pin rotor driving plunger ke upar sawar ho jata hain.

(ad) Rocket Motor Start(Second arming criteria). Rocket motor start hone ke karan slide torsion Spring ki madad se niche ata hai aur rotor arm position mein ghumne ne ke liye taiyar ho jata hai jab rotor lock apni 1800 harkat puri karta hai aur rotor unlock ho jata hai aab spring ki takat se rotor driving plunger upar harkat karta hai aur spring loaded driving pin ko upar uthata hai. Jisse rotor ghumna shuru ho jata hai. Rotor ghumne se electric detonator short circuit ko cancel karke arm position mein ata hai jisse ek close circuit ban jata hai. Yahan par arm ki karwai ho jati hain. Abhi Rd puri tarah se tgt ko barbad karne keliye taiyar ho jata hai.

(ae) Target par Impact. Jaise hi standoff cap tgt par takrata hai to projectile mein shock web paida hota hai jisse SAI unit mein piezo-crystal mein current paida hota hain jo detonator ko milta hain .jisse detonator ignite ho kar precursor charge mein aag lagta hain. Jisse aagewala copper cone pighal kar ERA plate mai ghusau karta hai uske bad electrical ignition delay ke karan dusra SAI unit kuch nirdharit samay ke bad bursting charge mein aag laga deta hai jis se dusra copper cone bhi pigal kar Jet ke rup mein 500 mm mote lohe ki chadar mein ghusau karke apni garmi se tgt ko barbad kar deta hai.

(af) Fail Safe Mechanism. Yadi rocket motor start nahi hota hai toh slide rotor ki madad se pura ghumkar stop lug 2 se mil jayega aur rotor ko puri tarah se arm hone se rok dega jisse arm ki karwai puri nahi hogiaur impact par rd apni chaal jaari nahi karega.

1. Stop Lug -1 2. Stop Lug -2

(b) HEDP 502.

(i) Vishehtayen.

(aa) HEDP ka full form High Explosive Dual Purpose hai.

(ab) Is Rd ko hum D mode main field fortification ke khilaf istemal mein late hain.

(ac) Is ke alwa I mode main bina ERA plate ke unprotected vehicle ke barkhilaf istemal karte hain.

(ad) Is rd main fuse do mode main kaam karta hai “I” & “D” joke I for Impact and D for delay mode. Round ko bharte samay gumane se prapt hota hai.

(ae) Ye rd bhi fins stability ke sath slow gum kar apni trajectory banata hai.

(ii) Tech Data

(aa) Rd ka wazan - 3.3 Kg

(ab) Projectile ka wazan - 2.5 kg

(ac) Caring load with 2 Rds - 8.3 kg (ad) Effective Rg (Moving Veh) - 300 mtr (ae) Effective Rg Fd Fortyfication - 500 mtr (af) Muzzle velocity - 225 m/s

(ag) Arming Distance - 12 - 40 m (ah) Minimum Max Angle of impact - + 15°C

(aj) Penetration Solid armr - 100 m

(ak) Operating Temp - -40°C to + 60°C

(iii) Hisse Purjon Ke Naam:-

(aa) Nose Cap

(ab) Liner Aluminum cone (ac) Bursting Charge

(ad) Slipping Ring

(ae) Booster

(af) Mods Selector

(ag) SAI Unit

(ah) Fin

(ai) Cartridge Case (ak) Propellant Charge (al) Igniter Compostion (am) Base Plate

(iv) HEDP 502 ki Chaal.

(aa) Fire aur Fin Assembly ka Khulna. Jaise RL ka firing pin percussion cap par thokar marta hai to percussion cap se nikla chingari igniter charge mein aag laga deta hai jisse propellant charge jalna shuru ho jata hain aur projectile aage ki taraf harkat karta hai, jeise hi projectile 12 - 40 mtr ki duri tay karta hain gas pressure ke karan fins khul jate hai.

(ab) Arm Ki karwai. Gas ke pressure aur speed ke karan SAI unit mein lage sabhi device arm hojate hai

1. Driving plunger

2. Detent pin

3. Ball

4. Escapement locking pin

5. Rotor lock

6. Rotor

7. Detonator

(ac) Impact Mode aur Delay Mode. SAI unit mein ignition system do prakar ka hai, impact aur pyro technique delay.

(aaa) Impact Mode. Yadi hum I mode mein fire karte hai to projectail tgt mein takarne ke sath blast ho jata. Bursting charge ke jalane se aluminum cone pighal jata hai jo ki 100mm mote lohe ki chadar mein ghusane ki takat rakhata hai.

1. Spring retainer

2. Grounding clip

3. Set back plate

4. G Pin

(aab) Delay Mode. Yadi hum D mode mein fire karte hai to tgt mein takarne ke baad 0.1sec ke baad blast hota hai.

1. Primer

2. Electric detonator

3. Base disc

4. Magnetic inertia pellet

5. Delay detonator

(v) Fail Safe Feature. Agar handling ya transportion ke dauran ya driving plunger niche ki harkat karne se pehle yadi escapement aazad ho jaata hai to rotor lock 260 degree ghum kar fail safe position mein aa jayega.

(i) Visheshtayen.

(aa) Is Rd ko ladai ke maidan mai khule ilake mai apni harkat ko chupao dene ke liye istemal karte hai taki dushman hamare upar aimed fire na dal sake.

(ab) Yah Rd hame 10-15 mtr choudi dhuye ki screen pradan karta hai.

(ac) Jab hame khule ilake mai harkat karne ki jarurat ho to lagatar hum Smoke Rd fire karke Smoke Screen bana sakte hain

(ii) Tech Data.

(aa) Ek Rd ka wazan - 3.1 Kg

(ab) Projectile ka wazan - 2.2 kg

(ac) Container with 2 rd - 8.0 kg

(ad) Effective Rg - 1300 mtr

(ae) Muzzel velocity - 240 mtr/sec

(af) Smoke screen - 15 mtr

(ag) Arming Distance - 40 se 70 mtr

(ah) Operating Temp - - 40°C to + 60°C

(iii) Hisse Purjon ke Naam. (aa) Direct Action Fuze (ab) Smoke Composition (ac) Driving Band

(ad) Cartridge Case (ae) Propellant Charge (af) Igniter Composition (ag) Precussion Cap (ah) Base Plate

(iv) SMK 469 ki Chaal.

(aa) Fire ki Karwai. Jaise RL ka firing pin percussion cap par thokar marta hai to percussion cap se nikla chingari igniter charge mein aag laga deta hai jisse propellant charge jalna shuru

ho jata hain aur projectile aage ki taraf harkat karta hai.

(ab) Arm Ki Karwai. Jab projectile muzzle end se 40 – 70 mtr ki duri tay karta hai to pressure, speed aur spin ke karan arm hojate hai. Jab nose ke bal hard surface mein takarta hai to nose ke presser se firing pin detonator ke uppar tokar marta hai jisse detonator pat jata hai aur lead charge mein aag lag jate hai jisse booster mein bhi aag lag jate hai jo smoke composition ko ek sath aag laga deta hai.

(v) Safety. Isme do prakar ki safety di gayi hai :-

(aa) Bore Safety. Transport, bhar aur khali karte waqt safety plunger firing pin ko lock rakhte hain.

(ab) Flight safety. Flight ke dauran safety plunger se azaad ho jaati hai lekin conical spring use detonator par takrane se roktahai.

(d) HE 441D Round. Is rd ka istemal dushman ki paidal sena aur patli chadar se bani garion ke barkhilaf kiya jata hai.

(i) Ek Rd ka wazan - 3.2 Kg

(ii) Do rd container ke sath - 8.2 Kg

(iii) Muzzle Velocity - 240m/sec

(iv) Fuze - Time & Impact

(v) Kargar Range - 1300m (Impact) 1200m(Air Burst)

(vi) Steel Ball - 800

(vii) Arming Dist - 40m se 70m

(viii) Killing Area - 10m radius

(ix) Pt of burst - 6 se 9m upar

(e) ILL RD (ILL-545C). Is amn ka istemal tgt area main roshani ke liye kiya jata hai.

(i) Ek Rd ka wazan - 3.1 Kg

(ii) Projectile wt - 2.2 Kg

(iii) Do rd container ke sath - 8 Kg

(iv) Muzzle Velocity - 260m/sec

(v) Fuze - Timed

(vi) Kargar Range - 2100m

(vii) Illumination Area - 400 to 500m (Dia)

(viii) Height of Burst - 200m Approx

(ix) Intensity - 6,50,000 Candela

(x) Pre adjusted Rg - 300M,600m,900M, 1200m,1500M,

1800M,2100M (7 Click skip by300m)

(f) HEAT 655 CS (Confined Space). Yeh ek anti armr amn hain

(g) MT 756 (Multi Tgt). Yeh ek multi Tgt amn hain.

(i) Effective Range -500 m

(h) ASM 509 (Anti Structure Munition).

(i) Effective Range -300 m

(j) TRG AMN.

(i) Sub CaliberAdopter FFV-553B with 7.62mm tracer Is amn ka istemal troops ka jyada se jyada RL firing ka abhyas dene ke liye kiya jata hai. Back Blast keliye firng mech bolt ke piche charge lagaya jata hai.

(aa) Range - 700 M

(ab) MV - 425 M

(ii) Sub Caliber Adopter 20 mm tracer rds. Is amn ka istemal troops ka jyada se jyada RL firing ka abhyas dene ke liye kiya jata hai. Back Blast ke liye firing mech bolt ke piche charge lagaya jata hai.

(aa) Range -300 M

(iii) TP-552 Rd. Is rd ka tech data hu-ba-hu HEAT-551 rd ki tarah hi hota hai. Antar sirf itna hota hai ki ismein copper cone aur bursting charge nahi hota hai. Yeh rd tk ko barbad karne ki kabiliyat nahi rakhta hai. Iska istemal trg ke liye kiya jata hai.

(aa) Ek Rd ka wazan - 3.2 Kg

(ab) Projectile ka wazan - 2.4 kg

(ac) Container with 2 rd - 9.4 kg

(ad) Effective Rg - 700 mtr

(ae) Muzzel velocity - 254 mtr/sec &339m/Sec

Note :- Isme bhi Rocket motor chartge aur Fin stability hai.

(iv) TPT 141 Rd

(aa) Ek Rd ka wazan - 2.5 Kg (ab) Projectile ka wazan - 1.8 kg (ac) Container with 2 rd - 8 kg

(ad) Effective Rg - 300 mtr

(ae) Muzzle velocity - 305 m/Sec

BHAG II - HE AUR ILL ROUND KE NOSE PAR RG LAGANA

7. HE aur ILL rd ke uppar rg lagane ka tariqa is prakar se hain:-

(a) HE Round. Is rd ko fire karne ke liye telescopic sight ke rg knob ko bahar ki taraf khinchkar green rg scale mein rg lagaya jata hai. Rd ke nose par 0 se 13 tak ke ank khude hote hain jo 0 se 1300m ke rg ko jahir karte hain, lekin isse 1200m tak air burst aur 1300 m tak ground burst kiya ja sakta hai. Har 10m tak ke rg lagane ki suvidha di gai hai. Is rd ke nose par ek ‘S’ ka nishan banaya gaya hai. Jab rd aata hai to wo ‘S’ par set hokar aata hai. Is rd ko teen prakar se fire kiya jata hai.

(i) Ground Burst. Is tariqe ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai, jab dushman khule ilake mein harkat kar raha ho sath hi dushman ke patli lohe ki chadar se bani garion ke barkhilaf bhi istemal kiya jata hai.

Is tarike mein tgt ka sahi rg telescopic sight

par lagaya jata hai aur rd ki nose par ‘S’ lagakar fire kiya jata hai.

(ii) Tana Burst. Is tarike ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai jab dushman kisi ped ke nichhe open trench mein baitha ho. Is tarike mein tgt ka sahi rg sight ke uppar lagaya jata hai aur rd ke nose par sahi rg lagaya jata hai. Shist lete samay shist jis tane se

takrana ho uske uppar liya jata hai.

(iii) Air Burst. Is tarike ka istemal us samay kiya jata hai jab dushman kisi open trench mein baitha ho, uppar se koi rukawat na ho ya dushman ki Inf open area mein harkat kar rahi ho. Waise to ek rd bhi

air burst kiya ja sakta hai lekin sahi mudha hasil karne ke liye teen rd air burst kiya jata hai. Is tarike mein agar dushman 500m tak ke rg par ho to sight ke uppar 600m rg lagaya jata hai. Agar dushman 600 se adhik rg par ho to sight ke uppar actual rg se 100m jayda lagaya jata hai. Air burst ke liye teen rd taiyar kiye jate hain. Pahle rd ki nose par actual rg se 10m adhik, dusare rd ki nose par actual rg aur tissre rd ki nose par actual rg se 10m kam rg lagaya jata hai. Fire karne ke liye sabse pahle adhik rg wala, phir actual rg wala aur akhir mein sabse kam rg wala rd fire kiya jata hai. Is prakar teen rd air burst karne par 20m/40m ka ilaka cover hota hai.

(b) ILL Round. Is rd ka istemal ilake ko roshan karne ke liye istemal kiya jata hai. Iski nose par ek ‘S’ aur 0 se 21 tak ke ank khude huye hote hain jo 2100m tak ke rg ko jahir karte hain. Jab rd aata hai to yeh ‘S’ par set hokar aata hai. Jab rd ki nose par ‘S’ laga hua ho us samay ise decending order mein hi lagaya ja sakta hai. 2100m se niche ki taraf karte huye rg lagaya ja sakta hai. Rg lagane ke liye isme click ki suvidha di gai hai jo ki har 300m ke antral se range laga sakte hai (7 click skip by 300m)-2100m 1800m,1500m,1200m, 900m, 600m,300m. Agar rg kam lagaya gaya ho us samay usse adhik rg clock wise ghumate hue lagaya ja sakta hai. ILL rd ko fire karane ke liye 20 degree angle ka istemal kiya jata hai jo ki kisi bhi range setting knob ko laga kar hasil kiya jata hai range setting knob per ek luminous groove diya gaya hai jisko jamin ke hamwar kar ke angle hasil kiya jata hai yadi jyada hight ki jarurat pare to launcher ko thora aur elevation diya jaye

ILL Round (Nose)

Sankshep

8. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen.

LESSON-3

SABAQ 3 - SIGHT LAGANA AUR SHIST LENA

Saman.

1. 84 mm RL MK -III, Bag No-1, Bag No-2,elevation drummodel, reticle pattern , open sight ka model, miniature tank tgt PNS ka reticle pattern ground sheet, Board, Chalk, Duster.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam.

2. Is prakar se Karen:-

(a) Bandobast ki karwai.

(b) Class ki ginti aur deton mein bant.

Pahunch.

3. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko batae. Instructor yad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se samandit ho.

Uddesh.

4. 84 mm RL–III ka Sight lagana aur Shist lene ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Bhagon Mein Baant.

5. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - 84mm RL MK -III ki sigthon ke bare main jakari.

(b) Bhag II - Khade aur Harkati Tank par shist lene ka tarika.

BHAG I - 84MM RL MK -III KI SIGTHON KE BARE MAIN JAKARI.

6. 84mm RL MKIII se hum teen parkar ki sighton aur ek prakar ka adaptor ko istemal mein late hain :-

(a) TDLS (Telescopic day Light Sight).

(b) Open Sight.

(d) Bore sight Adaptor

7. TDLS (Telescopic day Light Sight).

(a) Wajan - 800 gm

(b) Magnification - 3X

(i) Hisse Purjon ke naam :- Objective glass, Eye piece, Mounting rail, plunger, plunger hook, Thimble , elevation drum, elevation drum locking screw, deflection drum, deflection drum locking screw, slipping scale, slipping scale locking

screw, range drum, range indicator arm, objective glass, Axial. Luminous Grooves, Bevel, DLPT (Dumping Liquid Para light Trilux). 84mm RL Mk-III main humein range hasil karne ke liye alag-alag range setting knob ki suvidha di gai hai.

(ii) Range Scale- 441. HE aur smk rd fire karne ke liye har rg knob par suvidha diya hua hai. (551, 651, 751 aur 502) jise ki green rg scale se dikhaya gaya hai is ke upar 0 se lekar 13 tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 1300 mtr rg ko jahir karte hain. 100 mtr ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai. 1300 mtr rg hasil karne ke liye 25 click dene ki zarurat parti hai. Har range knob mein click ki suvidha diya gaya hai, jisse bina dekhe range laga sakta hai.

(iii) Range Setting Knob 551. Range knob 551 se Hum HEAT 551 rd, TP 552 aur 7.62mm tracer rd fire karte hain jis ke upar 0 se lekar 11 tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 1100 mtr range ko jahir karte hain. Lekin rg lagane ki suvidha 1150 mtr tak di gayi hai 100mtr ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral mein hame range lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai Yeh white color se dikhaya gaya hai. 1150 mtr rg hasil karne ke liye 22 click dene ki zarurat parti hai.

(iv) Range Setting Knob 751. Range knob HEAT 751 se hum HEAT 751 rd fire karte hain jis ke upar 0 se lkar 10 tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 1000 mtr range ko jahir karte hain. 100 mtr ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main hume range lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai Yeh white color se dikhaya gaya hai. 1000mtr rg hasil karne ke liye 19 click dene ki zarurat parti hai

(v) Range Setting Knob 502. Range knob HEDP 502 se hum HEDP 502 rd fire karte hain jis ke upar 0 se lekar 6 tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 600 mtr range ko jahir karte hain rg lagane ki suvidha 625mtr tak di gayi hai. 100mtr ke baad har 25-25mtr ke antral mein hume range lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai. Yeh Yellow color se dikhaya gaya hai. 625mtr rg hasil karne ke liye 22 click dene ki zarurat parti hai

(vi) Ill rd ko fire karne ke liye knob ka istemal. 84mm RL MK-III ki TDLS se hi hum ill rd bhi fire kar sakte hain. Range setting knob 551,651,751 aur 502 se hume 200 ka angle hasil hota hai. Jab hum range knob ko zero pe karke elevation dekar Luminus Grooves ko Zameen ke samantar karte hain to hume 200 ka angle hasil ho jata hai. Yadi ill rd ko 250 ke angle par fire karna ho to Luminous Grooves ko andaze se 250 ki elevation dena padega. Zameen ke parellel karne par sabhi drum ki luminuscent line 200 ki elevation ko hi darshati hai.

(vii) Elevation Drum Jis parkar INSAS Rif aur INSAS LMG ke rectical pattern ko upar/niche harkat den eke liye elevation knob ka istemal kiya jata hai, Usi parkar se 84mm RL ki TDLS par elevation drum ki suvidha di gayi hai. (Ise samjhe elevation drum ke model ki madad se).

84mm RL Mk-III ke elevation drum ke upar slipping scale diya gaya hai. Jiske upar 0 se lekar 10 tak (+) ki taraf aur 0 se lekar 10 tak (-) ki taraf mils diye gaye hain. Jinki madad se upar/Niche ki correction di jati hai.

(aa) Neela - 00C se kam tapman ke liye.

(ab) Safed - 00C se +300C tak tapman

(ac) Lal - +300C se jaida tapman ke liye.

Boresight kar lene ke bad zero ko safed rang ke nishan ke samne mila diya jata hai.

(viii) Deflection Drum :- Jis parkar hum kisi vashtu ko dekhne ke liye sir ko dahine ya bayen karte hai usi parkar deflection drum ki madad se rectical pattern ko bhi dahine ya bayen ki harkat dete hai. 84mm RL Mk-III ke deflection drum par 0 se lekar 10 tak (L) ki taraf aur 0 se lekar 10 tak (R) ki taraf Mils diye gaye hain.

Jab hum TDLS ke eye glass se dekhte hain to hume ek khaka nazar aata hai jise hum Reticle Pattren ke naam se jante hain. Jis ke andar ek khadi line jo ki khade tgt ya head-on/head-off tgt ke uper shist lene ke liye istemal mein layee jati hai aur do padi line hoti hain jis ki madat se hum RL ko zameen ke sath hambaar karte hain aur harkti tgt ko angage karne ke liye istemal mein late hain.

Retical Pattren of 84mm RL MK-III TDLS

5 Km/Hrs

7 Km/Hrs 10 Km/Hrs

14 Km/Hrs 20 Km/Hrs

21 Km/H 30 Km/Hrs

28 Km/H 40 Km/Hrs

35 Km/Hrs 50 Km/Hrs

Jab hum HEDP 502 amn ka stemal karte hai to khari line 7,14,21,28,35 km/hrs ki Speed se chalne waliGadi keliye hoga.

Jab hum HEAT 751,551 amn ka istemal karte hai to khari ine,5,10,20,30,40,50km/hki Speed se chalne wali Tank ke liye hoga.

8. Open Sight. Open sight ki jarurat humein tab padti hai jab hamare paas TDLS na ho. Open sight RL ke sath hi fit hokar aata hai. Open Sight ke do bhag hote hain, front open sight aur rear open sight.

HEDP 502 HEAT 551/751

(a) Front Open Sight Fore sight post type, foresight locking screw, Locking Screw Locking Nut,Foresight mein bhi ek centre post aur do lead mark hote hain, centre post ko hum us samay istemal karte hain jab hume khade tank ya apne taraf ane wala/apne se dur jane wala tank ke uper shist lene ki kam ata hai. Khade tank ke liye hum aperture ke bicho bich foresight ke centre post ke upar wale kinare ko tank ke madya mein mila dete hain. lead mark ka istemal hum us samay karte hain jab hume RL ko zameen ke sath hamwarkarna ho ya harkati tank ke upar shist lene ke liye kaam ata hai.

(b) Rear Sight. Aperture, Slide, Slide locking Screw, Range Indicator, Adjusting Screw, Range Drum, Piller, rg scale.

(i) Rg Indicator. Range indicator par teen rangon ke nishan banaye gaye hain jo alag alag tapman wale ilake mein istemal kiye jate hain.

(aa) Neela - 00 C se kam tapman ke liye.

(ab) Safed - 00 C se +300C degree tak

(ac) Lal - +300C se jaida tapman ke liye.

(ii) Pillar 84mm RL Mk III ki rear Sight mein rg piller ki suvidha di gaya hai jis ke upar HE 441, HEAT 551, HEAT 751, HEAT 651 aur HEDP 502 rd fire karne ke liye rg scale ki suvidha diya gaya hai.

(aa) HEAT 551(Is ki madad se hum HEAT 551 rd, TP 552 aur 7.62mm tracer rd fire karte hain. Iske uper 0 se 8 tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 800m ko zahir karte hai lekin 1000m tak rg lagane ki swidha diya gaya. 0 ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai jise white color se dikhaya gaya hai.

(ab) HEAT 651 Is ki madad se hum HEAT 651 rd fire karte hain Jis ke uper 0 se 6 Tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 600 mtr rg ko zahir karte hain. 0 ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai jise White color se dikhaya gaya hai.

(ac) HEAT 751 Is ki madad se hum HEAT 751 rd fire karte hain Rear sight (is) ke uper 0 se 8 Tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 800m ko zahir karte hai lekin 1000m tak rg lagane ki swidha diya gaya. 0 ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai jise White color se dikhaya gaya hai.

(ad) HEDP 502 Is ki madad se hum HEDP 502 rd fire karte hain. Iske uper 0 se 6 Tak ke ank khude huye hain jo ki 600m ko zahir karte hai lekin 700m tak rg lagane ki swidha diya gaya. 0 ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai jise White color se dikhaya gaya hai.

(ae) HE 441 Is ki madad se hum HE aur Smok rd fire karte hain Jis ke uper 0 se 8 tak ke ank khude huye hain rg ki suvidha 950mtr tak di gayi hai. 0 ke baad har 50-50 mtr ke antral main rg lagane ki suvidha di gayi hai jiseGreen color se dikhaya gaya hai.

Agar hamare paas night sight na ho to Open Sigth ke upar luminus dot ki suvidha diye huye hai. Foresight ke uper wale kinare par ek luminus dot aur rear sight ki leaf par bhi do luminus dot ki suvidha di gayi hai jo ki raat ke samay chamakte hain aur un ki madad se tgt ko align kar sakte hain lekin us samay tgt area mein roshni ka hona jaroori hai.

9. PNS (PASSIVE NIGHT SIGHT)

(a) Weight wpn adopter aur bty ke sath - 1.5 Kgs

(b) Magnification - 5.5X

(d) Eye relief - 19mm

(e) Eye piece focus rg - (+2) to (-4) Diopters

(f) FOV - 6°

(g) Power source - Single 1.25V AA size NiMH, rechargeable btyLithium Bty

Or 1.5 V AA size

(h) Bty life at 230C - 20 Hrs

(j) Low Bty threshold voltage - 1.05V

(k) Low Bty indicator - Reticle blinking

(l) Opr temp -- 300C to 550C

(m) Storage temp - (-) 400C to +700C

(n) Detection rg Tk/AFV - Min-1000 mtr

(o) Reorganization rg Tk/AFV - Min- 700mtr

(p) II Tube - M/sPhotonis,18mm II Tube specification (latest)

(q) Resolution - 60 lp/mm

(r) Operation life liability - 10,000 Hrs (min)

(s) Hisse Purjon ke naam (04 Assy)

Objective Glass Housing withRubber cap assy, Eye Piece Assy, Graticule Adjuster Assy, II Tube with Bty Housing Assy.

10. PNS Reticle Pattern /Rg Estimation Scale

Note : PNS mein khude hue ank nimnalikhit ko darshata hai :-

Height in Ft Tgt

6’ Human

7’ Lt Vehicle

8’ Tanks & Tr APC

9’ Med B Veh & Wheeled APC

10’ Hy B Veh

11. Boresight Sight Adaptor. Iska istemal RL ko bore sighting karne ke liye kiya jata hai. Iske bhi do hisse hote hain, front boresight adaptor aur rear boresight adaptor. Front boresight adaptor ko RL ke muzzle ki taraf se brl mein lagaya jata hai

12. Lagane Aur Utarna Ka Tarika. Front bore sight adaptor muzal se lagaya jata hai.dhyan rahe ki adoptor zamin ke hamwar ho aur bade wala “D” upper ki aur ho aur rear boresight adaptor ko chamber ke andar lagaya jata hai.venturi ko kholen aur chamber guide ko milate hue chamber mein dakhil karen. Venturi ko band karen. (RL par lagakar dikhana hai).

BHAG II - KHADE AUR HARKATI TANK PAR SHIST LENE KA TARIKA.

13. Khade Tank par shist lene ka tarika. Khade tank ke upper shist lene ka tarika INSAS rif ki tarah hi hai. Reticle Pattern ki khadi line ke uparwale kinare ko Tank ke madhya mein mila dete hai.

14. Harkati Tank ke upper shist lene ka Tarika. Yadi tank apne taraf aa raha ho to use Head-on aur apne se dur ja raha ho to use Head-off tgt kehte hai. 100 mtr rg se kam rg se tank hamari taraf aa raha ho ya phir hum se door ja raha ho, to shist lene ka tarika khade tank ki tarah hi hai. Agar 100 mtr jayada rg se tank hamari taraf aa raha ho to shist madhya se thoda niche liya jata hai. Agar 100 mtr jayada rg se tank hum se door ja raha ho to shist madhya se thoda upar liya jata hai. Agar tank dahine ya bayen se harkat kar raha ho to sab se pehle tgt ka rg malum karen aur TDLS ke upar tgt ka sahi range lagayen. Tank ki disha aur speed malum karen. Tank ke samne koi mashoor nishan chune , tk ke speed ke anushar Reticle pattern ke usi disha ke lead mark ko mashur nishan par milaye, jab tank ka madhya mashur nishan ko cover hone par trigger press Karen. Tank apna lead par hi barbad ho jayega Tank ka speed ko TDLS ka lead se khatam kiya jata hai.

15. Tank ki Speed malum karne ka tarika

(a) Tank poori tarah se dhool se dhaka ho tank ki speed = 10km/h

(b) Adha tank saaf aur adha dhool se dhaka ho = 20km/h

(d) Dhool tank se piche adha tank ka gap ho to tank ki speed = 40km/h

(e) Tank aur dhool ke bich ek tank ka gap ho to tank ki speed = 50km/h

Nishan ki madad se Tank ki Speed malum karne ka tarika

(a) Samne koi ek Nishan chune aur ek farzi line banaye.

(b) Jab tank ka agla kinare farzi line ko touch karta hai to ek sec mein 1001 ki ghinti karen.

(d) Yadi tank ka ½ bhag farzi line ko cross karta hai to tank ka speed 20 km/h.

(e) Yadi tank ka ¾ bhag farzi line ko cross karta hai to tank ka speed 30 km/h.

(f) Yadi poora tank farzi line ko cross karta hai to tank ka speed 40 km/h.

(g) Yadi poora tank farzi line ko cross karta hai tank ka pichle kinare aur farzi line ke beech ½ tank ka gap banta hai to tank ka speed 50 km/h.

16. EXAMPLE

Rg - 400Mtr

Disha - D-B Speed - 30Km/h

Line Of Sight& Tank Barbad line

Zaruri nahi hai ki firing ke dauran hawa na chale, agar hawa chal rhi ho to sabse pehle hawa ki disha aur speed malum karen hawa ke teen stage hote hain.

(a) Halki Hawa

(b) Tej Hawa

Note 200 mtr rg tak RL ke round ke upperhawa kakoi bhi asar nhi parta hai.

17. Alag-alag roundon ke liye hawa ka lead table.

RANGE HEAT 551 (Minus) HEAT 751 (Minus) HEDP502 (Plus)

H/H (MTR) T/H B/T H/H

(MTR) T/H B/T H/H (MTR) T/H B/T

200 M -0.07 -0.21 -0.35 -0.14 -0.42 -0.70 0.07 0.21 0.35

300 M -0.14 -0.42 -0.70 -0.29 -0.87 -1.45 0.16 0.48 0.80

400 M -0.23 -0.69 -1.15 -0.46 -1.38 -2.30 0.29 0.87 1.45

500 M -0.32 -0.96 -1.60 -0.64 -1.92 -3.20 0.46 1.38 2.30

600 M -0.39 -1.17 -1.95 - - - - - -

700 M -0.44 -1.32 -2.2 - - - - - -

18. HEAT 751 aur HEAT 551 ke liye Hawa ki speed ko tank ke upper khatam kiya jata hai. Jis disha se hawa chal raha ho, tank ke madhya se hawa ki disha ka viprit disha mein tank ke upar hawa ki lead ko liya jata hai. Jaise ki agar hawa baye se dahine chal raha ho to, tank ke upar dahine wala lead liya jata hai.

Note :- Jis amn mein rocket motor charge nahi hai , us amn ko HEAT 651 ki tarah lead lekar fire kiya jayega.

19. EXAMPLE :-

Amn -HEAT 751, Rg - 400Mtr

Disha - Baye se dahine, Speed -40Km/h Hawa ki Disha -Dahine se Baye, Hawa ki Speed -Bhut tej Hawa

(a) Tgt ka speed 40 Km is liye retical pattern ka bayen wala 40 km/h wala lead marks se tgt ke centre mein shisht liya jayega.

(b) Lead minus hone ke karan POA se -2.3 mtr hawa ki vipreet disha mein shisht lekar fire kiya jayega.

Note- Lead - 400Mtr ke liye -2.3 Mtr.

Tank

Tank Barbad line

HEAT 751/551 round mein fins hone ke karan hawa ka dabav fins ke upar parta hai aur rocket motor charge ki takat se projectile harkat karta hai.jis ke karan jis taraf ki hawa ho projectile usi disha mein jata hai. Isliye hume jab hawa ka lead lena padta hai to hawa ki disha se viprit disha ki lead tgt ke upar lena parta hai taki projectile tgt ke madhya mein hi lage. For Examle agar hawa dahine se bayen ki taraf chal raha ho to, hum tgt ke madya se bayen taraf ka lead lena parega jis ke hawa ka dabav fins ke upar padega jisse projectile ka fins wala hissa bayen ki taraf aur nose dahine disha mein ho jayega aur rocket motor charge ki takat se projectile dahine disha mein hi age harkat karega,. yani tgt ke madhya mein hit hoga.

Sankshep

20. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen.

LESSON-4

LESSON 4 - FIRING POSNS, BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA.

Shuru Shuru ka Kam

1. Is prakar se Karen:-

(a) Bandobast ki karwai.

(b) Class ki ginti aur deton mein bant .

Pahunch

2. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko batae. Instructor yad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se samandit ho.

Uddesh

3. 84 mm RLMk-III ki firing position, Bharna aur Khali karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Saman

4. 84 mm RL MK -III, Bag No-1, Bag No-2, Drill Round aur container, Fig -11 Tgt, Tk tgt, Black Bd, Duster, long easel, duster ,Ground Sheet.

Bhagon Mein Baant

5. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - Firing Posns.

(b) Bhag II - Bharna aur Khali Karna.

BHAG I - FIRING POSITIONS.

6. Firing posn batane se pahle biopod ki posn batana zaruri samajhta hoon taki aapko firing posn ikhtiyar karne mein assani ho. Bipod ki teen posns hoti hai. Uncha bipod, Nicha bipod, Tircha bipod.Bipod ki posn kish prakar badly ki jati hain iska namuna hathiyar par bayan ke sath doonga aap dekhen sune thata samjhen.

(a) Uncha bipod. (Zarurat) Uncha bipod tab kiya jata hai jab ki haemin lying posn se fire karne ki jaroorat pade. Karne ka tariqa bayen hath ki kalme wali anguli aur anguthe ki madad se bipod catch ko khinche. Dahine hath ki madad se bipod ko bahar ki taraf dhakele bipod catch ko chhorde bipod ko tab tak bahar ki taraf dhakele jab tak lock na ho jaye. Dekhen is prakar.

(b) Nicha bipod. (Zarurat) Nicha bipod tab kiya jata hai jab hamein Launcher ko sqd post ke dauran kisi jagah par rakhna pade. Karne ka tariqa bayen hath ki kalme wali anguli aur anguthe ki madad se bipod catch ko khinche. Dahine hath ki madad se bipod ko andar ki taraf khinche. Bipod catch ko chhorde. Bipod ko tab tak andar ki taraf khinche jab tak lock na ho jaye. Dekhen is prakar.

(c) Tircha bipod. (Zarurat) Tirchha bipod tab kiya jata hai jab ki hamein launcher ko ek sthan se dushre sthan par le jana pade ya fire karne ki jaroorat pade. Karne ka tariqa bayen hath ki kalme wali anguli aur anguthe ki madad se bipod catch ko khinche. Dahine hath ki madad se bipod ko ghari ke sulte rukh ghumayen bipod catch ko chhorde. Bipod ko tab tak ghari sulte rukh ghumayen jab tak click ka awaj na ayen lock na ho jaye. Dekhen is prakar. Bipod ki posn mein kisi bhi saheban ka koi sawal. Nahi to firing posn.

7. Firing posn:- Firing posn bataon use pehle firing ki ahmiyat pata honi jaruri hai. Agar ek firer sahi firing posn banakar fire karta hai to samay aur amn ki bachat kar sakta hai. Sath hi tgt ko lambe samay tak engage kar sakta hai. 84 mm RL Mk-III se 4 prakar ki firing posn se fire kiya jata hai. Standing Posn, Kneeling Posn, Sitting Posn aur Lying Posn. Ek Firer kis prakar se in firing posn ekhtiyar karta hain iska namuna No- 1 ki hasiyat se hathiyar par bayan ke sath doonga aap dekhen tatha samjhen.

8. Uthayen launcher bag-1 ke addesh par No-1 RL ke bayen kneeling posn ikhtiyar karta hai, bag-1 ko bayen se dahine kandhe mein uthata hai, launcher ko 900 mein khara karta hai aur bipod ki posn ko tirchha karta hai, bayen hath se front grip ko pakarta hai, dahine hath ko mount ke pichhe se le jate hue pistol grip ko pakarta hai aur launcher ko kandhe par le jate hue khara ho jata hai.

(a) Standing Posn. Abhi sikhaounga standing posn, (Zarurat) jab 4’ se 4.5’ ki aad mile ya fire trench se fire karne ki zarurat pade to standing posn ko ikhtiyar kiya jata hai. Ikhtiar karne ka tarika dahine paon chalti halat mein, bayen paon ko tgt ki sheed par Karen.Dekhen is prakar. Firing posn standing posn, standing posn ikhtiar kar. Is posn mein dekhne wali baten. Bayan paon tgt ki sidh mein. Dono paon kad ke mutabik khula huya hon, body weight dono paon ke uppar, bayen hath ki pakad front grip par,charon ungliyan bhar se anghutha ander se. dahine hath ka pakad pistol grip par, teenon ungliyan bhar se anghutha ander se, kalme wali ungli trigger ke aar-par, bipod dahini bagal mein dahini kohni se daba hua, Firer ki dahine ankh is parka eye piece ke sath laga hua. Yeh tha khare tank tgt ke liye standing posn, abhi sikhaounga harkari tank tgt ke liye standing posn, Dhyan rahe harkati tank tgt ko do tarike se engage kiya ja sakta hai. Trapping aur Tracking. Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh tgt ko dekhein aur tgt ke aage ek nishan chunne, shist nishan par li jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Yeh tha trapping ka tarika. Agar tgt ko Tracking ke tarike se engage karne ki jarurt pare toh tank tgt ki harkat mein harkat ko milaye aur harkar takno se di jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Bayan se dahine ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Dahine se bayen ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Yeh tha Tracking ka tarika.

(b) Kneeling Posn. Abhi sikhaounga kneeling posn, (Zarurat) jab larai ke maidan mein 2’ se 2.5’ ki arh mile ya phir niche se upar ki taraf fire karne ki zarurat pare to kneeling posn ekhtiyar ki jati hai. Karne ka tarika dahine paon chalti halat mein, bayen paon ko tgt ki sidh par Karen aur aam kneeling posn ikhtiyar Karen.Dekhen is prakar. Firing posn kneeling posn, kneeling posn ikhtiar kar. Is posn mein dekhen wali baten. Bayen paon tgt ki sidh mein, dahine ghutna dahine taraf zamin par,body weight dahine paon ki adhi par. bayen kohani bayen ghutane par, Bayen hath ki pakad front grip par,charon ungliyan bhar se anghutha ander se, Dahine hath ki pakad pistol grip par, teenon ungliyan bahar se anghutha ander se, kalame wali ungli trigger ke aar-par bipod dahini bagal mein dahini kohni se daba hua, Firer ki dahine ankh is parka eye piece ke

sath laga hua. Yeh tha khare tank tgt ke liye Kneeling posn, abhi sikhaounga harkari tank tgt ke liye kneeling posn, (Dhyan rahe harkati tank tgt ko do tarike se engage kiya ja sakta hai. Trapping aur Tracking.

Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh tgt ko dekhein aur tgt ke aage ek nishan chunne, shist nishan par li jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Yeh tha trapping ka tarika. Agar tgt ko Tracking ke tarike se engage karne ki jarurt pare toh high kneeling pons akhtiar karein, tgt ki harkat mein harkat milaye aur harkar kamar se diya jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Bayan se dahine ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Dahine se bayen ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Yeh tha Tracking ka tarika. )

(c) Sitting Posn. Abhi sikhaounga sitting posn, (Zarurat) jab firer ke samne dhalwandar zamin ya phir uppar se nichhe ki taraf fire karna ho us samay Sitting Posn kiya jata hai. Karne ka tarika, dahine paon chalti hahat mein, Bayen paon ko tgt ki sidh mein Karen. Bayen hath kimadad take lete huye baith jayen. Dekhen is prakar. Is posn mein dekhane wali batyen, bayen poan tgt ki sidh mein,Dahina poan dahine aur kaad ke mutabik khulla huya, dono eriyan zamin par lagi hui, Dono hathon ki kohniyan dono ghutnon ke uppar. Bayen hath ki pakad front grip par,charon ungliyan bhar se anghutha ander se. dayen hath ki pakad pistol grip par, teenon ungliyan bhar se anghutha ander se, kalame wali ungli trigger ke aarpar, dahine ankh is parka eye piece ke sath laga hua.

Yeh tha khare tank tgt ke liye sitting posn, abhi sikhaounga harkari tank tgt ke liye sitting posn, Dhyan rahe harkati tank tgt ko do tarike se engage kiya ja sakta hai. Trapping aur Tracking. Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh tgt ko dekhein aur tgt ke aage ek nishan chunne, shist nishan par li jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Yeh tha trapping ka tarika. Agar tgt ko Tracking ke tarike se engage karne ki jarurt pare toh dono poan ke close karein aur tank tgt ki harkat mein harkat ko milaye, harkar kamar se diy jaye. Dekhein is parkar. Bayan se dahine ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Dahine se bayen ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Yeh tha Tracking ka tarika.(Yeh tha No 1 ki hassiyat se standing ,kneeling aur sitting posns abhi bataonga No 2 ki hassiyat se, No 1 ka kaam karne ke liye sthan

lo )

Kneeling posn uthayen launcher, Rif, Container aur bags ke addesh par No-1 sikha hua tariqa se apna karwai karta hai aur No-2, bag No-2 ko dahine se bayen kandhe mein uthata hai aur rif ko makesafe karta hai, rif ke barrel ko dahini taraf rakhte huye dahine kandhe mein dalta hai, container ko dahine haath mein uthate huye ‘UP’ pukarte huye khara ho jata hai.

(e) Standing posn. Abhi sikhaung standing posn, firing posn standing posn, standing posn ikhtiyar kar. Is adesh par No 1 sikhe huye tarike se apne karwai karta hai, No-2 No-1 ke dahine aur No-1 ki taraf face karte huye khara ho jata hain. Dekhen is prakar. Firing posn standing posn, standing posn ikhtiyar kar. Is posn mein dekhne wali baten. No2, No1 ka itna najdik khara hota hai taki No-1 ke addeshon ko sun sake, dohara sake tatha bhar aur khali kar ki karwai assani se kar sake. Yeh tha khare tank tgt ke liye No 2 posns mein Standing Posn, abhi sikhaounga harkari tank tgt ko engage karne ke liye No 2 ki hassiyat mein standing posn, Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh No 2 ki Posn khare tank tgt ki tarah hi hoti hai. Agar tgt ko Tracking ke tarike se engage karne ki jarurt pare toh No-2 dono paon ki madad se chal kar No-1 ki harkat mein harkat milata hai. Dekhein is parkar. Bayan se dahine ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Dahine se bayen ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Yeh tha No 2 ki hassiyat se Tracking ka tarika.

Dekhen is parkar (bayen se dahine ko jata tk tgt harkat jari kar). stop

(f) Kneeling Posn. (No-2 ki hasiyat se) firing posn kneeling posn, kneeling posn ikhtiyar kar. Is adesh par No 1 sikhi huye tarike se apne karwai karta hai, No-2 No-1 ke dahine our No-1 ki taraf face karte huye ghutnon ke bal par baith jata hain. Dekhen is prakar. No-2, No-1 ka itna najdik posn leta hai ki No-1 ke addeshon ko sun sake, dohara sake tatha bhar aur khali kar ki karwai assani se kar sake. Is posn mein dekhne wali baten, No 2 ke Dono ghutne zamin par laga hua, body weight dono paon ki erhi ke uppar. Yeh tha khara tgt ko engage karte samay No2 ka posn. Abhi sikhaounga harkari tank tgt ko engage karne ke liye No 2 ki hassiyat mein kneeling posn, Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh No 2 ki Posn khare tank tgt ki tarah hi hoti hai. Agar tgt ko Tracking ke tarike se engage karne ki jarurt pare toh No-2 apne ghutne ke bal par chal kar, No 1 ke harkat ke harkat milata hai. Dekhein is parkar. Bayan se dahine ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Dahine se bayen ko jata harkati tank tgt, harkat jari kar, Stop. Yeh tha No 2 ki hassiyat se Tracking ka tarika.

(g) Sitting Posn.(No-2 ki hasiyat se). Is posn mein No-2 ki posn hu-ba-hu kneeling posn ki tarah hi hoti hai.

(h) Lying Posn. (Zarurat) Jab firer ke samne .1’ ya osse niche aad ho ya khule maidan se fire karne ki zarurat pade to laying posn ikhtiyar ki jati hai. Firing posn lying posn, lying posn ikhtiyar kar. Is addesh par No 1 kneeling posn mein aata hai aur launcher ko nichhe rakhta hai aur bipod ki posn ki badli karta hai. Aur No-1 launcher ke bayen 90o mein posn leta hai, bayen hath se front grip ko pakarta hai, aur dahine hath ko bipod ke pichhe se le jate hue pistol grip ko pakarta hai aur launcher ko kandhe par le jata hai, apne dahine paon ko bayen paon ke uppar rakhta hai, taki backblast se bacha ja sake. No-2 RL ke dahine 90o mein posn leta hai. Yahan par No 2 apni suvidha ke liye rifle ko nichhe rakh sakta hai. No 2 ki posn mein dekhne wali baten. No2, No1 ka itna najdik hota hai taki No-1 ke addeshon ko sun sake, dohara sake tatha bhar aur khali kar ki karwai assani se kar sake. No 2 apne bayen poan ko dahine poan ke uppar rakhta hai. Takibackblast se bacha ja sake. Agar Trapping ke tarike se tgt ki engage karne ki jarurt pare toh No 2 ki Posn khare tank tgt ki tarah hi hoti hai. (Dhyan rahe lying posn se harkati tk tgt ke uppar fire nahi kiya jata. yadi zarurat ho to posn ki badli ki jae

…. (Yeh tha No 1 aur No 2 ki hassiyat se lying posn) Kisi bhi student ka koyi swal)

BHAG - II :BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA.

9. RL No-1 aur No-2 ek team ke taur par kaam karte hai. Yadi Nos bharna aur khali karne ka sahi tariqa pata ho to weh apne aap ko safe rakhte huye tgt ko jaldi se jaldi barbad kar sakta hai. Waise to dono Nos ek sath karwai karte hai. Lekin aap ko sahi karwai samjhane ke liye dono ki alag-alag karwai bataunga. (No-1 ki hasiyat se). No-1 ko tgt dikhai de ya squad post trg ke dauran aaddesh mile ‘BHAR’. Is addesh par No-1 launcher ko cock karta hai, safety catch ko ‘S’ par karta hai aur No-2 ko bhar ka addesh deta hai. Dekhen is prakar. Yeh tha No-1 ki hesiyat se, abh bataunga No-2 hasiyat se No-1 ka kaam karne ke liye Hav… sthan

lo. Yahan par hathiyar aur saman ka badly kiya jata hai. (No-2 ki hasiyat se) No-2, No-1 ke addesh ko doharata hai, venturi ko kholta hai, chamber ka mulahija karta hai aur saaf karta hai. Container se round ko nikalta hai aur round ka mulahija karta hai aur saaf karta hai, Rd races ko chamber guide ke sath milate hue chamber mein dakhil karta hai, back blast area ka nirikshan karta hai, agar koi jandar vastu ya rukawat ho to use hatata hai, agar hatne wali na ho to firing posn ki badli karata hai, abhi ke liye firing ki lihaj se thik, to ventury ko band karta hai aur No-1 ki peeth par thapki lagate huye ’UP’ pukarta hai aur apni posn mein aa jata hai.

Khali Karna. No-1 ko tgt dikhai na de ya sqd post trg ke dauran addesh mile ‘BAGAIR FIRE KHALI KAR’ to No-1 yakin karta hai ki RL cock hai aur Safety Catch ‘S’ par hai, No-2 ko addesh deta hai ‘Bagair fire khali kar’. No-2, No-1 ke addesh ko doharata hai aur venturi ko kholta hai, fastening strap ko aage ki taraf dhakelte hue round ko chamber se bahar nikalta hai, venturi ko band karta hai, No-1 ki peeth par thapki lagate huye ‘UP’ pukarta hai aur apni posn mein aa jata hai. No-1 safety catch ko ‘F’ par karta hai, durust shist lete huye trigger ko press karta hai, No-2 rd ko container main band karta hai. Yeh tha No-1 aur No-2 ki hassiyat se bharna aur khali karna.

LESSON 5 -FIRE AUR MISFIRE HONE PAR KARWAI

Shuru Shuru ka Kam.

1. Is prakar se Karen :-

(a) Bandobast ki karwai.

(b) Class ki ginti aur deton mein bant .

Saman.

2. 84 mm RL, INSAS Rif, bag No-1 bag No-2, container, drill rd, tank tgt, fig-11tgt, ground sheet, long easel, black board, chalk, duster.

Pahunch.

3. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko batae. Instructor yad rakhe pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se samandit ho.

Uddesh.

4. 84 mm RL Mk-III se fire aur misfire hone par karwai karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Bhagon Mein Baant.

5. Yeh sabaq do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - 84 mm RL MK III se Fire karne ka tariqa.

(b) Bhag II - Misfire hone par karwahi.

BHAG I - RL MK III SE FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA.

Trigger Ops ki Karwai.

6. Rifle ki tarah hi is launcher ke trigger ke do khinchao hote hai. Pahlethora halka aur (Lamba) dursachhota phir(aur) sakhat. Is launcher ka back blast ka ilaqa breech ke pichhe dono taraf ko 45 deg (total 90 degree) ke angle par 60 m lamba hota hai. Back Blast Area mein 5 mtr tak kisi bhi prakar ka vertical obstruction(rukawat) nahi hona chahiyen (aur 60 mtr tak koi jaan dar cheej)Fire karte waqt is ilaqe mein koi jandar chiz ammunition ya rukawat nahin honi chahiye.

Fire ki Karwai.

7. Yahan par launcher det ko tgt dikhaya jata hai. Fire keliye hathiyar aur amn taiyar kar ke aadesh par No I Sight par rg lagate hai aur No II Amn ko taiyar karta hai. Bhar ke aadesh par donon Nos sikhe hue tariqa se karwai karta hai yahan No II aur No I se check back report liya jate hai. Fire ke aadesh par No I safety catch ki posn ko fire par karta hai aur shist ko kayam rakhte hue fire karte hai donon Nos tgt area mein rd ka maar ko dekhte hain dhyan rehe fire karte samay donon Nos ka munh khula hona chahiye. Firing posn kneeling posn, kneeling posn ikhtiyar kar. (Yahan par det ko tgt dikhaya jata hai, dhyan rahe jis posn se fire karna ho ussi posn se tgt dikhya jaye) RL det samne dekh 400, ground ke madhya dushman ka khara tk tgt barbad karenge HEAT 551 se fire ke liye hathiyar Amn taiyar kar. Is adhesh par No-1 diye gaye amn ki knob ko check karta hai yadi knob ki badly karne ki jarurat ho to knob ko badly karta hai. rg ko lagata hai aur No-2 bhar ka addesh deta hai. Is adesh par No 2 adesh ko dohrata hai aur

bataye gaye amn ko taiyar karta hai. No1 launcher ko cock karta hai aur safety catch ki posn ko ‘S’ par karta hai aur No 2 ko bharne ka addesh deta hai. No-2 addesh ko dohrata hai aur sikhe huye tarike se karwai karta hai. rd ko taiyar karta hai. Bharne se pahle No 1 No 2 ko Stop karta hai aur No-2 se check back report leta hai. Check back report No-2 ke addesh par No-2 taiyar kiye huye rd ki kism aur tadad ko hawala deta hai aur bhar ki karwai karta hai. Dekhen is prakar, Check back report No-2 - ek HEAT 551 tayar kiya. Bhar ki karwai hone ke baad No-1 bhi check back report deta hai. Check back report No-1 ke addesh par No-1 knob, rg scale’rg aur shist ka hawala dete huye report deta hai. Dekhen is prakar. Check back report No-1 (knob 551,White rg scale, rg 400, shist tgt ke madhya) Fire ke addesh par No 1 safety catch ki posn ko ‘F’ par karta hai aur durust shist lete huye trigger press karta hai. Rd fire hone par No-1 aur No-2 dono tgt area mein rd ki maar ko dekhte hain. Dhyan rahe No1 sight se hi rd ki maar ko dekhenge aur fire ke duran dono nos ka muh khola ho, Agar rds on tgt na ho to dussra rd bharne ka addesh deta hai aur munasib correction dekar dussra rd fire karte hai. Is parkar ek RL det ek min mein 6 rds fire kar sakta hai. Yeh tha fire karne ka tarika. Firing karne ka tarika mein kisi bhi student ko koi sawal? Sawal nahi, toh rds on tgt, tgt barbad ,drill rd khali kar. No-1 khali kar ki karwai ke baad rg ko down karta hai. (Yahan par report ki karwai shuru hoti hai.)

9. Is tarah fire karne se ek min mein 6 round tak fire kiye ja sakte hain. Fire karne ka tariqa sab firing positionon mein yahi rahega.

Misfire Par Karwai.

10. Misfire hone par karwai is prakar se hain.

(a) Agar trigger dabane par fire na ho ya sqd post trg ke dauran aades mile fire nahi to RL No 1 shist, pakar aur trigger par dabav ko kayam rakhte hue 5 Second ka waqfa diya jata hai 5 sec ka waqfa dene ke baad bhi rd na ho to dubara cock kare aur triger press karen.

(b) Agar round phir bhi fire na ho ya sqd post trg ke dauran aadesh mile phir fire nahi to No 1 shist, pakar aur trigger par dabav ko kayam rakhte hue 15 Second ka waqfa diya jata hai yadi round phir bhi fire na ho ya sqd post trg ke dauran aadesh mile phir bhi fire nahi to launcher ko cock karen, safety catch ko ‘safe’ par karen aur No 2 ko 02 min ka samay ko note karne keliye batayen. 02 min ke samay khatam hone par No-2 samay pukarta hain, is parkar 2 min ka waqfa dene ke baad hi rd fire na ho ya sqd post trg ke dauran aadesh mile miss fire khali kar ke aadesh par donon Nos milkar misfire khalikar ki karwai karte hai.

(c) No 2, No 1 ke hukam ko dohrata hai aur khali kar ki karwai karta hai uske bad round ke primer ka mulahiza karta hai. Agar round ke primer par chot na ho to RL No-1 aur No 2 sikhe huye tariqe se firing pin ki badli karte hain aur yadi round ke primer par chot ho to round ko misfire rd samajhkar door karta hai. No-2 No-1 ko belt se pakar kar barrel ko surakshit disha mein rakhte huye sath hi back blast ko dhyan rakhte huye firing posn 50 m aage aur dahine misfire ditch (Khada) ke pass rd ki nose target ki taraf karke rakh deta hai. Container se dusra round leta hai aur RL ko bhar ki karwai karta hai. RL No 1 RL ko fire mein samil karta hai launcher thik fire karega.

(e) Misfire hone ke karan :-

(i) Main spring ka kamjor hona.

(ii) Firing pin ka tut jana ya ghis jana.

(iii) Rd ki primer mein nuqs hona.

Sankshep

11. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen.

LESSON - 6

7.62MM SUB CALIBRE ADAPTOR FFV 553 SE JANKARI

1. Shuru Shuru ka Kaam.

(a) Class ki ginti groupon mein bant

(b) Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan

2. Dohrai. Pichle lesson se kiya jaye.

3. Pahunch. 84mm Rocket Launcher Mk-III ek new generaton weapon hain. Zaruri hain ki har jawan iske bare main jankari rakhta hon taki zarurat parne per iska istemal kar saken. 84mm RL MK-III ke sath 7.62mm Sub Calibre adaptor diya gaya hain jisse ki jawan ko adhik se adhik abhyas diya jaye.

4. Uddesh. 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV 553 ke bare main jankari dena hain.

5. Saman. 84mm RL MK-III, 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV 553, Launcher rest, Bag No 1, Bag No 2, Black board, chalk, duster, Ground sheet.

6. Bhagon Mein Bant.

Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-

(a) Bhag-I -7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV 553ki visheshtayen aur tech data

(b) Bhag-II - Hisse purjon ke naam, firing mech ki chal aur fire karne ka tariqa.

BHAG-I 7.62MM SUB CALIBRE ADAPTOR FFV-553 KI VISHESHTAYEN AUR TECH DATA

7. Visheshtayen.

(a) Yeh ek hathiyar hain. Is adaptor ka istemal karte hue RL det ko zaida se zaida abhyas diya ja sakta hain.

(b) Isse amn ki bachat hoti hain.

(d) Is adaptor se fire karne se barrel ki life per koi asar nahi padta.

(e) Isse 7.62mm tracer round FFV-553 aur cap with holder FFV-840 fire kiya jata hain.

8. Tech Data.

(a) Origin - Sweden

(b) Calibre - 7.62mm

(d) Lambai - 595mm

(e) Muzzle velocity - 425m/sec

(f) Effective range - 700m

(g) Grooves - 04 (RH)

BHAG-II HISSE PURJON KE NAAM, FIRING MECH KI CHAL AUR FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA

7.62MM SUB CALIBRE ADAPTER

9. Hisse Purjon ke Naam. Nose cone, elevation screw, elevation screw locking screw, deflection screw, deflection screw locking screw, barrel mounting front, barrel, body, barrel mounting, rear, sitted for cap with holder, flash aperature, rim, round, races, grooves for bolt catch, barrel nut, locking shoulder, disengagement surface, firing pin catch.

10. Firing Mech ke naam. Hammer, bolt catch, firing pin catch, sitted for 7.62mm tracer round, firing pin, spring, engagement surface, disengagement surface, 7.62mm tracer round ki pechan bullet ke nose per white colour aur carts ka aadha hissa black colour ka hota hain.

11. Firing Mech ki chal. Firing mech ko adapter ke ander dakhil karenne ke baad jab firing mech ke katav ko ‘F’ per karte hain toh bolt catch grrooves for bolt catch ke sath lock ho jta hain, hammer flash aperature ki sidh main aa jata hain. Firing pin catch engagement surface ke dayen wale locking shoulder ke sath lag jata hain, jisse fg mech ke firing pin unlock ho jata hain.

12. Jab 84mm RL ko fire karte hain, firing pin cap per chot marta hain jisse flash (shock wave) paida hota hain, yahi flash hammer ke upar dabav dalta hain, jisse hammer aage ki harkat karta hain toh firing pin apne hole se nikal kar 7.62mm tracer round ke primer per chot marta hain aur tracer round fire ho jata hain. Spring ki takat se firing pin aur hammer peeche apne jagah mein aa jata hain.

13. Jab firing mech ke katab ko ‘S’ per karte hain toh hammer flash aperature ki sidh main nahi hota hain aur firing pin catch engagement surface ke dayen wali locking shoulder aur barrel

nut ke sath milap nahi hota hain, jisse firing pin lock hi rehta hain. Is dauran agar galti se trigger dab jaye toh cap with holder phat jaiga lakin tracer round fire nahi hoga.

14. 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV-553 ko fire ke liye tayar karna.

(a) Firing mech ko anti clock wise gumaye.

(b) Jaise hi firing mech ko katav ko direction mark ke sath mil jaye firing mech ko bahar nikalen.

(d) Firing mech ke katav ko direction mark ke sath milate huye adaptor ke ander dakhil karen aur firing mech ko clock wise gumate huye firing mech ke katav ko ‘S’ke sidh mein karen.

(e) Cap with holder ko sited for primer with cap holder ki jagah per niche ke taraf dabate hue fit karen.

15. 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV-553 ko 84mm RL main Bhar Karna.

(a) Anya amn ki tarah RL main bhar ki karwai karen.

(b) Ventury ko band karen se pahle firing mech ki posn ko ‘F’per karen.

16. 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor FFV-553 ko Khali Karna.

(a) Yakin karen launcher cock ho aur safety catch ki posn ‘S’ per ho, ventury ko kholen.

(b) Firing mech ko anti clock wise gumate huye ‘S’ per karen aur adaptor ko bahar nikalen.

(c) Cap with holder ko nikalen. Firing mech ko anti clock wise gumate huye firing mech ke katav ko direction mark ke sath milate hue bahar nikalen aur tracer round ko alag karen.

(d) Dobara firing mech ko adaptor ke ander dakhil karen aur clock wise gumate huye ‘S’per karen.

17. Misfire Hone per Karwai.

(a) Misfire hone per ventury ko kholen, firing mech ko ‘S’ par karen aur adaptor ko bahar nikalen.

(b) Cap with holder ko check karen.

(d) Tracer misfire ho toh tracer aur primer with cap holder donon ke badly karen.

(e) Tracer ke primer per chot na ho toh firing mech ke firing pin ko check karen.

(f) Firing pin tuta ho toh firing pin ki badly karwaya jaye

(g) Yadi cap holder per chot na ho toh RL ki firing pin ki badly karen.

LESSON - 7

7.62 MM SUB CALIBRE KO ZEROING KARNE KA TARIQA.

18. 7.62mm Sub Calibre adaptor ko zeroing karne se pahle yakin karen ki RL zero hain.

19. 7.62mm Sub Calibre adaptor ko 300m par zeroing karna chaiya.

20. Saman. RL Mk-III, Bag No 1, 7.62mm Sub Calibre Adaptor, 7.62mm Tracer Round, Cap with holder.

(a) Standing supported Posn.

(b) Tgt 3m x 3m, + ka size 40 x 40cm, chaurai 3 x3cm aur ek sq=20cm.

(d) 05 round ka gp fire karne ke baad MPI POA par hi banana chahiye.

21. Upar/niche ka Correction.

(a) 7.62mm Sub Caliber Adaptor ke round races ko zamin ki taraf karte huye sub calibre ko pakren.

(b) Yadi MPI upar ban raha hain toh niche wale elevation screw ko dhila karen aur upar wale elevation screw ko tight karen.

(c) Yadi MPI niche ban raha hain toh upar wale elevation screw ko dhila karen aur niche walen elevation screw ko tight karen.

22. Dayen/Bayen ka Correction.

(a) Yadi MPI dayen ban raha hain toh bayen wale deflection screw ko dhila karen aur dayen wale deflection screw ko tight karen.

(b) Yadi MPI bayen ban raha hain toh dayen wale deflection screw ko dhila karen aur bayen wale deflection screw ko tight karen.

(d) Alag alag range per MPI ka height is parkar hain:-

200m - 35 cm

300m -+/- 0 cm

400m -+25 cm

500m -+35 cm

600m -+15 cm

700m - (-) 45 cm

23. Safai Karne ka Tariqa. Firing se pahle firing mech ke bahar nikalen aur sited for firing mech body ke grease ko saaf kar lena chaiya aur barrel ko bhi saaf karna chaiya lubrication anya hathiyaron ki tarah.

LESSON – 6

84MM RL MK III KI BORE SIGHTING

Parichay

1. Maidani aur desert ke ilake mein, dushman ke tankon ke badhte hue khatre ko madhya nazar rakhte hue hamare desh mein anti tank hathiyaron mein kafi pragati hui hai. 84mm RL infantry sec ke star ka ek bharose wala A-TK hathiyar hai, Isko hum anya role mein bhi istemal kar sakte hain. Lekin dhyan rahe 84mm RL ka mukhaya task tankon ke khilaf hai. Inf sec ke har jawan mein yeh kabliyat aur bharosa hona chahyie ki woh tankon ki raftar aur pratikriya ko dhyan mein rakhte hue pehle round se hi dushman ke tk ko barbad kar sake. Is mudde ko hasil karne ke liye zaruri hai ki 84mm RL ko sahi tarike se bore sight kar liya jaye.

Bore Sighting ki Paribhasha, Mauke aur Fayde

4. Bore Sighting Ki Paribhasha. Is se pahle ki hum bore sighting ka tarika sikhen, bore sigthing ka arth samajh lena zaruri hai. Axis of bore aur line of sight ko di hui rg par chune hue nishan par milane ki karyawahi ko bore sighting kahte hain. Bore sighting bina fire kari jati hai.

5. Bore sighting aur Zeroing me antar.

6. Bore Sighting ke Mauke

(a) Jab naya hathiyar issue ho.

(b) Field fg se pehle.

(d) Jab hathiyar ki durusti par shaq ho.

(e) Larai mein jaane se pehle.

7. Bore Sighting ke Fayde

(a) Hathiyar par bharosa.

(b) Amn aur samay ki bachat.

8. Bore sighting ke liye saman

(a) Boresighting stand.

(b) 84mm RL.

(d) Bag No 1.

(i) Bore sighting adaptors.

(ii) Spanner.

(iii) Drift.

(iv) Screw driver.

(e) Bore sighting tgt :- 4 x 4 tgt jis ke beech mein 30 x 30 cms ka aiming mark ho, ise 300m ya us se dur lagaen.

Bore Sighting with Open Sight

9. Open sight ko bore sight karne ka procedure is prakar hoga :-

(a) Launcher stand ko zamin par hamwar rakhen.

(b) RL ko stand par fit karen.

(d) Bore sight attachment lein aur rear bore sight ko venturi khol kar chamber mein fit karen aur front bore sight ko brl mein aage se fit karen.

(e) Yakin karen ki front bore sight attachment zamin ke hamwar hai. (Bade wala trikon uper ki taraf hona chahiye).

(f) Open sight ko upar uthaen aur rg drum ko pura niche karein, Jis tapman mein bore sight kar rahen hain, indicator arm ko us tapman ke lihaz se zero ke samne karen.

(g) Bore sighting tgt ko 300m ya usse adhik duri par rakhein. Yadi bore sighting tgt nahi hai to 300m ya usse dur ek POA chuno.

(h) Ventury ke zariye bore sight adaptors se dekhte hue stand ko harkat dete hue chune hue POA par shist lein.

(j) Ab RL ke bayen aa kar stand ko bina hilaye, open sight se usi nishan par shist lein. Agar durust shist chune hue POA par mil jati hai to open sight durust bore sight hai. Yadi dono shist chune hue nishan par nahi milti hai to karwai is prakar karen:-

(i) Uper/ niche ki galti. Ise dur karne ke liye, elevation drum ko ghumayen. Yadi shist niche mil rahi ho to elevation drum ko ghadi ke ulte rukh ghumao, yadi upar mil rahi ho to ghari ke sulte rukh ghumao.

(ii) Dayen/ bayen ki galti ko dur karna. Back sight adjusting nut ko screw driver ki madad se dhila karen. Ab screw ko ghuma kar dayen/bayen ki munasib harkat den, dobara shist check karen. Yadi shist thik mil jati hai to nut ko screw driver ki madad se kas den.

(k) Ab rg indicator arm ko dhila karen Jis tapman wale nishan ko apne pahle zero ke samne kiya tha us nishan ko zero ke samne karen aur screw ko kas dein.

Bore Sighting with Telescopic Sight

10. Telescopic sight ko bore sight karne ka procedure is prakar hoga :-

(a) RL ko stand par fit karna, bore sight attachment ko fit karna thik usi prakar hai, jis prakar se open sight ko bore sight karte waqt karwai ki gai thi.

(b) Open sight ko RL ke saath bitha den.

(d) Range drum ko zero par karen.

(e) Telescopic sight ko RL par fit karne ke bad age se daba kar chhod den, agar sight apne aap upar aa jati hai to sight thik hai.

(f) Yakin karein telescopic sight ka retical pattern ki padi line zamin ke hamwar hai.

(g) Elevation aur deflection drum locking screw ko dhila karen, dhyan rahe ki slipping scale ka screw kasa hua ho.

(h) Bore sight adaptor se dekhte hue 300m ya usse dur lage tgt ke aiming pt par stand ko harkat dete hue shist lein.

(j) RL ki telescopic sight se dekhen, retical pattern ki khari line ka upar wala hissa chune hue POA par milna chahiye. Agar dono shist mil jati hai to locking screw ko kas den. Slipping scale ki zero ko jis tapman wale ilake mein aap bore sight kar rahen hai us ke samne mila den aur locking screw ko kas dein.

(k) Yadi dono shist POA par nahi milti hai to karwai is prakar karen:-

(i) Uper/ Niche ki galti. Elevation drum ko plus ki taraf ghumane se retical pattern upar jata hai aur minus ki taraf ghumane se niche ki taraf uthta hai. Is prakar elevation drum ko munasib harkat dete hue reticle pattern ki khari line ke upar wale hisse ko POA se mila dein.

(ii) Dayen Bayen ki galti. Deflection drum ko right ki taraf ghumane se reticle pattern Dayen ki taraf harkat karta hai aur left ki taraf ghumane se bayen ki harkat karta hai. Is prakar deflection drum ko unasib harkat dekar reticle pattern ki khari line ke upar wale hisse ko POA par mila den.

(l) Ab dobara bore sight adaptor aur telescopic sight se shist check karen, yakin karen dono shist ek hi POA par mile hue hain.

(m) Dono drum ke locking screw ko kas dein.

(n) Correction dete samay dono slipping scale ka zero apne sthan se hil jayega. Slipping scale screw ko dhila karen aur zero ko us tapman wale nishan ke samne karen, jis tapman par bore sight kiya gaya hai aur screw ko kas dein.

11. 84mm RL ke round jyada sard ilake mein, niche aur garam ilake mein upar lagte hain. Dhyan rahe 84mm RL ko har tapman wale ilake mein bore sighting karne ki zarurat nahi hai. Elevation drum ke locking screw ko dhila karen aur slipping scale ke zero us tapman wale nishan ke samne mila dene se tapman ki correction dur ho jati hai. Dayen/ bayen ka correction na diya jaye.

12. Thik bore sight na hone ke karan. Bore sighting ki tartib sikhne ke bad ab hum dekhte hain ki durust bore sight na hone ke kya karan ho sakte hain:-

(a) RL ka rest par tedha baitha hona.

(b) Telescopic sight ke reticle pattern ka tedha hona.

(e) Front bore sight zamin ke hamwar na hona.

(f) Launcher ka adjustment karte waqt hil jana.

(g) Slipping scale ka zero par na karna.

Bore sighting with Bore Sighting Chart

13. Operational A, zarorat shooda rg aur mausam ko madhya nazar rakhte hue RL ki bore sighting ko teen cases me banta gya h. Yeh teen cases is prakar hai:-

(a) Case I. Jab tgt dikh raha ho fd of fire clear ho. Jab tgt ka rg zameen pe hasil ho aur fd of fire clear ho. Aise case me RL ko actual fg rg ya 300 mtr pe boresight kia jayega. Misaal ke taur par, LOC pe agar dushman ki post par fg karna ho jiska rg aur fd of fire dono haasil ho, to RL ko POA pe h boresight kia jayega.

(b) Case II. Jab tgt nahi dikh raha ho par rg avlb ho. Jab zameen par tgt na ho par jis rg pe tgt ko engage karna hai wo rg avlb ho, aise case me rg of fg pe h RL ko bore sight kiya jayega. Misaal ke liye, desert ilake me jahan tgt avlb nahi hai par rg na ho, RL ko tgt rg pe h bore sight kiya jayega.

(c) Case III. Jab tgt aur rg dono avlb na ho. Yadi bore sighting ke liye jarurat shuda range na uplabdh ho to bhi bore sighting chart ki madad se hum RL ko bore sight kar sakte hain. Is case mein bore sighting tgt par ek ki jagah do ‘+’ ke nishan bnaye jate hain. Bayein wala nishan LOS ke liye aur dahine wala nishan Axis of Bore ke liye. Sight se dekhte hue hum shisht ko bayein wale ‘+’ ke nishan pe milate hian aur bore sight se dekhte hue shisht (axis of barrel) ko dahine wale ‘+’ ke nishan par milate hain. Donon ‘+’ ke beech ki duri, RL se bore sighting chart ki duri par nirbhar karegi.

14. Udharan ke taur par, yadi hum 300 m ke liye RL ko bore sight kar rahe hain to LOS aur Axis of Bore (jinka shuru mein fasla 12 cm hai), 300m par jakar milengi. Isiliye 300m tak inke beech ki duri badhti hui range ke sath ghatti jayegi. Jaise 100m par 8cm aur 200m par 4cm. Isliye Yadi hum 100m par bore sighting chart lgate hain to do ‘+’ ke beech ka fasla 8cm hoga.

15. Human Eye Resolution. Ek normal insani ankh 1m par kam se kam 0.35mm dur rakhe objects ko alag alag dekh sakti hai. Yadi is se kam fasle par do objects ko rkha jaye to insani ankh unhe alag alag nahin dekh payegi aur wah ek hi pratit honge. 100 m par ye sankhya 3.5 cm aur 200 m par 7 cm ho jati hai. Isilye yadi hum 300m ke liye RL ko bore sight kar rahe hain, aur yadi 200m par bore sight chart lgate hain, to do ‘+’ ke beech ki duri 4 cm hogi (LOS aur Axis of barrel ka fasla 200m par). Lekin insani ankh 200m par kam se kam 7cm dur bane hue do ‘+’ ke nishan ko hi alag alag dekh sakti hai, is se kam duri par yadi nishan hain (jaise 4cm), to insani ankh unhe alag alag nahin dekh payegi. Jiski wajah se LOS aur Axis of Barrel apne apne nishan par nahin mil payengi. Isliye humein yadi RL ko 300m ke liye bore sight karna hai to 200m par bore sight chart lgakar nahin kar sakte.

Sankshep

16. 84mm RL ek bahut bharose mand hathiyar hai. Firing ke dauran is ke achuk nishane ko kayam rakhne ke liye aur pahle hi rd se dushmani tk tgt ko barbad karne ke liye yeh bahut zaruri hai ki is ko thik prakar se bore sight kar liya jaye. Aisa karne se na kewal hum amn aur samay ki bachat karenge, balki jald se jald apne mudde ko bhi hasil krne mein saksham ho payenge.

1. Amn data of HE-441D (as per Range Table)

(a) HE-441D ki Rg table, Propellant temperature 21 degree ke liye tiyar ki gayi hai. Isliye sabhi calculation isi tapman ko dhyan mein rakhkar kiya gaya hai.

(b) Propellant temperature mein ±5 degree ka badlav aane par Muzzle velocity mein bhi badlav aata hai jo ki rg table se nikal sakte hai. Jaise ki HE-441D ki Muzzle velocity mein ±2.5 m/s ka badlav aata hai, Jab propellant ke tapman mein + 5 degree ka badlav aata hai.

Example. Aap registan ke ilaqe main tainat ho. Dushman ki ek section aap ki taraf aa rahi hai. Aap se dushman ki doori 700mtr hai. Propellant ka tapman bhi 40 degree pahunch gaya hai. Aap RL ke HE441D rd se dushman ko kaise barbad karoge.

Rd : HE- 441D

Propellant Temp : 40 degree Standard propellant Temp : 21 degree

Ans.

(a) Gen.

(i) Propellant ka standard tapman : 21 degree hai (rg table se)

(ii) Propellant ka mazuda tapman : 40 degree hai.

(iii) Propellant Tapman mein antar : 40-21 = 19 degree.

(b) Muzzle velocity mein antar

(i) +5 degree propellant tapman ke liye HE-441D ke Muzzle velocity mein +2.5 m/s ka antar aata hai.

(ii) Isliye 19 degree tapman ke liye MV main vreedhi hoga : 19/05 x 2.5 = 9.5 m/s hoga

(iii) 700mtr par MV main 9.5 m/s ki vreedhi hogi.

(iv) Muzzle velocity main 01 m/s ki vreedhi hone se HE rd ki ht mein +43 cm ka badlav aata hai. (Range table se).

(v) To 9.5 m/s ke liye : 9.5x43 = 408.5 cm

(i) 700mtr rg par 1 degree tapman badhne se 4cm farak padhta hai

(ii) 19 degree ke liye : 19x4 = 76 cms

(iii) Total vreedhi : 408.5+76 = 484.5cm

(d) 700 m Rg par Rd ki ht mein badlav.

(i) MV ke karan : 408.5 cm

(ii) Tapman ke karan : 76 cm

(iii) Total Rd ki ht mein badlav : 408.5+76=484.5

(e) Mils mein conversion.

(i) 700m rg par 1 mil ka elevation dene se HE 441D ka projectile POA se 70 mil upar lagta hai.

(ii) To 484.5 cm ke liye 484.5/70 = 6.921

(iii) Telescope sight ke elevation drum ko 7 mils plus ke nishan ki taraf ghumaye.

RANGE TABLE OF HEAT-551

(a) HEAT-551 ki rg table Propellant temperature 21 degree ke liye tiyar ki gayi hai. Isliye sabhi calculation isi tapman ko dhyan mein rakhkar kiya gaya hai.

(b) Propellant temperature mein ±5 degree ka badlav aane par Muzzle velocity mein bhi badlav aata hai jo ki rg table se nikal sakte hai. Jaise ki HEAT 551 ki Muzzle velocity mein

±1.5 m/s ka badlav aata hai.

Correction Table (HEAT 551)

Change in ht (HEAT 551)

RANGE TABLE OF HEAT 751

(a) HEAT 751 ki rg table Propellant temperature 21 degree ke liye tiyar ki gayi hai. Isliye sabhi calculation isi tapman ko dhyan mein rakhkar kiya gaya hai.

(b) Propellant temperature mein ±5 degree ka badlav aane par Muzzle velocity mein bhi badlav aata hai jo ki rg table se nikal sakte hai. Jaise ki HEAT 751 main 2 m/s ka badlav aata hai.

Change of ht (HEAT 751)

RANGE TABLE OF HEDP 502

(a) HEDP 502 ki rg table Propellant temperature 21 degree ke liye tiyar ki gayi hai. Isliye sabhi calculation isi tapman ko dhyan mein rakhkar kiya gaya hai.

(b) Propellant temperature mein ±5 degree ka badlav aane par Muzzle velocity mein bhi badlav aata hai jo ki rg table se nikal sakte hai. Jaise ki HEDP 502 ki Muzzle velocity mein

±1.5 m/s ka badlav aata hai.

Correction Table HEDP 502

Change in ht (HEDP 502)

LESSON-1

SABAQ 1 - LAUNCHER SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI KARNA KA TARIQA

Parichay

1. Sabaq ke anusar instructor khud apni banai hui pahunch class ko batae. Instructor yad rakhe ki pahunch chhota ho, saaf aur sabaq se samandit ho.

Uddesh

2. 84 mm RL Mk-IV se waqfiat, Kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

Bhagon mein baant

3. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - RL MK -IV ki vishtayen aur zaruri tech data.

(b) Bhag II - Kholna, hisse purjon ke naam,kam,chal aur

jorna

BHAG I - RL MK -IV KI VISHESTAYEN AUR ZARURI TECH DATA

4. Vishestayen

(a) Yeh Sweden ka bana hua hathiyar hai.

(b) Front grip, shoulder pad aur bipod holder ko adjust kar sakte hai.

(d) Carrying handle ko bada aur folded banaya gaya hai.

(e) RL MK-III ke banispat wazan mein halka hai.

(f) Ismein open sight ki jagah Red dot sight diya gaya hai.

(g) Transport safety diya gaya hai.

(h) Piccatiny rail ki suvidha diya hai.

(j) Shot counter ki suveedha hai ji se RL mein kitne full caliber rds fire huye hai pata kar sakte hain.

(k) Ismein fire control unit ki suveedha hai jiski madad se hum smart amn ko fire kar sakte hai.

(l) Para dropping ke liye Polyurethane cover diya gaya hai.

(m) Brl aur ventury Titanium linear ka banaya gaya hai.

5. Technical Data

(a) Khali Launcher ka wazan with red dot sight - 7 Kg (approx)

(b) Bipod ka wazan - 300 gm

(e) Wooden box ke sath wt - 24 Kg

(f) Lambai - 999 mm

(g) Grooves - 24 (RH)

(h) Trigger Pull - 2.5 - 5 Kg

(j) Rate of Fire - 6 rds/min

(k) Mech Safety - Khuli Venturi aur Band Venturi

(l) Applied safety - Safety catch aur Transport safety

(m) Siddhant - Breech loaded

lateral percussion fire

(n) Back Blast - 60 mtr Lamba aur ventury ke madhya se 45° dono taraf.

BHAG II - KHOLNA, CHAL AUR JORNA

8. 84 mm RL Mk III ko kholne ke liye bag no 1 ki zarurat parti hai.

Bag No 1 ka Saman.

9. Spare Part Box ka saman.

11. Safety Catch ki Chaal. Cock karne ke bad Jab safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par karne ke liye dahini taraf karte hain to safety catch ka utha hua bhag trigger sear ke niche aa jata hai jisse trigger sear ko niche aane ki jagah nahin milti hai. Jisse trigger ko dabane par trigger sear niche nahi dab pata hai aur Trigger sear notch aur cocking lug ka milap nahin tut pata aur trigger press nahi hota hai. Jab safety catch ki posn ‘F’ par karne ke liye safety catch ko bayen taraf push karte hai to safety catch ka kata hua bhag trigger sear ke niche aa jata hai jisse trigger sear ko niche ane ki jagah mil jati hai aur trigger press hone par trigger sear piche se niche dab jata hai aur trigger sear notch aur cocking lug ka milap tut jata hai firing rod piche aa jata hai.

1 Trigger sear

2 Safety catch, Inner

3 Safety catch, Outer

4 Ball plunger

5 Firing rod

6 Slot in firing rod

7 Shaft on safety catch, Outer

12. Launcher ki Chaal. Jab launcher ko cock kiya jata hai to firing rod aage ki harkat

karta hai, is dauran main spring front cap ki taraf sikur jata hai aur firing pin cam se niche utar jata hai. Jab cocking lever ko chhodte hain to main spring apni tanav ko kam karta hai to firing rod ko piche dhakelta hai, is dauran firing rod ke lug ka milap sear notch se ho jata hai aur launcher cock ho jata hai. Jab firer trigger ko dabata hai to firing rod ke lug aur sear notch ka milap tut jata hai, jisse firing rod piche ki harkat karta hai. Is dauran firing pin cam ke upar sawar ho jata hai aur chamber wale rd ke percussion cap par chot marta hai, jisse rd fire ho jata hai.

BHAG III - MECHANICAL SAFETY AUR SAFAI

14. Mechanical Safety:- Khuli ventury aur band ventury, 84 MM RL MK-IV ke mechanical Safety fastening strap per nirbhar karti hai. Kyonki is per 3 projection lage hote hain Stop projection, Lock projection, aur Ventury locking lever.

(a) Venturi locking lever

(b) Locking projection

(d) Extractor spring

(e) Safety projection

(f) Wear part

(g) Venturi

(h) Axis pin, extractor

(j) Axis pin, locking lever

(k) Venturi locking lever spring

(l) Barrel

(m) Extractor with extractor spring

(n) Mechanism tube for firing mechanism

(o) Camplate (rear part of firing mechanism)

Stop Projection:- Jab ventury pura khula hota hai to fastening strap mein laga hua stop projection ventury ke sath lag jata hai jisse fastening strap apni normal posn se thora aage hota hai. Is dauran ventury locking lever upper uth jata hai. Yadi no 2 ne round bhar diya ho aur ventury band na kiya ho. No 1 galti se trigger press kar de to bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki cam plate jyon hi pichhe aayegi ventury locking lever upper utha hone ke karan safety hole cam plate ki seedh mein nahi hoga. Jisse ventury locking cam plate ko pura piche nahi aane dega. Jis se firing pin came per swar nahin ho payega aur round ke primer per chot nahin mar payega aur round fire nahin hoga. Is dauran ventury locking lever safety pradan karega. Agar aisa na hota to round fire ho jane per RL det aur WPN dono ko nuksan hota aur bada hadsa ho jata.

1. Ventury locking lever 2. Safety hole 3. Cam plate

Lock Projection:- Jab No 2 bhar ki karwai karne ke bad ventury ko band karta hai aur ventury galti se puri tarah se band na ho. Is dauran bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki is dauran lock projection ventury ke sath lag jata hai jis se fastening strap apni normal posn se thora aage hota hai jis se ventury locking lever upper uth jata hai No 1 galti se trigger press kar de to bhi round fire nahin hoga kyonki cam plate jyon hi pichhe aayegi ventury locking lever upper utha hone ke karan safety hole cam plate ki seedh mein nahi hoga. Jisse ventury locking lever came plate ko pura piche nahi aane dega. Jis se firing pin came par swar nahin ho payega aur round ke primer per chot nahin mar payegi aur round fire nahin hoga. Is dauran ventury locking lever safety pradan karega. Agar aisa na hota to round fire ho jane per RL det aur WPN dono ko nuksan hota aur bada hadsa ho jata.

Ventury locking lever:- Jab ventury puri tarah se band ho jati hai to lock projection ventury per puri tarah se swar ho jata hai aur ventury ko puri tarah se lock kar deta hai is dauran fastening strap pura pichhe apni normal posn mein aa jata hai. Jis se ventury locking lever mein bana safety hole cam plate ki seedh mein hota hai. Jisse came plate ko pichhe aane ki jagah mil jati hai No 1 RL ke bayen aur no 2 RL ke dahine hone aur ventury puri tarah se lock hone ke karan fire hone per projectile aage aur back blast ventury ke raste pichhe nikal jata hai jis se RL det aur Wpn ko koi nuksan nahin pahunchta hai. Is dauran lock projection ventury ko lock karke sefety pradan karta hai.

15. Safai. Safai karne ke liye Bag No-2 ki jarurat parti hai.

(a) Bag No-2 ka saman. Cleaning rod three sec, cleaning tool, cleaning brush, oiling brush, safai ka kapra.

Sankshep

16. Instructor chale hue sabaq se sambandit baton par sawal aur jawab se sankshep Karen.

7.62 MM SIG SAUER ASSULT RIFLE

LESSON - I

7.62 MM SIG 716 RIF SE WAQFIAT, RIF KO BHARNA, READY, MAKE SAFE AUR KHALIKARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA HAI

1. PARICHAY. Hamari sena ko aur adhik modern banane ke liye SIG 716 Assault Rifle ko hamari sena mein shamil kiya gaya hai, naya hathiyar hone ke karan har ek jawan ko is hathiyar ke bare mein jankari hona nihayat hi jaruri hai taki jarurat padne par is hathiyar ka bharpur faida uthaya ja sake.

2. Uddesh. 7.62 MM SIG 716 Rif se waqfiat, Rif ko Bharna, Ready, Make Safe aur Firekarne ka Tariqa Sikhana hai.

Bhagon mein baant

3. Yeh sabaq char bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a)

(b) Bhag I

Bhag II - Sig 716 Ki Visheshtayen Aur Tech Data

- Kholna, Hisse Purjon Ke Naam-Kaam Aur Jorna Ka Tariqa

(d) Bhag –IV - Bharna Ready Make Safe Aur Khali Karne Ka Tariqa.

BHAG - I. SIG 716 KI VISHESHTAYEN AUR TECH DATA

4. Visheshtayen aur tech data.

(a) Visheshtayen:-

(i) Yeh USA ka bana hua hai.

(ii) Single shot aur auto fire ki suvidha.

(iii) Air cooled Barrel hai.

(iv) Air craft Grade ke Aluminum Alloy metal ka istemal.

(v) Safety catch aur mag catch ki suvidha dono taraf diya hua hai.

(vi) Adjustable butt (stock) 06 posn.

(vii) Ejection slot aur mag donon ke dust cover ki suvidha.

(viii) Fwd assist ki suvidha.

(ix) Upper aur niche Picatinny Rail rail ki suvidha.

(x) Gas operated, Direct impingement reduce piston.

(xi) Pistol grip mein cleaning ka saman rakhane ki suvidha.

(xii) F/S & R/S ko correction dene ke liye tool ki jarorat nahi hai.

(b) Tech Data:-

(i) Made in - USA

(ii) Caliber - 7.62 mm

(iii) Wt - 3.82 Kg

(iv) Mag Wt (Empty) - 164 gms

(v) Length with extanded butt - 955 mm

(vi) Length with closed butt - 873 mm

(vii) Brl length - 406mm

(viii) Grooves - 06 RH

(ix) Rifling pitch - 254mm

(x) Sight Radius - 527mm

(xi) Karger rg - 500 M

(xii) M V - 800 m/s

(xiii) Eye relief - 3” to 4”

(xiv) Rate of fire - 650 RPM to 850 RPM

(xv) Barrel and gas tube life - 15000 Rds (Depend on condition)

(xvi) Bolt washer life - 10000 Rds

(xvii) Flash Hider - 3 Prong

(xviii) Mech Safety - Lock, Unlock delay timing

(xix) Trigger pull - 1.8 Kg - 4 Kg (4 se 9 pound)

(xx) Banavat:-

(aa) Brl & Bolt carrier inner portion - Chrome plated (ab) Body - Alloy aluminum

(ac) Stock, open sight, pistol grip, mag - Plastic

BHAG -II. KHOLNA, HISSE PURJON KE NAAM-KAAM AUR JORNA KA TARIQA

5. Kholna.

(a) Mag catch ko dabate huye Mag ko utare, charging handle ke locking catch ko dabate huye charging handle ko pichhe khiche rif ko charge Karen aur yakin Karen charging handle aage ho.

(b) Take Down Pin ko baye se andar ki aur push kare aur dahini taraf se bahar ki aur khiche. Pivot Pin ko take down pin ki tarah bahar ki aur khiche aur lower receiver cover ko alag kare.Charging Handle ko unlock karte huye thoda pichhe ki aur khiche aur bolt carrier ko bahar nikale.

(c) Charging handle ko pura pichhe khiche aur niche ki aur dabate huye bahar nikale. Is prakar SIG 716 Rif panch bhagon mein khulta hai:-

(i) Upper Receiver Assy

(ii) Charging Handle Assy.

(iii) Bolt Carrier Assy

(iv) Lower Receiver Assy

(v) Mag Assy.

Note. Bolt ko bolt carrier se nikalne ke liye firing pin aur cam ko nikale. Firing Pin nikalne ke liye firing pin locking pin ko nikale aur firing pin ko bahar nikale, bolt ko ander ki taraf push Karen aur cam ko upar uthate hue cam ko bahar nikalen. Bolt ko rotate karte hue aage ki aur khichte huye bolt ko, bolt carrier se alag Karen. Extractor ko kholne ke liye extractor ko niche dabate hue drift ki madad se extractor locking pin ko bahar nikalen (extractor locking pin dono taraf khola aur jora ja sakta hai). Buffer ko buffer tube se alag karne ke liye plunger ko niche ki taraf dabate huye buffer ko uppar ki taraf uthate huye buffer with spring bahar nikalen. (Dhyan rahe bolt ko bar-bar na khola jaye jisse gas ring tut sakta hai.

HISSE PURJON KE NAAM

Bolt Carrier `Assy Mag Assy

6. Upper Receiver Assembly. Upper portion rail, lower portion rail, flash hider, barrel, barrel locking lug, gas tube, chamber, ejection slot, dust cover, case reflector, fwd assist, housing for take down aur pivot pin.

(a) Open Sight.

(i) Front Open Sight. Fore Sight Tip, Protector, Elevation Knob.

(ii) Rear Open Sight. Small & Large Aperture, Deflection Knob, Protector. (Ismein 2 (two) aperture hole diya hai small aperture ko din ke samay jab saaf mausam ho aur big aperture hole ki madad se hum raat ki samay aur jab kharab mausam mein fire karne keliye istemal kar saktha hai).

7. Charging Handle Assembly. Locking Catch, Lug.

8. Bolt Carrier Assembly. Firing Pin, Firing Pin Locking Pin, Cam way, Gas Key.

(a) Bolt. Bolt, Bolt Locking Lug, Ejector ,Feeding Lug, Gas Ring, Extractor, Extractor Spring, Extractor Locking Pin, Cam pin.

9. Lower Receiver Assy. Stock, Release catch, Sling loop, Retaining Spring, Buffer, Plunger, Selective lever, Trigger, Mag catch, Bolt catch, Pivot pin, Take down pin.

10. Mag. Dust cover, Case, Spring, Base plate, Platform, Lips, Stud, Follower.

11. Jorna.

(a) Sabse pahle chhote hisse purjo ko jod liya jaye jis purje ko last me khola gaya hai use sabse pahle joda jaye.

(b) Extractor ko jodne ke liye extractor ko apni jagah par rakhe aur extractor ko niche push karen aur extractor locking pin lagayen,

(c) Bolt ko bolt carrier mein fit karte samay Extractor dahine taraf aur gas ring ke katav niche ki taraf hona chahiye. Bolt ko daye-baye rotate karte huye andar ki aur push karen, Dhyan rahe bolt ko jodte samay thapki na lagayen aur na hi jabardasti karen (Gas ring tutane ka khatra) aur cam ko lagayen.

(d) Firing pin ko bolt carrier mein dakhil karen, firing pin locking pin lagayen.

(e) Upper receiver cover ko le aur Charging handle ke stud ko aur receiver cover mein upper aur andar ki taraf bane huye recces ko milate hue charging handle ko thoda uppar uthate huye thoda aage push Karen.

(f) Bolt carrier ko len (Bolt carrier ko andar push karne se pahle cam aage hona chahiye). Gas key ko upar ki aur karte hue uppar receiver cover mein dhakil Karen aur bolt carrier ko aage push karen, Ab bolt carrier aur charging handle dono ko aage push Karen jab tak click ki awaj na aaye.

(g) Buffer spring ko lagane se pahle yakin karen ki hammer niche baitha ho, buffer spring ko stock mein dakhil karen, buffer ko andar ki taraf dabayen aur chhor dein.

(h) Upper body assy aur lower body assy ko jorne ke liye pahle pivat pin aur baad mein take down pin ko lagaden. Rif ko charge karen aur shist lete hue trigger press karen.

BHAG -III. ACCESSORIES SE WAQFIAT AUR SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA

12. Accy:-

(a) Bayonet with cover.

(b) Carrying sling.

(i) Cleaning Rod 6 section.

(ii) Chamber Brush (Copper).

(iii) Bore Brush.

(iv) Oil Bottle.

(v) Cleaning Cloth.

(vi) Cleaning Brush.

(vii) Muzzle Cover.

(viii) Bayonet Adaptor.

13. Safai Karne Ka Tariqa.

Cleaning Rod

Chamber Brush

(a) Sabse pehale upper Receiver ko lower receiver assy se alag kare.

(b) Bolt Carrier ko bahar nikale.

(d) Bore brush ki madad se barrel ki safai kare.

(e) Chamber brush ko rod ke sath lagayen aur chamber ki safai kare.

(f) Rod ke sath cloth lagakar barrel ki safai kare.

(g) Cleaning cloth ki madad se Rifle ke bahari hisse purjon ko saaf kare.

14. Safai karte Samay Dhyan mein Rakhne wali Batein.

(a) Sig rif ki body alloy aluminum ki bani hue hai is liye iski body mein oil aur Paint na lagayen.

(b) Safai karte samay cleaning rod ko brl ke sath touch na kare aur rod ko pura aage-pichhe jane de.

(d) Bolt aur bolt carrier ki bahari body ko lohe ke taar wale brush se saaf na karen.

(e) Barrel ki safai karne ke baad barrel mein tel lagayein.

(f) Barrel ki safai ke dauran garam paani ka istemal na kare.

(g) Only Movable parts ko tel lagaya jayen.

15. Lubricant:-

(a) 40 C se adhik temp ke liye - OX 52

(b) 40 C se -180 C ke liye - OX 13

(d) -400 C se -500 C ke liye - OX 13 + SKO (2:3)

16. Alag alag range par goli POA se kitni uppar ya niche lagta hai, niche diye table ki madad se samjhe:-

Range in Mtrs CM Range in Mtrs CM Range in Mtrs CM

25 -2.25 150 9.65 300 -13.46

35 0 175 8.64 325 -22.35

50 1.91 200 6.86 350 -32.51

75 5.33 225 3.81 375 -44.2

100 7.87 250 -0.69 400 -57.91

125 9.14 275 -6.35

BHAG –IV : BHARNA READY MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNE KA TARIQA.

17. Bharna, Ready, Make Safe aur khali karne ka Tariqa.

(a) Bhar position. Chalti hui halat me baye paon ko tgt ki taraf align kare, rif ko badan ke aage layen.Is posn me dekhane wali baten:-

(i) Bayan paon tgt ke sidh mein.

(ii) Dahina paon kad ke mutabik dahine.

(iii) Baye hath ki pakad fore hand guard par.

(iv) Dahine hath ki pakad pistol grip par.

(v) Barrel aur nigah samane aur butt dahine bagal mein.

(b) Rif ko bharna. Bhar ke aadesh par Yakin karen ki Safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par na ho mag catch ko dabate hue khali mag ko nikale, pouch se bhara hua mag lein mulahija karte hue mag way mein fit kare, yakin kare mag fit. Bayen hath ko fore hand guard par le jayen.

(c) Ready. Ready ke aadesh par rif ko charge karen, Safety catch ko single shot ya auto fire par karen, firing posn ikhtiyar karen, aur kalme wali ungali ko trigger par le jayen agale hukum ka intazar karen.

(d) Make safe. Kalme wali ungali ko trigger se bahar nikale, mag ko utaren, Rif ko do baar charge Karen, durust shist lete hue trigger ko press Karen, pouch se bhara hua mag len mulayaja karte hue mag ko fit Karen aur yakin karen ki mag fit..kneeling posn ikhtiyar karen, gire huye round ko saaf karke mag mein bharen.

(e) Khali karna. Make safe aur khali kar mein antar sirf itna hota hai ki make safe ke dauran anth me bhari mag chadaya jata hai aur khali kar mein khali mag chadaya jata hai.

LESSON - II

ALAG ALAG POSN SE 7.62 MM SIG 716 RIF PAR DRUSHT PAKAR HASHIL KARNA, SHISHT LENA AUR FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA HAI

1. Parichay. SIG SAUER Rif se kai posn se fire kiya ja sakta hai lekin posn aisi honi chahiye ki aasani se ikhitiyar kiya ja sake aur hathiyar par majboot pakar hasil ki ja sake. Ladai ke maidan mein kaun si posn ikhitiyar ki jaegi yeh to zamin ki banawat aur kudrati sidhai par nirbhar karta hai. Isliye har ek jawan ko kudrati sidhai hasil karna aur firing posn lene ka tariqa pata hona chahiye taki hathiyar ka pura faida uthaya ja sake. Lakin yeh tabhi sambhav hai jab ke har ek jawan ne Squad post trg ke dauran achhi sikhlai paya ho. Inhi baton ko maddhe nazar rakhte hue sune sabak ka uddesh.

2. Uddesh. Alag alag posn se 7.62 mm SIG 716 Rif par drusht pakar hashil karna, shisht lena aur fire karne ka tariqa sikhana hai

3. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - Alag Alag Posn Se Sig Sauer Rifle Par Drusht Pakar Hasil Karna.

(b) Bhag II - Drusht Shisht Lena.

BHAG-I : ALAG ALAG POSN SE SIG SAUER RIFLE PAR DRUSHT PAKAR HASIL KARNA.

Kisi bhi firing posn ki teen buniyadi usul hain.

(i) Kudrati sidhai (ii) Bone support (iii) Relax muscles.

Laying posn assani se akhtiyar ki jane wali aramdayak aur bunyadi posn hai. Is posn mein badan ka khaka chhota banta hai, jis se larai ke maidan mein nichi se nichi arh ke pichhe se dushman ki najar aur fire se bachte hue dushman ke uppar kargar fire dal sakte hai.

Lying Posn

4. Lying Posn. Zarurat jab firer ke samne 1 ft ya use kam arh ho ya kissi khule maidan se fire karna ho us samay lying posn ekhtaiyar kiya jata hai. Lying posn ekhtaiyar karne ka tarika.Tgt ko dekhte hue, dahine paon se tgt ke sath align karen, chalti halat mein bayen paon ko thora bayen aur aage len sath hi dahine hath se rifle ko badan ke najdik itna uchhala ki bayen hath ka pakar fore hand guard par, brl takriban 45° ke angle par ho, aur dayen hath se zamin par sahara lete hue posn ekhtaiyar karen. Is posn mein dekhne wali baten:-

(a) Flash eliminator zamin se uppar ho.

(b) Badan line of fire se tirchha ho.

(d) Paon kad ke mutabik khuli ho.

(e) Ho sake addiyan zamin par baithi hui.

5. Kudrati sidhai. Rif ko dahine rakhen aur bayen hath ki kohni ko tab tak harkat den jab tak ki tgt, bayen hath ki kohni, dahina kandha aur dahina paon ek sidh mein na aa jae. Ab dahini kohini ko us jagah par rakhen jahan par kohni dahine aur thora kandhe ke nichhe ho. Dono hathon ki hatheli ko thudi ke nichhe lagakar aankhen band Karen aur badan ke tanav ko mahsoos Karen. Yadi badan mein tanav hai to kohni usi jagah par rakhte hue badan ko aage pichhe karte hue tanav ko door karen aur dono kohni ki jagah ko mark kar den.

6. Durust Pakar. Rif par pakar hasil karne ke liye bayen hath ki kalme wali anguli aur anguthe ke beech jo ‘V’ shape banta hai wahan par, rif ka fore hand guard ko is praker rakhen ki upar receiver assy ka niche wala hisse bayen hath ke hatheli ke upar aajaye aur mag way kalai ke sath lag jaye. Ab dahine hath se pistol grip par pakarte hue rif ko kandhe mein le jaye. Pakar hasil karte samay sharir ke alag alag angon ka kaam is prakar hain:-

(a) Bayen hath. Bayen hath ka pakar upper receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par Charon anguli bahar se aur angutha under se, bayen hath Rif ko nichhe jane se rokta hai aur hand guard ke niche support ka kaam karta hai.

(b) Dahina hath. Dahine hath se pistol grip par is prakar se pakren ki teenon anguliyan bahar se, angutha andar se aur kalme wali anguli trigger guard ke aar-paar ho. Dahina hath Rif ko kandhe ki taraf khinch kar rakhta hai aur sath hi Rif ko majbooti se pakarne mein madad deta hai

(c) Kandha. Butt ko kandha ka jo gadah banta hai wahan rakhen na kihaddi ke upar. Kandha butt ko tikne ke liye jagah deta hai aur rif ko pichhe jane se rokta hai.

(d) Sir. Sir ko butt par is prakar rakhen ki gaal ka narm wala bhag butt par tik jaye. Sir se butt ko nichhe na dabayen. Eye relief takriban 3” se 4” honi chahiye. Yeh posn butt par hamesha ek jagah aur ek jaisi honi chahiye.

7. Puri Pakar ko Majboot Karna. Puri pakar ko majboot karne ke liye bayen kohni ke loose mans ko zamin par jamate hue thora aage push Karen dahine kohini ke loose mans ko kabu rakhne ke liye kohini ko apni taraf khichen. Yadi rif uppar point kar rahi ho to bayen hath ko thora aage Karen. Agar nichhe point kar rahi ho to bayen hath ko pichhe Karen. Agar bayen point kar rahi ho to bayen paon ko thora bayen Karen aur agar dahine point kar rahi ho to dahine paon ko close Karen. Lying posn mein kisi bhi student ko koi sawal, sawal nahi to Khara hone ke liye rif ko bayen hath se dahini bagal mein laen, sath hi bayen paon ko close Karen. Dahine hath se zamin ko push karte hue khare ho jaen.

8. Lying Supported Posn. (Student ko bulakar lying unsupported posn ekhtaiyar ho jane ke baad ustad kneeling posn se bayan karen) Rg par pahle posn lete samay unsupported posn len uske baad hi unchai ke anusar support lagayen. Support lagate samay dhyan rahe ki firer ki kudrati sidhai na bigde. Sath hi agar support naram mitti ki hai to bayen hath ki kalai ko sp ke sath lagaen. Agar sakht mitti ki hai to support par hand guard ko rakha jae. Dhyan rahe ki support ke sath mag touch na ho.

Kohni ka support (Elbow Support).(Lying support posn ke bare mein samjhane ke baad ustad kneeling posn se hi elbow support posn ke bare mein bayan ke sath bataye)

Yadi rif ko unsupport posn se zero kiya jaye aur support ke sath fire kiya jaye to goliyan POA ki jagah se uppar lagti hai. Agar rif ko supported posn se zero kiya jaye aur unsupported posn se fire kiya jaye to goliyan POA ki jagah se nichhe lagti hai. Isiliye Rif ko elbow support se zero karna chahiye, taki kisi bhi posn se fire karne par goliyan POA par lage. Elbow support posn ekhtaiyar karne ke liye pahle lying unsupported posn akhtiyar Karen uske baad kohni ke

aage ek char inch unchi naram mitti ke support lagayen. Aise karne se firer ko firing ke dauran kafi sthirta milti hai, lekin is posn mein bhi mag arh ke sath touch nahi hona chahiye.

Kneeling Posn

9. Kneeling Posn. Samtal ya uthi hui zamin ki satah par nikalne wale tgt par engage karne ke liye ya firer ke samne 2 se 2 ½ ft tak ki arh ho us samay kneeling posn sabse achhi posn hai. Is posn se hathiyar ke line of fire ki unchai ko badla ja sakta hai.

10. Kneeling Unsupported Posn Kneeling posn ikhtiyar karne ka tarika, sabse pahle tgt ko dekhe, dahine paon chalte halat par aur bayen paon se tgt ke sath align Karen, dahine hath se rifle ko badan ke najdik itna uchhalen ki bayen hath ka pakar uppar receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par, brl takriban 45° ke angle par ho, ab dahine ghutne ke bal par posn ekhtaiyar Karen, butt aur kandhe ka milap Karen, is posn mein dekhne wali baten bayen paon tgt ke sidh par dahine ghutne pura dahine aur zamin par tikka hua, Body weight dahine paon ki aidi par, Bayen hath ke kohni ko bayen ghutne par is prakar rakhen ki haddi se haddi ka milap na ho. Bayen hath ka pakar uppar receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par Charon anguli bahar se angutha under se, Dahine hath ka pakar pistol grip par teeno anguli bahar se angutha under se kalme wali anguli trigger guard ke aar paar, aur butt ko dahine khande ke gadde mein jamao aur dahini kohni ko uppar aur zamin ke samanantar rakhen aisa karne se butt ko kandhe mein jamane ke liye kafi jagah mil jati hai.

11. Kneeling Supported Posn Kneeling supported posn ikhtiyar karne ke liye sabse pahle kneeling unsupported posn ikhtiyar karen. Ab itna aage harkat karen ki bayen hath aur bayen paon support ke sath mil jae. Rif ka koi bhi hissa support ke sath nahi lagna chahiye, nahi to firer ko jaldi jaldi POA badli karne mein dikkat hogi, kneeling posn mein kisi bhi student ko koi sawal, sawal nahi to up.

Sitting Posn

12. Sitting Posn. Jab ki arh kneeling posn se chhota ho aur dhalwandar zamin par upar se niche ki taraf fire karna ho us samay sitting posn ikhtiyar kiya jata hai. Sitting posn ikhtiyar karne ka tariqa, sabse pahle tgt ko dekhe, dahine paon chalte halat par aur bayen paon se tgt ke sath align Karen, dahine hath se rifle ko badan ke najdik itna uchhala ki bayen hath ka pakar uppar receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par, brl takriban 45 degree ke angle par ho, Dahine hath se zamin par sahara lete hue posn ekhtaiyar Karen, Butt aur kandeh ka milap Karen, is posn mein dekhne wali baten bayen paon tgt ke sidh par, dahine paon thora dahine, dono paon ke aidiyon zamin par lagi hui panje asman ko point karta hua, body wt seat ke uppar, dono kohniya dono ghutne ke upar dhyan rahe haddi se haddi ka milap na ho, bayen hath ka pakar uppar receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par Charon anguli bahar se angutha under se, dahine hath ka pakar pistol grip par teeno anguli bahar se angutha under se kalme wali anguli trigger guard ke aar paar nigah samne, sitting posn mein kisi bhi student koyi sawal, sawal nahi to up.

Standing Posn

13. Standing Posn aur Fire Trench ka Istemal. Standing posn se hum tgt par us waqt fire karte hai, jabki us tgt par kisi dusri posn se fire karna munasib na ho, harkat ke dauran jab achanak tgt samne aye ya firer ke samne 4 se 4 ½ ft tak ki arh ho us samay is posn ko istemal kiya jata hai, (sabse pahle bataunga standing unsupported posn)

14. Standing Posn. Standing posn ikhtiyar karne ka tarika, sabse pahle tgt ko dekhe, dahine paon chalte halat par aur bayen paon se tgt ke sath align Karen, dahine hath se rifle ko

badan ke najdik itna uchhalen ki bayen hath ka pakar uppar receiver assy ka niche wala hissa par, brl takriban 45 degree ke angle par ho, thora dahine turn karen, butt aur kandhe ka milap Karen, is posn mein dekhne wali baten, bayen paon tgt ke sidh par, dahine paon pura dahine, body wt dono paon ke upar, Bayen hath ka pakar baki posn ke tulna mein uppar receiver assy ka thora aage se pakara jaye jisse Rif ka jyada se jyada wajan dahine hath ke upar ajaye, aisa karne se rif ko sahara milega aur rif jayda nahin hilegi. Dahine hath ka pakar pistol grip par teeno anguli bahar se angutha under se kalme wali anguli trigger guard ke aar paar, butt ko dahine khande ke gadde mein jamao aur dahini kohni ko uppar aur zamin ke samanantar rakhen aisa karne se butt ko kandhe mein jamane ke liye kafi jagah mil jati hai, nigah samne, standing posn mein kisi bhi student koyi sawal, sawal nahi to up.

15. Standing in Fire Trench Standing posn se fire trench ka istemal karne ke liye Rif ko niche rakhen trench ko apni height ke anusar set karen, pahle standing unsupported posn ekhtaiyar karen uske bad tab tak age harkat karen jab tak badan ka bayen aur agla hissa diwar ke sath na lag jaye, is posn mein dekhne wali baten, badan ke bayen aur agla hisse diwar ke sath lagi ho, dahine paon thora dahine aur pichhe, donon kohniyan trench se bahar zamin par jama hua aur chest ke wazan se kohniyon ko dabakar rakhen, baki hathiyar par pakar lying supported posn ki tarah, nigah samne posn mein kisi bhi student ko oi sawal, sawal nahi to up.

16. Wobble Area. Shist lete waqt, brl uppar niche dahine baye harkat karta hai is harkat ki had ke beech jo ilaka banta hai, use wobble area kahte hain. Yeh harkat kudarti hai. Jisko puri tarah dur nahi kiya ja sakta hai. Jitna ziada rif ko sahara milega, uthna hi wobble area kam banega. Unsupported posn se fire kiya jaye to woubble area ziada banega, khas taur par us waqt jab standing unsupported posn se fire kiya jaye.

BHAG –II : DRUSHT SHISHT LENA.

17. Durust Shist Lena. Jab ek firer apne aankh aur dimag ka sahi talmel karte hue apne hathiyar ke uppar lagi hue sighton ka istemal karte hue shist ko POA par milata hai use shist lena kahte hain.

18. Shist ka kaida.Koi ek firing posn ko ikhtiyar karen. Rif ko sidha aur majboot pakren. Tgt ka khaka apne dimag mein bithayen. Koi ek aankh band karen. Rear sight operture ke beechon beech fore sight tip ki noke ko POA par milayen aur durust sight picture hasil karen. Sans par kabu rakhte hue trigger press karen. Trigger press karne se pahle nazar fore sight ki tip par layen. Is prakar jab ek firer durust shist lene ki karwai karta hai to wo do baton ko amal mein lata hai :-

(a) Sight Alignment. Jab ek firer back sight operture ke Madhya mein fore sight tip ko milata hai, yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight operture ke Madhya aur fore sight tip ko ek line mein milane ki karwai ko sight alignment kahte hain.

(b) Sight Picture. Drusht allign ki gai sight ko POA par milane ki karwai ko sight picture kahte hain, yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight operture ke Madhya fore sight tip aur POA tak jo farziya line banti hai use sight picture kahte hain (Ustad sight alignment aur sight picture ke bare mein sight picture ki model ke madad se bayan ke sath samjana hai)

19. Shist Lete Samay Hone Wali Galtiyan. Jab ek firer majboot pakar, durust shist lekar fire karta hai to bhi uski goliyan kabhi-kabhi POA se hat kar lagti hain. Is ka karan anya takniki karnon ke sath sath manav aankh ki khasusiyat bhi hai. Har insan ke aankh ki yeh kamjori hai ki aankh ek hi samay par do alag alag fasle par alag alag nishanon ko ek sath focus nahi kar

sakti. Isko mahsoos karne ke liye class apne bayen hath ke anguthe ko khara karen (is dauran ustad class ke pichhe aaker bayan karna hai) aur kisi ek nishan ko chune. Jab aap apni nigah kisi nishan par karte hain to aapko apna angutha dhundhla dikhai deta hai aur agar angutha par nigah jamate hain to nishan dhundhai dikhai deta hai. (Ustad apne jagah par akar bayan karna hai).

Thik isi prakar se shist lete waqt agar jawan POA ko dekhne par jayda jor deta hai toh use fore sight tip dhundhli dikhai deti hai aur wo foresight tip ko opparture ke Madhya mein na rakh pane ki galti kar jata hai, jise sight alignment ki galti kahte hain. Jab firer foresight tip ko dekhne mein jayda jor deta hai toh POA dhundhla dikhai deti hai, jisse woh sahi POA na chunne ki galti kar jata hai, jise Sight Picture ki galti kahte hain. Isse aur samjeh ap sahi shist ki bd ki madad se (Ustad, pahle Sahi shist ki bd se waqfiat phir bayan ke sath samjana hai). Ladai ke maidan mein agar ek jawan sight picture ki galti karta hai to goli tgt ko hit karti hai kyonki yeh galti har ek rg par ek jaisi rahti hai, lekin sight alignment ki galti karne par badhte hue rg ke sath-sath goli tgt ko bhi chhor sakti hai kyonki yeh galti badhte hue rg ke sath badhti hai. Isi liye sight alignment ki ahmiyat sight picture se jayda hai. Isse samjeh auur samjeh aap sahi shist ki mahatwa bd ki madad se (Ustad, pahle Sahi shist ki bd se waqfiat phir bayan ke sath samjana hai). (sight alignment, sight picture modle ka estemal)

BHAG –III : FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA.

20. Fire Karne Ka Tariqa. Fire karne ka tarika bataon use pahle trigger operation ki karwai ke bare mein batana zaruri samajhta hoon taki apko fire karte samay aur bhi asani ho.

21. Trigger Operation. 7.62 mm SIG Sauer rif ke Trigger mein ek hi khichav hote hain, jis par munasib dabav aane par trigger press ho jata hai. Jis prakar se trigger ko dabaya gaya hai usi prakar aram se trigger ko release bhi kiya jaye is karwai ko shot release ki karwai kahte hain.

22. Fire Karna. Alag- alag halation mein nikalne wale tgts par kargar fire dalne ki kabliyat ke lihaj is SIG Sauer Rif ko banaya gaya hai. Is rif se do kism ka fire kiya jata hai.

(a) Single Shot. (b) Auto.

23. Single Shot Fire. (Ustad Lying posn ekhtaiyar karne ke baad ready tak ki karwai bina bayan ke sath Karen) Is prakar se ready tak ki karwai ho jane ke baad, durust sight alignment aur sight picture hasil karen. Dimagi taur par shareer ke un angon ko check karen jo rif ko majboot pakar hasil karne mein madad karte hain. Jaise bayan hath, dahina hath, kandha aur sir. Ab saans ko normal halat mein chalne den. Back sight apparture ke madhya mein foresight tip ko rakhte huye POA par milayen. Fore sight tip 6 baje aur 12 baje ki line mein harkat karni chahiye. Kuchh samay ke liye saans ko kabu rakhte hue trigger ko press karen. Dhyan rahe saans ko 10 sec se jyada kabu na kiya jaye, Goli fire hone ke baad usi pakar, posn aur shist ko kayam rakhte hue fore sight tip ki movement ko check Karen. Foresight tip jahan point kar rahi hogi goli takriban usi jagah par lagi hogi. Ab saans ko chhor den aur maar ko pukaren. Goli fire hone se maar pukarane tak ki karwai ko follow through kahte hain. Is prakar single shot mein ek minute mein 60 rds ke hisab se fire kiya jata hai.

(a) Stop. Yadi firing ke dauran tgt ilake mein koi jaandar vastu aa jaye ya trg ke dauran aadesh mile ‘stop’ to karwai is prakar karen.

(i) Kalme wali anguli ko trigger se baahar nikale.

(ii) Butt aur kandhe ka milap tode, Safety catch ki posn ko ‘S’ par karen.

(iii) Agle hukm ka intezar karen.

(b) Go On. Yadi tgt ilake se jandar vastu hat jae ya trg ke dauran aadesh mile ‘GO ON’ to karwai is prakar Karen, Safety catch ki posn ko pahle wali posn par karen, butt aur khandhe ka milap karen aur rif ko fire mein shamil karen.Yahan tak kiye bayan aur karwai mein kisi bhi student ka koi sawal, sawal nahi to khalikar.(Auto fire ko khare hokar bayan karna hai)

24. Auto Fire. Jab firer Safety catch ki posn ko ‘Auto’ par karke trigger press karta hai to lagatar fire hota hai jab tak mag mein rd ho usse auto fire kahte hain auto fire mein ‘Stop’ aur ‘Go on’ ki karwai single shot ki tarah hi hoti hai, auto fire mein ek minute mein 650 se 850 rds par minute ke hisab se fire kar sakte hain.

LESSON SIG-III

7.62MM SIG 716 ASSAULT RIF KI CHAL, PARNE WALI ROKEN AUR UNHEN DOOR KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA HAI.

1. Parichay. 7.62mm SIG 716 Assault Rif Gas ke sidhant par kam karne wala aur hawa se thanda hone wala hathiyar hai. Is hathiyar se ham direct fire karke offensive ya defensive role mein target ko aasani se engage kar sakte hain. Isse hum semi automatic aur fully automatic mode mein fire kar sakte hain. Is hathyar ki kabliyat ko dekhte hue ek firer ko iski aambayan aur tech data janlena hi kafi nahi hai balki iski chal, parne wali roken aur un rokon ko door karne ka tariqa jannna nihayati jaruri hai taki larai ya firing ke dauran yadi koi rok par bhi jay to firer use pahchan kar rokon dur kare aur tgt par fire dalkar apna mudda hashil kar sake. Lekin yah tabhi sambhav hai jab ki har ek jawan ne Squad post trg ke dauran achhi sikhlai paya ho. Innhi baton ko maddhenazar rakhte hue sune sabak ka uddesh.

2. Uddesh. 7.62mm Sig 716 Assault Rif ki chal, parne wali roken aur unhen door karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

3. Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega.

(a) Bhag I - 7.62mm Sig 716 Rif Ki Chal.

(b) Bhag II - Aam Rokhen

BHAG –I : 7.62MM SIG 716 RIF KI CHAL.

4. 7.62mm Sig 716 Assault Rif Ki Chal. 7.62mm SIG 716 Assault Rif chal 8 action mein puri hoti hai. Fire, Unlock, Extract, Cock, Eject, Feed, Load, Lock.

Chal batane se pahle chaal mein kaam aane wale tamam hisse purjon ke naam.

Ambidextrous Safety catch (iske teen posn hote hai ‘Safe’ ‘Semi-Automatic’ aur ‘Fully Automatic’), Trigger, Hammer, Primary Sear of trigger, Firing Pin, Gas port, Gas tube, Gas carrier key, Bolt, Bolt lugs, Bolt carrier, Cam Pin, Barrel Extension, Extractor, Bolt ka bottom surface, Hammer spring, Frozen Ejector, Ejector port, Action Spring, Recoil buffer assembly, Mag ka uppar wala rd, Feed Ramp, Brl extension ka pichla kinara.

Fire. Jab firer Safety catch ko safe mode se ‘Semi-automatic’ par karke trigger ko press karta hai to trigger sear aur hammer vent ka milap tut jata hai jisse hammer azad hokar firing pin retainer par thokar marta hai jisse firing pin apne surakh se nikal kar chamber me dakhil round ke primer par chot marta hai aur round fire ho jata hai. Action FIRE ka hota hai

Unlock. Fire huye round se paida hui gas bullet ko aage barrel mein dhakelti hai, jyon hi bullet barrel ke andar se hote huye gas port ke pass se hokar gujrata hai to kuch gas, gas port me chali jati hai jo ki gas tube ke jariye gas key mein dakhil ho jati hai. Jiske dabab se bolt carrier piche ki harkat karta hai. Bolt carrier ki is piche ki harkat ke dauran carrier, bolt ko unlock karna shuru kar deta hai bolt carrier ki aur piche ki harkat ke dauran carrier, bolt ko dahini taraf ghuma deta hai jisase bolt ke lugs barrel extension se unlock ho jate hain action UNLOCK ka hota hai.

Extract. Unlock hone ke bad bolt carrier assembly ki lagatar piche ki harkat ke dauran bolt fired case ko thora sa ghumau pradan karta hai jisse extractor fired case ko chamber se piche le aata hai, action EXTRACT ka hota hai.

Cock. Bolt carrier assembly ke piche ki harkat ke dauranbolt hammerke upar se gujar jata hai jisase hammer, spring ki takat se receiver mein niche ki aur dab jata hai aur isi dauran hammer ke disconnector surfaceaur dis-connector ke vent ka milap aapas mein ho jata hai action COCK ka ho jata hai.

Eject. Bolt carrier assembly ki aur piche ki harkat ke dauran extractor fired case ke rim ko dahini aur se pakarte huye pichhe ki harkat karta hai isi dauran ejector fired case par bayen aur se aage ki taraf dabab dalta hai jisse fired case ejector port ke raste uchal kar receiver ke dahine aur niche gir jata hai, action EJECT ka ho jata hai.

Feed. Action spring, Recoil buffer assembly housing mein sikur jata hai. Jab action spring apne tanav ko kam karta hai to bolt carrier assembly ko aage dhakelta hai. Is dauran bolt ka nichla lug mag ke upar wala round ko niche se pakarta hai jisse round mag se nikal jata hai aur chamber ki aur aage ki harkat karta hai. Action FEED ka hota hai.

Load. Bolt locking lug jab barrel extension mein aage ki harkat karte hain to is dauran ejector cartridge head ke bayen sire ke barkhilap dabab dalta hai to is dauran extractor cartridge case ke rim par sawar ho jata hai. Action LOAD ka ho jata hai.

Lock. Bolt carrier assembly ki aage ki harkat ke dauran bolt aur cartridge ki aage ki harkat chamber se takrane par ruk jati hai lekin bolt carrier ki harkat jari rahti hai jab tak ki bolt carrier barrel extension ke piche wale kinare par takra kar ruk na jay, bolt carrier ki aakhri harkat ke dauran bolt, bolt carrier ke cam slot aur cam pin ki madad se bolt bayen itna ghumta hai ki bolt ke lugs aur barrel extension ka milap ho jata hai. Action LOCK ka ho jata hai.

Lock hone ke bad jab firer trigger ko release karta hai to dis-connector aur dis-connector surface ka milap tut jata hai aur trigger sear aur hammer ke vent ka milap ho jata hai aur Rif dubara fire ke liye taiyar ho jata hai.

BHAG –II : AAM ROKHEN

5. Ek Rif firer aam rok parane par kya kaiwai karta hai esi kaiwai ka namuna rif par bayan ke sath dunga aap dekhe aur samaze (Bhar aur reddy tak ki karwai ustad bina bayan tak Karen).

(a) Misfire Round ki Rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par Rif fire karte karte ruk jaye, to rok ko pahchane, dekhne mein ayabolt pura aage to Misfire round ki rok samazkar dur karen, karne ka tariqa:-

(i) Rif ko dahina turn karen Rif ko charge karen.

(ii) Eject huye round ko len aur round ke primer ko check karen, primer par thik chot, to Rif ko fire mein samil Karen Rif thik fire karega.

(b) Jam Bolt Carrier ki Rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par Rif fire karte karte ruk jaye, to rok ko pahchane, dekhne mein ayabolt aage se thora picche to Jam Bolt Carrier ki rok samazkar dur Karen, karne ka tariqa:-

(i) Rif ko dahina turn Karen dahine hath ke anguthe ki madad se forward assist ko aage ki taraf push kare. yakin Karen ki bolt carrier puri tarah fit hua hai.

(ii) Rif ko dahina ture karen, Rif ko charge Karen, butt aur khande ka milap Karen aur Rif ko fire mein samil Karen rif thik fire karega.

(iii) Jam bolt carrier rok parne ke karan:-(aa) Bolt carrier mein gas ka jam jana.

(ab) Unfit round.

(ac) Faulty action spring (action spring ka kamjor ho jana) (Eject huwa rd ka bayan karna hai)

(c) Body Mein Atka Round, Fire Case ya Double Feeding ki Rok. Is prakar trigger press karne par Rif fire karte karte ruk jaye, to rok ko pahchane pahchanane, dekhne mein aaya bolt piche se thora aage to Body mein atka round, fire case ya double feeding ka rok samazkar dur karen, karne ka tariqa:-

(i) Rif ko charge Karen aur bolt catch ko lagaye, Mag catch ko dabate huye mag ko utare aur pouch mein band Karen, dono hathon ki madad se Rif ko hilaye, aur yakin karen ki body clear hua ho.

(ii) Pouch se bhara hua mag len aur mag ka mulahiza kareke mag way mein fit Karen yakin Karen ki mag fit hui hai. Bolt catch ko dabaye aur bolt carrier ko aage jane de, but khande ka milap karen, durust shist len aur rif ko fire mein samil karen rif thik fire karega.

(d) Mag ki Rok Is prakar trigger press karne par Rif fire karte karte ruk jaye, to rok ko pahchane, pahchanane ka tariqa:-

(i) Sabase pahale kalmi wali ungali ko trigger se bahar Karen aur butt aur khande ka milap toden, Rif ko niche laye.

(ii) Rif ko bayen turn Karen aur ejection slot ke raste body aur chamber ka mulahiza Karen, dekhne mein aya bolt pura piche, mag khali aur chamber khali to karwai is prakar se karen, karne ka tariqa:-

(aa) Mag catch ko dabate huye mag ko utare aur pouch mein band Karen, pouch se bhara hua mag len aur mag ka mulahiza karke mag way mein fit Karen yakin Karen ki mag fit hui hai.

(ab) Bolt catch ko dabaye aur bolt carrier ko aage jane de, butt khande ka milap Karen, durust shist len aur rif ko fire mein samil Karen rif theek fire karega.

6. Abhyas. Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar se honge, Rif thik fire karta rukta ke aadesh par aap nirikshan tak ki karwai karenge. Main munasib rok ka naam lunga aap rok ko samajh kar dur karenge. Jaise ki bolt pura picche ke aadesh par aap mag ka rok samajkar mag ki badli karenge, Bolt picche se thora aage ke aadesh par body mein atka hua rd ya fire case ya double feeding ka rok samaj kar body ko clear karenge. Bolt aage se thora picche ke aadesh par jam bolt carrier ka rok samajkar fwd assist ko dabaoge, bolt pura aage ke aadesh par misfire ka rok samaj kar aap round ke primer ko check karene.

BHAG-III : ANYA ROK

7. Is prakar trigger press karne par Rif fire karte karte body mein alag se aawaj aaye to anya rok samaz ke dur Karen, karne ka tariqa-:

(a) Sabase pahale kalmi wali ungali ko trigger se bahar karen, butt aur khande ka milap toden, rif ko niche laye. Mag catch ko dabate huye mag ko utare aur pouch mein band karen.

(b) Rif ko charge Karen, Safety catch ki posn ‘S’ par karen, sikhe huye tariqa se Rif ko khol de bolt carrier ko bahar nikale. Bolt ko ander ki taraf push kare aur firing pin, extractor aur ejector ka nirikshan Karen, yadi koi parts tuta hai to badli karen, abhi ke liye firing pin, extractor aur ejector thik to bolt ko aage push kare aur shikhe huye tariqe se jor de, pouch se bhara hua mag le aur mulaiza karte huye Rif par fit kare yakin kare ki mag fit. Rif ko charge Karen Safety catch ki posn ko pahle wale posn mein karen aur fire mein samil karen Rif thik fire karega.

8. Abhyas- Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar se honge, Rif thik fire karta rukta fire nahi ke aadesh par aap anya rok samaz kar dur karonge

Sankshep

LESSON SIG-IV

7.62MM SIG 716 ASSAULT RIF KE MECH SAFETY AUR FIRING MECH KE BARE MEIN JANKARI DENA HAI

1. Parichay. 7.62mm SIG 716 Rif ek Assault Rif hai ismein single shot aur automatic fire karne ki suvidha di gai hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki har firer iske trigger mechanism ke bare mein achhi jankari ho taki samay parne par isse assani se istemal mein la sake aur iska pura faida utha sake. Lakin yeh tabhi sambhav hai jab ke har ek jawan ne SQD post trg ke dauran achhi sikhlai paya ho. Innhi baton ko maddhenazar rakhte hue sune sabak ka uddesh.

2. Uddesh. 7.62MM SIG 716 Assault Rif ke mechanical safety aur firing mech ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

3. Bhagon mein baant. Sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:

(a) Bhag I : 7.62MM SIG 716 Assault Rif ki Mechanical Safety.

(b) Bhag II : Trigger Mechanism Ko Kholna, Hisse Purjon Ke Naam, Kaam, Jorna Aur Trigger Mechanism Ki Chal

BHAG – I : 7.62MM SIG 716 ASSAULT RIF KI MECHANICAL SAFETY

Mechanical Safety of SIG 716 AR

Lock Jab tak purje puri tarha se lock nahi hoga tab tak fire nahi hoga. Kyon ki unlock mein bolt carrier piche hota hai is daruan bolt carrier ke ander wale bhag firing pin mein bane ring wale bhag ke sath laga hota hai, is halat mein fg pin retainar ke uppar kisi karan hammer chot marta hai to bhi fg pin aage harkat nahi kar sakta, jisse fire nahi hoga.

Unlock Delay Timing safety. Rifle tab tak unlock nahi hoga jab tak barrel mein safe pressure nahi banta hai ya to bullet muzzle ko nahi chorta hai.

BHAG - II : TRIGGER MECHANISM KO KHOLNA, HISSE PURJON KE NAAM, KAAM

,JORNA AUR TRIGGER MECHANISM KI CHAL

4. Trigger Mechanism ko Kholna, Hisse purjon ke Naam, Kaam aur Jorna.

(Ustad sitting posn se hathiyar ko bayan ke sath tartib se kholen aur student ko nazdik bulaya jaye).

(a) Safety catch. Gol bhag, kata hua plain bhag, Ring wala bhag.

(b) Trigger Sear. Trigger Primary sear, Trigger Tail, Trigger spring.

(d) Hammer. Hammer, Hammer spring, primary sear surface, Dis-connector surface, Auto sear surface.

(e) Auto sear. Auto sear leaf, Auto sear spring, Lug.

(f) Axis Pin. Trigger axis pin, Hammer axis pin, Auto sear axis pin.

5. Trigger Mechanism ki Chal

(a) Normal Halat mein Karwai. Jab Rif normal halat mein hoti hai yani ki jab rif cock nahi hoti hai to selective lever ki posn ‘S’par nahi hoti kyonki jab rif cock nahi hai to trigger tail selective lever ke sath lagi hoti hai yadi us samay hum selective lever ko ‘S’ par karne ki koshis karte hain to trigger tail sath mein lagi hone ke karan selective lever ko harkat nahi mil pati aur posn ‘S’ par nahi ho pati hai.

(b) Jab Rif Cock ho to Safety catch ‘S’ par Kyon ho Jata hai. Jab rif cock hoti hai hammer piche ki posn mein hota hai, is samay

hammer ka primary sear surface trigger ke primary sear ke sidh mein hota hai jisse trigger ke primary sear aur hammer ke primary sear surface ka milap ho jata hai aur trigger tail apni normal posn mein rahta hai. Is dauran jab Safety catch ko ‘R’ ya ‘A’ se ‘S’ par karne ke liye ghumaya jata hai to trigger tail apni normal posn mein hone ke karan Safety catch ke gol bhag ko ghumane ki jagah mil jati hai aur Safety catch ‘S’ par ho jata hai.

catch ki posn ‘R’ par hota hai to Safety catch ka kata hua plain bhag trigger tail ke upar aa

jata hai jisse trigger tail ko upar uthane ki jagah mil jati hai. Jab trigger ko press kiya jata hai to primary sear aage se niche ki harkat karta hai, ek hi axis pin par hone ke karan disconector apni normal posn se thoda aage aur upar uth jata hai.Trigger par lagatar dabav aane par trigger ke primary sear aur hammer ke primary sear surface ka milap tut jata hai, hammer azad hokar spring ki madad se aage ki harkat karta hai aur firing pin retainer par thokar marta hai jisse round fire ho jata hai.

Gas ke dabav se bolt carrier piche ki harkat karta hai sath hi hammer bhi piche ki harkat karta hai, Trigger par dabav hone ke karan disconnector apne posn se aage hota hai jisse disconnector aur hammer ke disconnector surface ka milap ho jata hai aur rif ek round fire karke ruk jata hai.Agla round fire karne ke liye trigger ko release karne ki jarurat padati hai jyonhi trigger ko release kiya jata hai to trigger ka primary sear aage se upar ki harkat karta hai aur disconnector apni jagah par aa jata hai. Isi dauran disconnector aur disconnector surface ka milap tut jata hai sath hi trigger ke primary sear aur hammer ke primary sear surface ka milap ho jata hai, Rif ek round fire karne ke bad dusra round fire karne ke liye taiyar ho jati hai.

(d) Auto Fire Par Karwai. Jab Safety catch ki posn ko ‘A’ par kiya jata hai to selective lever ka projection Dis-connector ke tail par dabav dalta hai jisse dis-connector apni posn se thoda piche aa jata hai sath hi selective lever ka left wala kata hua bhag auto sear lug ke sidh mein aa jata hai jisse auto sear ka lug auto sear spring ki madad se aage ki harkat karta hai.

Isi dauran auto sear ka leaf thoda aage aa jata hai. Jab firer trigger ko press karta hai to hammer azad ho jata hai jisse round fire ho jata hai, Gas ke dabav se bolt carrier piche ki harkat karta hai sath hi hammer bhi piche ki harkat karta hai, Trigger par dabav hone ke karan trigger ka primary sear aur hammer ke primary sear surface ka milap nahi ho pata, Discconector apni posn se piche hone ke karan discconector aur hammer ke discconector surface ka milap bhi nahi ho pata, Lekin is dauran auto sear leaf ka niche wale bhag aur hammer ke auto sear surface ka milap ho jata hai. Jab bolt carrier aage ki harkat karta hai isi dauran carrier ka tripping edge auto sear leaf ke upar wale bhag par dabav dalta hai jisse

auto sear leaf ke niche wale bhag aur hammer ke auto sear surface ka milap tut jata hai. Hammer azad hokar firing pin retainer par thokar marta hai aur agla round fire ho jata hai. Ye karwai tab tak jari rahati hai jab tak ki trigger par ungali ho aur mag mein round ho.

6. ABHYAS- Abhyas pura class se karaya jaye.

LESSON SIG-IV

7.62mm SIG 716 AR SE HATKAR SHIST LENA, SISHT MEIN TABDILI KARNA, SISHT KI JAGAH CHUNNA, HAWA KA HAQ RAKHATE HUE HARKATI TGT PAR POA CHUNNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA HAI

2. Uddesh. 7.62MM SIG 716 Assault Rif ke mechanical safety aur firing mech ke bare mein jankari dena hai.

3. Bhagon mein baant. Sabak ko assani se samjhane ke liye sabak ko 4 bhagoon mnain chalaya jayega:

(a) Bhag -I - Shist mein tabdili karna.

(b) Bhag -II - Shist ki jagah chunna.

(d) Bhag- IV - Hawa ka fire par asar.

BHAG I :- SHIST MEIN TABDILI KARNA

4. Jab ek firer apne hathiyar par tgt ka sahi range laga kar fire karta hai to uski golian POA par lagti hain. Agar ground range kam aur sight range ziada ho to golian POA se upar lagti hain. Yadi sight range kam ho aur ground range ziada ho to Golian POA se niche lagti hai. Yeh kitna upar ya niche lagti hai yeh hathiyar par lage range aur tgt ke fasle par nirbhar karta hai. Alag alag range par goli kitna upar ya niche lagti hai yeh aap trajectory board ki madad se samajhen.

Sight Range 250 Mtr GROUND RANGE

25 35 50 100 200 250 300 400

MPI POA se

(cm) -2.25 0 1.91 7.87 6.86 -0.69 -13.46 -57.91

5. Isse yah saf jahir hota hai ki agar tgt 50, 100 aur 200 mtr par hai to firer ko shisht thora niche lena chahiye aur agar 250 mtr par hai to POA mein tatha 300 aur 400 mtr par hai to firer ko shist POA se uppar lena chahiye taki goli tgt ke centre mein lage.

BHAG II :- SHIST KI JAGAH CHUNNA

6. SIG 716 AR ko is prakar zero kiya jata hai ki 250m par goli nishane ki jagah par lage. Is tarah 100m se zero ki gai Rif se jab ham 35m rg par fire karte hain toh goli POA mein lagta gai aur 250 mtr mein bhi takriban POA mein lagta hai. Is lie 250m se kam rg ke tgt ko engage karne ke liye shist tgt ke madhaya se thora niche aur 250m keliye POA aur use jyada rg keliye shist tgt ke POA se uppar lena chahiye. Is prakar shist lekar 200m se kam rg par nikalte tgt ko engage karne ke liye do bare faide hain :-

(a) Agar goli zamin par takra kar ricochet hota hai to tgt hit ho sakta hai.

(b) Firer goli ki mar ko dekh kar shist mein correction dekar tgt brabad kar sakta hai.

BHAG III :- HARKATI TGT PAR POA CHUNNA

7. Harkati tgt ko hit karne ke liye zaruri hai ki shist age liya jae. Kitna age shist lena hai yani kitna lead lena hai tgt ke rg aur tgt ki rafter par nirbhar karta hai. Firing ke lihaz se tgt ki teen rafter mani gai hain :-

(a) Chalta tgt. (b) Daurta tgt. (c) Tej daurta tgt.

8. Teenon kisam ke tgt par badli rg mein lead bhi badalti hai. Kitne rg par kis kisam ke tgt par kitna lead liye jayega yah tgt ki speed aur bullet ke time of flight par nirbhar karta hai. Is ko madhaya nazar rakhte hue sikhlai ko asan karne ke liye mote taur par lead table is prakar se hai :-

NOTE:-

(a) Ek insane sarir mein do POA hota hai.

(b) Do lead hota hai.

Tgt ka Lead

RANGE TGT KI STAGE

CHALTA DAURTA TGT TEJ DAURTA TGT

100 M 01 02 03

200 M 02 04 06

300 M 03 06 09

400 M 04 08 12

500M 05 10 15

Lead = Range x Stage

100

BHAG-IV :- HAWA KA FIRE PAR ASAR

9. Firing ke lihaj se hawa ki teen kisme hoti hai :-

(a) Halki Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se chhoti jharion ki paihiti aur stop butt par lega flag 22-23° ke angle par lahrati hai us ko halki hawa kahte hai.

(b) Tej Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se pedon ki chhoti tahniyan hil rahi hon, hawa ko chehre par mahshoosh kiya ja raha ho ya stop butt par laga flag 45º ke angle par lahra raha ho use Tej hawa kahte hai.

(c) Bahut Tej Hawa. Jis hawa ke chalne se bari bari tahniya hil rahi hon, dhul aur garda urh raha ho ya stop butt par laga flag 90º ke angle par lahra raha ho use Bahut Tej hawa kahte hai.

(d) Cross wind. Jo hawa 3 se 9 ya 9 se 3 baje ki line mein chalti hai usse cross wind kahte hain.

(e) Tirchhi Hawa. Jo hawa 11 se 5 ya 1 se 7 baje ki line mein chalti hai us ko tirchhi hawa kahte hain. Tirchi hawa ke liye hawa ke lead se ek lead kam kar diya jata hai. Sikhlai ko asan karne ke liye mote taur par alag alag rg par alag alag hawa ke liye lead table is prakar se hai :-

Hawa ka Lead

(Need to be change)

Range Halki Hawa Tej Hawa Bahut Tej Hawa

100 M - - -

200 M - 01 02

300 M 01 02 03

400 M 02 03 04

500 M 03 04 05

POA = Range x tgt Stage + hawa lead

100

ZEROING OF 7.62 MM SIG 716 AR

Parichay

1. Ladai ke maidan mein fateh hasil karne ke liye kafi had tak firer ki kabliyat aur hathiyar ki accuracy par nirbhar karta hai. Yah tabi sambhav ho sakta hai jab hathiyar ki sahi zeroing ki huyi ho. Ek sec cdr hone ke nate jaruri hai ke aap sabhi ko 7.62 mm SIG 716 AR ki zeroing karna ana chahiye. Zeroing se samay aur amn ki bachat hoti hai aur firing ka achha natiza hasil kiya ja sakta hai.

UDDESH

2. 7.62 mm SIG 716 AR ko zeroing karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.

BHAG

(a) Bhag-I Zeroing se samabandhit zaruri baten.

(b) Bhag-II Zeroing karne ka tarika.

BHAG – I : ZEROING SE SAMABANDHIT ZARURI BATEN

3. Zeroing ki Paribhasha. Hathiyar par lagi hui sighton ko zeroing tool dwara uper, niche, dahine aur bayen ka correction dekar gp ki MPI ko sahi jagah par lane ko zeroing kahte hain.

4. Zeroing ke Faide. Zeroing ke faide is parkar hain:-

(a) Apne Aap aur Hathiyar Par Bharosa. Firer ko apni hathiyar zero kar lene ke baad apne aap aur hathiyar ke upar bharosa ho jata hai.

(b) Samay aur Amn ki bachat. Hathiyar zero kar lene ke baad amn aur samay ki bachat hoti hai.

5. Zeroing ke Mauke (Zarurat).

(a) Naya hathiyar issue hone par.

(b) Jab hathiyar ek jawan se dusre jawan ko di jaye.

(d) Major (badi) repairing ke baad.

(e) Ladai mein jane se pahle.

(f) Competition mein jane se pahle.

(g) Jab hathiyar ki durusti par shak ho jaye.

(h) High altitude mein jane aur ane ke baad.

6. Zeroing ke Waqt Zaruri Baten. Zeroing karte waqt kuchh baten joki dhayan mein rakhni chahiye jo is prakar hai :-

(a) Stocking Up aur Tuning Up. Hathiyar rojana ki handling se, kote mein rakhne se aur mausam ke asar se hathiyar ke hisse purje dhile ho jate hain, is liye zaruri hai ki hathiyar ko zero karne se pahle stocking up aur tuning up karwana chahiye. Stocking up ka matlab hai hathiyar ke lakri wale hisse ko tight karna aur lohe wale purjon ko tight karne ko tuning up kahte hain.

(b) Mausam. Zeroing par kharab mausam ka bahut asar padta hai is liye zeroing ke liye saaf din, kam dhoop aur kam hawa wala waqt ko hi chunna chahiye.

(c) Range. Jahan tak ho sake zeroing 100 mtr ke range se hi kiya jaye. Kyonki is range par mausami halat yani chamak aur hawa ka kam asar parta hai.

(d) Target. Rifle/LMG zeroing karne ke liye grouping target ka istemal karen is target ke beech mein ek kali chindi hoti hai aur is ke beech mein ek safed chindi hoti hai. Jiska niche ka sira target ke madhya main hota hai. Uska size is prakar hai. (Zeroing target class ko dikhaya jayega).

Range Grouping Target Chindi ka size

Kali Safed

100 mtr 4’ x 4’ 8’’ x 12” 4” x 3”

(e) Firer

(i) Firer ko hamesha apni rifle khud zero karna chahiye aur LMG ko LMG No-1 ko zero karna chahiye, iske liye zaruri hai ki firer ki group ki qabliyat 100 mtr ke range par 12 cm se kam honi chahiye. Lekin yadi firer 20 cm tak ka group banata hai to use sahi mana jaye. Firer ka group target par har bar ek hi jagah par banana chahiye.

(ii) Rifle Zeroing ke waqt posn lying elbow supported hona chahiye support ke liye ret ya mitti ke sand bag ka istemal karna chahiye. Elbow support se rifle ka balance (tol) sahi banta hai. LMG zeroing ke waqt posn lying aur LMG on bipod honi chahiye.

(f) Ammunition. Zeroing ke waqat amn ek hi lot No ka hona chahiye.

(g) Rifle/ LMG. Hathiyar ki barrel ko khusak kar lena chahiye.

(h) Zeroing tool. 7.62 mm SIG 716 AR ki open sight ko zeroing karte samay kishi tools ki jarurat nahi parta hai. Elevation aur windage knob ko hathon ki anguli ki madad se dahine/ bayen ya upar aur niche ki harkat asani se kar sakta hai.

BHAG - II : ZEROING KARNE KA TARIKA

7. MPI ki Sahi Jagah (Mean Point of Impact)

(a) MPI ki Jagah. 100 mtr ke range par point of aim se 7.87 cm upper aur 3 cm x 3 cm ki circle mein banni chahiye.

(b) 35 mtr ke range par MPI POA par hota hai.

Note :- 100 mtr ki range par zeroing isliye karte hain taki correction dene mein round figure se correction di ja sake.

8. MPI Point of Aim se Upar Banne ke Karan.

(a) Goli ki trajectory 35 mtr ke baad line of sight se kat deti hai.

(b) Trajectory 35 mtr se pahle line of sight se niche rahti hai aur baad mein line of sight se uppar chali jati hai.

9. Correction.

(a) Upar aur niche ka correction (Fore Sight)

(b) Dayen ya bayen ka correction (Rear Sight)

Rg Tgt Correction (1 click) MPI ki sahi jagah

Fore Sight Rear Sight

100M 120x120

1 CM

1 CM 7.87 cm upar aur 3x3 cm ki square par

(i) Upar aur niche ka correction (Fore Sight)

(aa) Upar ka correction Front sight elevation knob ko up ki taraf ya (anti clock wise) ghumane par mpi uppar jayega

(ab) Niche ka correction Front sight elevation knob ko ulta ya (clock wise) ghumane par mpi niche jayegi

(ii) Dayen aur bayen ka correction (Rear Sight)

(aa) Right ka correction Rear sight windage knob ko right (R) ki taraf ghumane se MPI right ki taraf jayega.

(ab) Left ka correction Rear sight windage knob ko (ulta) ghumane se MPI left ki taraf jayega.

10. Alag alag range par MPI ki jagah

Rg in Mtrs CM Rg in Mtrs CM Rg in Mtrs CM

25 -2.25 150 9.65 300 -13.46

35 0 175 8.64 325 -22.35

50 1.91 200 6.86 350 -32.51

75 5.33 225 3.81 375 -44.2

100 7.87 250 -0.69 400 -57.91

125 9.14 275 -6.35

Sankshep

11. Zeroing kar lene ke bad range mein jawano ko chahiye ki woh yeh malum karen ki alag alag posn se fire karne se uske rg par aiming point mein kitni tabdili karni parti hai. Ladai ke maidan mein har jagah armourer available nahin hoga. Isliye yeh zaruri hai ki jawan ko apni rif ko khud zero karna aata ho.

यह ब्लॉग खोजें

White ganga, Defence gyan, military facts,army knowledge,infantry school mhow,JLA Bareilly, ncccadet

INDIAN ARMY WEAPON PRECI HAND BOOK PART 2 INFANTRY SCHOOL MHOW .

टिप्पणियाँ

एक टिप्पणी भेजें

इस ब्लॉग से लोकप्रिय पोस्ट

5.56mm INSAS RIFLE IP FULL VIDEO #5.56mminsasrifle #ipvideo

51 mm mortar ip video full video

40mm MGL IP FULL VIDEO. #40mmmglip #youtube